Adding upstream version 0.10.0+20151214.

ubuntu/cosmic upstream/0.10.0+20151214
Alf Gaida 9 years ago
commit 99d4cf5e0b

@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
Upstream Authors:
LXQt team: http://lxqt.org
Hong Jen Yee (PCMan) <pcman.tw@gmail.com>
Copyright:
Copyright (c) 2013-2015 LXQt team

@ -0,0 +1,131 @@
cmake_minimum_required(VERSION 3.0.2)
project(libfm-qt)
set(LIBFM_QT_LIBRARY_NAME "fm-qt" CACHE STRING "fm-qt")
set(LIBFM_QT_VERSION_MAJOR 0)
set(LIBFM_QT_VERSION_MINOR 10)
set(LIBFM_QT_VERSION_PATCH 0)
set(LIBFM_QT_VERSION ${LIBFM_QT_VERSION_MAJOR}.${LIBFM_QT_VERSION_MINOR}.${LIBFM_QT_VERSION_PATCH})
list(APPEND CMAKE_MODULE_PATH "${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}/cmake")
# We use the libtool versioning scheme for the internal so name, "current:revision:age"
# http://www.gnu.org/software/libtool/manual/html_node/Updating-version-info.html#Updating-version-info
# https://www.sourceware.org/autobook/autobook/autobook_91.html
# http://pusling.com/blog/?p=352
# Actually, libtool uses different ways on different operating systems. So there is no
# universal way to translate a libtool version-info to a cmake version.
# We use "(current-age).age.revision" as the cmake version.
# current: 2, revision: 0, age: 0 => version: 2.0.0
set(LIBFM_QT_LIB_VERSION "2.0.0")
set(LIBFM_QT_LIB_SOVERSION "2")
set(REQUIRED_QT_VERSION "5.2")
set(REQUIRED_LIBFM_VERSION "1.2.0")
set(REQUIRED_LIBMENUCACHE_VERSION "0.4.0")
if (NOT CMAKE_BUILD_TYPE)
set(CMAKE_BUILD_TYPE Release)
endif()
find_package(Qt5Widgets "${REQUIRED_QT_VERSION}" REQUIRED)
find_package(Qt5LinguistTools "${REQUIRED_QT_VERSION}" REQUIRED)
find_package(Qt5X11Extras "${REQUIRED_QT_VERSION}" REQUIRED)
find_package(PkgConfig)
pkg_check_modules(SYSTEM_LIBS REQUIRED
glib-2.0
gio-2.0
gio-unix-2.0
)
pkg_check_modules(LIBFM REQUIRED libfm>="${REQUIRED_LIBFM_VERSION}")
pkg_check_modules(LIBMENUCACHE REQUIRED libmenu-cache>="${REQUIRED_LIBMENUCACHE_VERSION}")
option(UPDATE_TRANSLATIONS "Update source translation translations/*.ts files" OFF)
include(GNUInstallDirs)
include(GenerateExportHeader)
include(CMakePackageConfigHelpers)
include(LXQtTranslateTs)
include(LXQtTranslateDesktop)
add_definitions(-DQT_NO_KEYWORDS)
# set visibility to hidden to hide symbols, unless they're exported manually in the code
set(CMAKE_CXX_VISIBILITY_PRESET hidden)
set(CMAKE_VISIBILITY_INLINES_HIDDEN 1)
if (CMAKE_VERSION VERSION_LESS "3.1")
include(CheckCXXCompilerFlag)
CHECK_CXX_COMPILER_FLAG("-std=c++11" COMPILER_SUPPORTS_CXX11)
if(COMPILER_SUPPORTS_CXX11)
set(CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS "${CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS} -std=c++11")
else()
CHECK_CXX_COMPILER_FLAG("-std=c++0x" COMPILER_SUPPORTS_CXX0X)
# -std=c++0x is deprecated but some tools e.g. qmake or older gcc are still using it
if(COMPILER_SUPPORTS_CXX0X)
set(CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS "${CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS} -std=c++0x")
else()
message(FATAL_ERROR "Compiler ${CMAKE_CXX_COMPILER} does not support c++11/c++0x")
endif()
endif()
else()
set(CMAKE_CXX_STANDARD 11)
endif()
if (CMAKE_COMPILER_IS_GNUCXX OR CMAKE_CXX_COMPILER_ID STREQUAL "Clang")
set(CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS "-fno-exceptions ${CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS}")
endif()
set(CMAKE_AUTOMOC TRUE)
set(CMAKE_INCLUDE_CURRENT_DIR ON)
write_basic_package_version_file(
"${CMAKE_BINARY_DIR}/${LIBFM_QT_LIBRARY_NAME}-config-version.cmake"
VERSION ${LIBFM_QT_LIB_VERSION}
COMPATIBILITY AnyNewerVersion
)
install(FILES
"${CMAKE_BINARY_DIR}/${LIBFM_QT_LIBRARY_NAME}-config-version.cmake"
DESTINATION "${CMAKE_INSTALL_DATADIR}/cmake/${LIBFM_QT_LIBRARY_NAME}"
COMPONENT Devel
)
add_subdirectory(src)
# add Doxygen support to generate API docs
# References:
# http://majewsky.wordpress.com/2010/08/14/tip-of-the-day-cmake-and-doxygen/
# http://www.bluequartz.net/projects/EIM_Segmentation/SoftwareDocumentation/html/usewithcmakeproject.html
option(BUILD_DOCUMENTATION "Use Doxygen to create the HTML based API documentation" OFF)
if(BUILD_DOCUMENTATION)
find_package(Doxygen REQUIRED)
configure_file("${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/Doxyfile.in" "${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/Doxyfile" @ONLY)
add_custom_target(doc ALL
${DOXYGEN_EXECUTABLE} "${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/Doxyfile"
WORKING_DIRECTORY "${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}"
COMMENT "Generating API documentation with Doxygen" VERBATIM
)
install(DIRECTORY
"${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/docs"
DESTINATION "${CMAKE_INSTALL_DOCDIR}"
COMPONENT Devel
)
endif()
# building tarball with CPack -------------------------------------------------
# To create a source distribution, type:
# make package_source
include(InstallRequiredSystemLibraries)
set(CPACK_RESOURCE_FILE_LICENSE "${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/LICENSE")
set(CPACK_RESOURCE_FILE_README "${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/README.md")
set(CPACK_PACKAGE_VENDOR "")
set(CPACK_PACKAGE_VERSION_MAJOR ${LIBFM_QT_VERSION_MAJOR})
set(CPACK_PACKAGE_VERSION_MINOR ${LIBFM_QT_VERSION_MINOR})
set(CPACK_PACKAGE_VERSION_PATCH ${LIBFM_QT_VERSION_PATCH})
set(CPACK_GENERATOR TBZ2)
set(CPACK_SOURCE_GENERATOR TBZ2)
set(CPACK_SOURCE_IGNORE_FILES /build/;.gitignore;.*~;.git;.kdev4;temp)
include(CPack)

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

@ -0,0 +1,458 @@
GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
Version 2.1, February 1999
Copyright (C) 1991, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
[This is the first released version of the Lesser GPL. It also counts
as the successor of the GNU Library Public License, version 2, hence
the version number 2.1.]
Preamble
The licenses for most software are designed to take away your
freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public
Licenses are intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change
free software--to make sure the software is free for all its users.
This license, the Lesser General Public License, applies to some
specially designated software packages--typically libraries--of the
Free Software Foundation and other authors who decide to use it. You
can use it too, but we suggest you first think carefully about whether
this license or the ordinary General Public License is the better
strategy to use in any particular case, based on the explanations below.
When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom of use,
not price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that
you have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge
for this service if you wish); that you receive source code or can get
it if you want it; that you can change the software and use pieces of
it in new free programs; and that you are informed that you can do
these things.
To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
distributors to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender these
rights. These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for
you if you distribute copies of the library or if you modify it.
For example, if you distribute copies of the library, whether gratis
or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that we gave
you. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the source
code. If you link other code with the library, you must provide
complete object files to the recipients, so that they can relink them
with the library after making changes to the library and recompiling
it. And you must show them these terms so they know their rights.
We protect your rights with a two-step method: (1) we copyright the
library, and (2) we offer you this license, which gives you legal
permission to copy, distribute and/or modify the library.
To protect each distributor, we want to make it very clear that
there is no warranty for the free library. Also, if the library is
modified by someone else and passed on, the recipients should know
that what they have is not the original version, so that the original
author's reputation will not be affected by problems that might be
introduced by others.
Finally, software patents pose a constant threat to the existence of
any free program. We wish to make sure that a company cannot
effectively restrict the users of a free program by obtaining a
restrictive license from a patent holder. Therefore, we insist that
any patent license obtained for a version of the library must be
consistent with the full freedom of use specified in this license.
Most GNU software, including some libraries, is covered by the
ordinary GNU General Public License. This license, the GNU Lesser
General Public License, applies to certain designated libraries, and
is quite different from the ordinary General Public License. We use
this license for certain libraries in order to permit linking those
libraries into non-free programs.
When a program is linked with a library, whether statically or using
a shared library, the combination of the two is legally speaking a
combined work, a derivative of the original library. The ordinary
General Public License therefore permits such linking only if the
entire combination fits its criteria of freedom. The Lesser General
Public License permits more lax criteria for linking other code with
the library.
We call this license the "Lesser" General Public License because it
does Less to protect the user's freedom than the ordinary General
Public License. It also provides other free software developers Less
of an advantage over competing non-free programs. These disadvantages
are the reason we use the ordinary General Public License for many
libraries. However, the Lesser license provides advantages in certain
special circumstances.
For example, on rare occasions, there may be a special need to
encourage the widest possible use of a certain library, so that it becomes
a de-facto standard. To achieve this, non-free programs must be
allowed to use the library. A more frequent case is that a free
library does the same job as widely used non-free libraries. In this
case, there is little to gain by limiting the free library to free
software only, so we use the Lesser General Public License.
In other cases, permission to use a particular library in non-free
programs enables a greater number of people to use a large body of
free software. For example, permission to use the GNU C Library in
non-free programs enables many more people to use the whole GNU
operating system, as well as its variant, the GNU/Linux operating
system.
Although the Lesser General Public License is Less protective of the
users' freedom, it does ensure that the user of a program that is
linked with the Library has the freedom and the wherewithal to run
that program using a modified version of the Library.
The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
modification follow. Pay close attention to the difference between a
"work based on the library" and a "work that uses the library". The
former contains code derived from the library, whereas the latter must
be combined with the library in order to run.
GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
0. This License Agreement applies to any software library or other
program which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder or
other authorized party saying it may be distributed under the terms of
this Lesser General Public License (also called "this License").
Each licensee is addressed as "you".
A "library" means a collection of software functions and/or data
prepared so as to be conveniently linked with application programs
(which use some of those functions and data) to form executables.
The "Library", below, refers to any such software library or work
which has been distributed under these terms. A "work based on the
Library" means either the Library or any derivative work under
copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Library or a
portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated
straightforwardly into another language. (Hereinafter, translation is
included without limitation in the term "modification".)
"Source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work for
making modifications to it. For a library, complete source code means
all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any associated
interface definition files, plus the scripts used to control compilation
and installation of the library.
Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of
running a program using the Library is not restricted, and output from
such a program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based
on the Library (independent of the use of the Library in a tool for
writing it). Whether that is true depends on what the Library does
and what the program that uses the Library does.
1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Library's
complete source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that
you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an
appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact
all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any
warranty; and distribute a copy of this License along with the
Library.
You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy,
and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a
fee.
2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Library or any portion
of it, thus forming a work based on the Library, and copy and
distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
a) The modified work must itself be a software library.
b) You must cause the files modified to carry prominent notices
stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
c) You must cause the whole of the work to be licensed at no
charge to all third parties under the terms of this License.
d) If a facility in the modified Library refers to a function or a
table of data to be supplied by an application program that uses
the facility, other than as an argument passed when the facility
is invoked, then you must make a good faith effort to ensure that,
in the event an application does not supply such function or
table, the facility still operates, and performs whatever part of
its purpose remains meaningful.
(For example, a function in a library to compute square roots has
a purpose that is entirely well-defined independent of the
application. Therefore, Subsection 2d requires that any
application-supplied function or table used by this function must
be optional: if the application does not supply it, the square
root function must still compute square roots.)
These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If
identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Library,
and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you
distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
on the Library, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the
entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote
it.
Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
collective works based on the Library.
In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Library
with the Library (or with a work based on the Library) on a volume of
a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under
the scope of this License.
3. You may opt to apply the terms of the ordinary GNU General Public
License instead of this License to a given copy of the Library. To do
this, you must alter all the notices that refer to this License, so
that they refer to the ordinary GNU General Public License, version 2,
instead of to this License. (If a newer version than version 2 of the
ordinary GNU General Public License has appeared, then you can specify
that version instead if you wish.) Do not make any other change in
these notices.
Once this change is made in a given copy, it is irreversible for
that copy, so the ordinary GNU General Public License applies to all
subsequent copies and derivative works made from that copy.
This option is useful when you wish to copy part of the code of
the Library into a program that is not a library.
4. You may copy and distribute the Library (or a portion or
derivative of it, under Section 2) in object code or executable form
under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you accompany
it with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code, which
must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a
medium customarily used for software interchange.
If distribution of object code is made by offering access to copy
from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the
source code from the same place satisfies the requirement to
distribute the source code, even though third parties are not
compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
5. A program that contains no derivative of any portion of the
Library, but is designed to work with the Library by being compiled or
linked with it, is called a "work that uses the Library". Such a
work, in isolation, is not a derivative work of the Library, and
therefore falls outside the scope of this License.
However, linking a "work that uses the Library" with the Library
creates an executable that is a derivative of the Library (because it
contains portions of the Library), rather than a "work that uses the
library". The executable is therefore covered by this License.
Section 6 states terms for distribution of such executables.
When a "work that uses the Library" uses material from a header file
that is part of the Library, the object code for the work may be a
derivative work of the Library even though the source code is not.
Whether this is true is especially significant if the work can be
linked without the Library, or if the work is itself a library. The
threshold for this to be true is not precisely defined by law.
If such an object file uses only numerical parameters, data
structure layouts and accessors, and small macros and small inline
functions (ten lines or less in length), then the use of the object
file is unrestricted, regardless of whether it is legally a derivative
work. (Executables containing this object code plus portions of the
Library will still fall under Section 6.)
Otherwise, if the work is a derivative of the Library, you may
distribute the object code for the work under the terms of Section 6.
Any executables containing that work also fall under Section 6,
whether or not they are linked directly with the Library itself.
6. As an exception to the Sections above, you may also combine or
link a "work that uses the Library" with the Library to produce a
work containing portions of the Library, and distribute that work
under terms of your choice, provided that the terms permit
modification of the work for the customer's own use and reverse
engineering for debugging such modifications.
You must give prominent notice with each copy of the work that the
Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are covered by
this License. You must supply a copy of this License. If the work
during execution displays copyright notices, you must include the
copyright notice for the Library among them, as well as a reference
directing the user to the copy of this License. Also, you must do one
of these things:
a) Accompany the work with the complete corresponding
machine-readable source code for the Library including whatever
changes were used in the work (which must be distributed under
Sections 1 and 2 above); and, if the work is an executable linked
with the Library, with the complete machine-readable "work that
uses the Library", as object code and/or source code, so that the
user can modify the Library and then relink to produce a modified
executable containing the modified Library. (It is understood
that the user who changes the contents of definitions files in the
Library will not necessarily be able to recompile the application
to use the modified definitions.)
b) Use a suitable shared library mechanism for linking with the
Library. A suitable mechanism is one that (1) uses at run time a
copy of the library already present on the user's computer system,
rather than copying library functions into the executable, and (2)
will operate properly with a modified version of the library, if
the user installs one, as long as the modified version is
interface-compatible with the version that the work was made with.
c) Accompany the work with a written offer, valid for at
least three years, to give the same user the materials
specified in Subsection 6a, above, for a charge no more
than the cost of performing this distribution.
d) If distribution of the work is made by offering access to copy
from a designated place, offer equivalent access to copy the above
specified materials from the same place.
e) Verify that the user has already received a copy of these
materials or that you have already sent this user a copy.
For an executable, the required form of the "work that uses the
Library" must include any data and utility programs needed for
reproducing the executable from it. However, as a special exception,
the materials to be distributed need not include anything that is
normally distributed (in either source or binary form) with the major
components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the operating system on
which the executable runs, unless that component itself accompanies
the executable.
It may happen that this requirement contradicts the license
restrictions of other proprietary libraries that do not normally
accompany the operating system. Such a contradiction means you cannot
use both them and the Library together in an executable that you
distribute.
7. You may place library facilities that are a work based on the
Library side-by-side in a single library together with other library
facilities not covered by this License, and distribute such a combined
library, provided that the separate distribution of the work based on
the Library and of the other library facilities is otherwise
permitted, and provided that you do these two things:
a) Accompany the combined library with a copy of the same work
based on the Library, uncombined with any other library
facilities. This must be distributed under the terms of the
Sections above.
b) Give prominent notice with the combined library of the fact
that part of it is a work based on the Library, and explaining
where to find the accompanying uncombined form of the same work.
8. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or distribute
the Library except as expressly provided under this License. Any
attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or
distribute the Library is void, and will automatically terminate your
rights under this License. However, parties who have received copies,
or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses
terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance.
9. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or
distribute the Library or its derivative works. These actions are
prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by
modifying or distributing the Library (or any work based on the
Library), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and
all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying
the Library or works based on it.
10. Each time you redistribute the Library (or any work based on the
Library), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
original licensor to copy, distribute, link with or modify the Library
subject to these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further
restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties with
this License.
11. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot
distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
may not distribute the Library at all. For example, if a patent
license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Library by
all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then
the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to
refrain entirely from distribution of the Library.
If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any
particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply,
and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances.
It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
integrity of the free software distribution system which is
implemented by public license practices. Many people have made
generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing
to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
impose that choice.
This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
be a consequence of the rest of this License.
12. If the distribution and/or use of the Library is restricted in
certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
original copyright holder who places the Library under this License may add
an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries,
so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus
excluded. In such case, this License incorporates the limitation as if
written in the body of this License.
13. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new
versions of the Lesser General Public License from time to time.
Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version,
but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns.
Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Library
specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and
"any later version", you have the option of following the terms and
conditions either of that version or of any later version published by
the Free Software Foundation. If the Library does not specify a
license version number, you may choose any version ever published by
the Free Software Foundation.
14. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Library into other free
programs whose distribution conditions are incompatible with these,
write to the author to ask for permission. For software which is
copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free
Software Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this. Our
decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status
of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing
and reuse of software generally.
NO WARRANTY
15. BECAUSE THE LIBRARY IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO
WARRANTY FOR THE LIBRARY, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW.
EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR
OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE LIBRARY "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY
KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE
LIBRARY IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE LIBRARY PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME
THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
16. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN
WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY
AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE LIBRARY AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU
FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE
LIBRARY (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING
RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A
FAILURE OF THE LIBRARY TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER SOFTWARE), EVEN IF
SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
DAMAGES.
END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS

@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
# libfm-qt
Includes libfm-qt, the Qt port of the libfm - a library providing components to
build desktop file managers.
Issue tracker:
https://github.com/lxde/pcmanfm-qt/issues
LXQt website:
http://lxqt.org
LXDE website:
http://lxde.org
# License
libfm-qt is licensed under the terms of the
[LGPLv2.1](https://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html) or any later version.
See the LICENSE file for the full text of the license.

@ -0,0 +1,107 @@
#=============================================================================
# The lxqt_translate_desktop() function was copied from the the
# LXQt LxQtTranste.cmake
#
# Original Author: Alexander Sokolov <sokoloff.a@gmail.com>
#
# funtion lxqt_translate_desktop(_RESULT
# SOURCES <sources>
# [TRANSLATION_DIR] translation_directory
# )
# Output:
# _RESULT The generated .desktop (.desktop) files
#
# Input:
#
# SOURCES List of input desktop files (.destktop.in) to be translated
# (merged), relative to the CMakeList.txt.
#
# TRANSLATION_DIR Optional path to the directory with the .ts files,
# relative to the CMakeList.txt. Defaults to
# "translations".
#
#=============================================================================
function(lxqt_translate_desktop _RESULT)
# Parse arguments ***************************************
set(oneValueArgs TRANSLATION_DIR)
set(multiValueArgs SOURCES)
cmake_parse_arguments(_ARGS "${options}" "${oneValueArgs}" "${multiValueArgs}" ${ARGN})
# check for unknown arguments
set(_UNPARSED_ARGS ${_ARGS_UNPARSED_ARGUMENTS})
if (NOT ${_UNPARSED_ARGS} STREQUAL "")
MESSAGE(FATAL_ERROR
"Unknown arguments '${_UNPARSED_ARGS}'.\n"
"See lxqt_translate_desktop() documenation for more information.\n"
)
endif()
if (NOT DEFINED _ARGS_SOURCES)
set(${_RESULT} "" PARENT_SCOPE)
return()
else()
set(_sources ${_ARGS_SOURCES})
endif()
if (NOT DEFINED _ARGS_TRANSLATION_DIR)
set(_translationDir "translations")
else()
set(_translationDir ${_ARGS_TRANSLATION_DIR})
endif()
get_filename_component (_translationDir ${_translationDir} ABSOLUTE)
foreach (_inFile ${_sources})
get_filename_component(_inFile ${_inFile} ABSOLUTE)
get_filename_component(_fileName ${_inFile} NAME_WE)
#Extract the real extension ............
get_filename_component(_fileExt ${_inFile} EXT)
string(REPLACE ".in" "" _fileExt ${_fileExt})
#.......................................
set(_outFile "${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/${_fileName}${_fileExt}")
file(GLOB _translations
${_translationDir}/${_fileName}_*${_fileExt}
${_translationDir}/local/${_fileName}_*${_fileExt}
)
set(_pattern "'\\[.*]\\s*='")
if (_translations)
add_custom_command(OUTPUT ${_outFile}
COMMAND grep -v "'#TRANSLATIONS_DIR='" ${_inFile} > ${_outFile}
COMMAND grep -h ${_pattern} ${_translations} >> ${_outFile}
COMMENT "Generating ${_fileName}${_fileExt}"
)
else()
add_custom_command(OUTPUT ${_outFile}
COMMAND grep -v "'#TRANSLATIONS_DIR='" ${_inFile} > ${_outFile}
COMMENT "Generating ${_fileName}${_fileExt}"
)
endif()
set(__result ${__result} ${_outFile})
# TX file ***********************************************
set(_txFile "${CMAKE_BINARY_DIR}/tx/${_fileName}${_fileExt}.tx.sh")
string(REPLACE "${CMAKE_SOURCE_DIR}/" "" _tx_translationDir ${_translationDir})
string(REPLACE "${CMAKE_SOURCE_DIR}/" "" _tx_inFile ${_inFile})
string(REPLACE "." "" _fileType ${_fileExt})
file(WRITE ${_txFile}
"[ -f ${_inFile} ] || exit 0\n"
"echo '[lxde-qt.${_fileName}_${_fileType}]'\n"
"echo 'type = DESKTOP'\n"
"echo 'source_lang = en'\n"
"echo 'source_file = ${_tx_inFile}'\n"
"echo 'file_filter = ${_tx_translationDir}/${_fileName}_<lang>${_fileExt}'\n"
"echo ''\n"
)
endforeach()
set(${_RESULT} ${__result} PARENT_SCOPE)
endfunction(lxqt_translate_desktop)

@ -0,0 +1,131 @@
#=============================================================================
# Copyright 2014 Luís Pereira <luis.artur.pereira@gmail.com>
#
# Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
# modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
# are met:
#
# 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the copyright
# notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
# 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the copyright
# notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
# documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
# 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
# derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
#
# THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
# IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
# OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
# IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
# INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
# NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
# DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
# THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
# (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
# THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
#=============================================================================
#
# funtion lxqt_translate_ts(qmFiles
# [USE_QT5 [Yes | No]]
# [UPDATE_TRANSLATIONS [Yes | No]]
# SOURCES <sources>
# [TEMPLATE] translation_template
# [TRANSLATION_DIR] translation_directory
# [INSTALL_DIR] install_directory
# )
# Output:
# qmFiles The generated compiled translations (.qm) files
#
# Input:
# USE_QT5 Optional flag to choose between Qt4 and Qt5. Defaults to Qt5
#
# UPDATE_TRANSLATIONS Optional flag. Setting it to Yes, extracts and
# compiles the translations. Setting it No, only
# compiles them.
#
# TEMPLATE Optional translations files base name. Defaults to
# ${PROJECT_NAME}. An .ts extensions is added.
#
# TRANSLATION_DIR Optional path to the directory with the .ts files,
# relative to the CMakeList.txt. Defaults to
# "translations".
#
# INSTALL_DIR Optional destination of the file compiled files (qmFiles).
# If not present no installation is performed
# CMake v2.8.3 needed to use the CMakeParseArguments module
cmake_minimum_required(VERSION 2.8.3 FATAL_ERROR)
# We use our patched version to round a annoying bug.
include(Qt5PatchedLinguistToolsMacros)
function(lxqt_translate_ts qmFiles)
set(oneValueArgs USE_QT5 UPDATE_TRANSLATIONS TEMPLATE TRANSLATION_DIR INSTALL_DIR)
set(multiValueArgs SOURCES)
cmake_parse_arguments(TR "${options}" "${oneValueArgs}" "${multiValueArgs}" ${ARGN})
if (NOT DEFINED TR_UPDATE_TRANSLATIONS)
set(TR_UPDATE_TRANSLATIONS "No")
endif()
if (NOT DEFINED TR_USE_QT5)
set(TR_USE_QT5 "Yes")
endif()
if(NOT DEFINED TR_TEMPLATE)
set(TR_TEMPLATE "${PROJECT_NAME}")
endif()
if (NOT DEFINED TR_TRANSLATION_DIR)
set(TR_TRANSLATION_DIR "translations")
endif()
file(GLOB tsFiles "${TR_TRANSLATION_DIR}/${TR_TEMPLATE}_*.ts")
set(templateFile "${TR_TRANSLATION_DIR}/${TR_TEMPLATE}.ts")
if(TR_USE_QT5)
# Qt5
if (TR_UPDATE_TRANSLATIONS)
qt5_patched_create_translation(QMS
${TR_SOURCES}
${templateFile}
OPTIONS -locations absolute
)
qt5_patched_create_translation(QM
${TR_SOURCES}
${tsFiles}
OPTIONS -locations absolute
)
else()
qt5_patched_add_translation(QM ${tsFiles})
endif()
else()
# Qt4
if(TR_UPDATE_TRANSLATIONS)
qt4_create_translation(QMS
${TR_SOURCES}
${templateFile}
OPTIONS -locations absolute
)
qt4_create_translation(QM
${TR_SOURCES}
${tsFiles}
OPTIONS -locations absolute
)
else()
qt4_add_translation(QM ${tsFiles})
endif()
endif()
if(TR_UPDATE_TRANSLATIONS)
add_custom_target("update_${TR_TEMPLATE}_ts" ALL DEPENDS ${QMS})
endif()
if(DEFINED TR_INSTALL_DIR)
install(FILES ${QM} DESTINATION ${TR_INSTALL_DIR})
endif()
set(${qmFiles} ${QM} PARENT_SCOPE)
endfunction()

@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
#=============================================================================
# Copyright 2005-2011 Kitware, Inc.
# All rights reserved.
#
# Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
# modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
# are met:
#
# * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
# notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
#
# * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
# notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
# documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
#
# * Neither the name of Kitware, Inc. nor the names of its
# contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
# from this software without specific prior written permission.
#
# THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
# "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
# LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
# A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
# HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
# SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
# LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
# DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
# THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
# (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
# OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
#=============================================================================
include(CMakeParseArguments)
function(QT5_PATCHED_CREATE_TRANSLATION _qm_files)
set(options)
set(oneValueArgs)
set(multiValueArgs OPTIONS)
cmake_parse_arguments(_LUPDATE "${options}" "${oneValueArgs}" "${multiValueArgs}" ${ARGN})
set(_lupdate_files ${_LUPDATE_UNPARSED_ARGUMENTS})
set(_lupdate_options ${_LUPDATE_OPTIONS})
set(_my_sources)
set(_my_tsfiles)
foreach(_file ${_lupdate_files})
get_filename_component(_ext ${_file} EXT)
get_filename_component(_abs_FILE ${_file} ABSOLUTE)
if(_ext MATCHES "ts")
list(APPEND _my_tsfiles ${_abs_FILE})
else()
list(APPEND _my_sources ${_abs_FILE})
endif()
endforeach()
foreach(_ts_file ${_my_tsfiles})
if(_my_sources)
# make a list file to call lupdate on, so we don't make our commands too
# long for some systems
# get_filename_component(_ts_name ${_ts_file} NAME_WE)
get_filename_component(_name ${_ts_file} NAME)
string(REGEX REPLACE "^(.+)(\\.[^.]+)$" "\\1" _ts_name ${_name})
set(_ts_lst_file "${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}${CMAKE_FILES_DIRECTORY}/${_ts_name}_lst_file")
set(_lst_file_srcs)
foreach(_lst_file_src ${_my_sources})
set(_lst_file_srcs "${_lst_file_src}\n${_lst_file_srcs}")
endforeach()
get_directory_property(_inc_DIRS INCLUDE_DIRECTORIES)
foreach(_pro_include ${_inc_DIRS})
get_filename_component(_abs_include "${_pro_include}" ABSOLUTE)
set(_lst_file_srcs "-I${_pro_include}\n${_lst_file_srcs}")
endforeach()
file(WRITE ${_ts_lst_file} "${_lst_file_srcs}")
endif()
add_custom_command(OUTPUT ${_ts_file}
COMMAND ${Qt5_LUPDATE_EXECUTABLE}
ARGS ${_lupdate_options} "@${_ts_lst_file}" -ts ${_ts_file}
DEPENDS ${_my_sources} ${_ts_lst_file} VERBATIM)
endforeach()
qt5_patched_add_translation(${_qm_files} ${_my_tsfiles})
set(${_qm_files} ${${_qm_files}} PARENT_SCOPE)
endfunction()
function(QT5_PATCHED_ADD_TRANSLATION _qm_files)
foreach(_current_FILE ${ARGN})
get_filename_component(_abs_FILE ${_current_FILE} ABSOLUTE)
# get_filename_component(qm ${_abs_FILE} NAME_WE)
get_filename_component(_name ${_abs_FILE} NAME)
string(REGEX REPLACE "^(.+)(\\.[^.]+)$" "\\1" qm ${_name})
get_source_file_property(output_location ${_abs_FILE} OUTPUT_LOCATION)
if(output_location)
file(MAKE_DIRECTORY "${output_location}")
set(qm "${output_location}/${qm}.qm")
else()
set(qm "${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/${qm}.qm")
endif()
add_custom_command(OUTPUT ${qm}
COMMAND ${Qt5_LRELEASE_EXECUTABLE}
ARGS ${_abs_FILE} -qm ${qm}
DEPENDS ${_abs_FILE} VERBATIM
)
list(APPEND ${_qm_files} ${qm})
endforeach()
set(${_qm_files} ${${_qm_files}} PARENT_SCOPE)
endfunction()

@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
#=============================================================================
# Copyright 2015 Luís Pereira <luis.artur.pereira@gmail.com>
#
# Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
# modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
# are met:
#
# 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the copyright
# notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
# 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the copyright
# notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
# documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
# 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
# derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
#
# THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
# IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
# OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
# IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
# INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
# NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
# DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
# THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
# (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
# THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
#=============================================================================
@PACKAGE_INIT@
if (CMAKE_VERSION VERSION_LESS 3.0.2)
message(FATAL_ERROR \"fm-qt requires at least CMake version 3.0.2\")
endif()
include(CMakeFindDependencyMacro)
find_dependency(Qt5Widgets "@REQUIRED_QT_VERSION@")
find_dependency(Qt5X11Extras "@REQUIRED_QT_VERSION@")
find_package(PkgConfig REQUIRED)
pkg_check_modules(PKG_GLIB glib-2.0)
pkg_check_modules(PKG_GIO
gio-2.0
gio-unix-2.0
)
pkg_check_modules(PKG_FM REQUIRED libfm>=@REQUIRED_LIBFM_VERSION@)
pkg_check_modules(PKG_MENUCACHE REQUIRED libmenu-cache>=@REQUIRED_LIBMENUCACHE_VERSION@)
if (NOT TARGET @LIBFM_QT_LIBRARY_NAME@)
include("${CMAKE_CURRENT_LIST_DIR}/@LIBFM_QT_LIBRARY_NAME@-targets.cmake")
set_property(TARGET "@LIBFM_QT_LIBRARY_NAME@" APPEND PROPERTY
INTERFACE_INCLUDE_DIRECTORIES
"${PKG_GLIB_INCLUDE_DIRS}"
"${PKG_GIO_INCLUDE_DIRS}"
"${PKG_FM_INCLUDE_DIRS}"
"${PKG_MENUCACHE_INCLUDE_DIRS}"
)
set_property(TARGET "@LIBFM_QT_LIBRARY_NAME@" APPEND PROPERTY
INTERFACE_COMPILE_DEFINITIONS
"QT_NO_KEYWORDS"
"LIBFM_DATA_DIR=\"${PKG_FM_PREFIX}/share/libfm\""
)
endif()

@ -0,0 +1,195 @@
set(libfm_TRANSLATION_TEMPLATE ${PROJECT_NAME})
include_directories(
"${LIBFM_INCLUDE_DIRS}"
"${LIBFM_INCLUDEDIR}/libfm" # to workaround incorrect #include in fm-actions.
"${LIBMENUCACHE_INCLUDE_DIRS}"
"${SYSTEM_LIBS_INCLUDE_DIRS}"
)
link_directories(
"${LIBFM_LIBRARY_DIRS}"
"${LIBMENUCACHE_LIBRARY_DIRS}"
"${SYSTEM_LIBS_LIBRARY_DIRS}"
)
set(libfm_SRCS
libfmqt.cpp
bookmarkaction.cpp
sidepane.cpp
icontheme.cpp
filelauncher.cpp
foldermodel.cpp
foldermodelitem.cpp
cachedfoldermodel.cpp
proxyfoldermodel.cpp
folderview.cpp
folderitemdelegate.cpp
createnewmenu.cpp
filemenu.cpp
foldermenu.cpp
filepropsdialog.cpp
applaunchcontext.cpp
placesview.cpp
placesmodel.cpp
placesmodelitem.cpp
dirtreeview.cpp
dirtreemodel.cpp
dirtreemodelitem.cpp
dnddest.cpp
mountoperation.cpp
mountoperationpassworddialog.cpp
mountoperationquestiondialog.cpp
fileoperation.cpp
fileoperationdialog.cpp
renamedialog.cpp
pathedit.cpp
colorbutton.cpp
fontbutton.cpp
browsehistory.cpp
utilities.cpp
dndactionmenu.cpp
editbookmarksdialog.cpp
thumbnailloader.cpp
path.cpp
execfiledialog.cpp
appchoosercombobox.cpp
appmenuview.cpp
appchooserdialog.cpp
filesearchdialog.cpp
fm-search.c # might be moved to libfm later
)
set(libfm_UIS
file-props.ui
file-operation-dialog.ui
rename-dialog.ui
mount-operation-password.ui
edit-bookmarks.ui
exec-file.ui
app-chooser-dialog.ui
filesearch.ui
)
qt5_wrap_ui(libfm_UIS_H ${libfm_UIS})
# add translation for libfm-qt
lxqt_translate_ts(QM_FILES
UPDATE_TRANSLATIONS ${UPDATE_TRANSLATIONS}
SOURCES ${libfm_SRCS} ${libfm_UIS}
TEMPLATE ${libfm_TRANSLATION_TEMPLATE}
)
add_library(${LIBFM_QT_LIBRARY_NAME} SHARED
${libfm_SRCS}
${libfm_UIS_H}
${QM_FILES}
)
set_property(
TARGET ${LIBFM_QT_LIBRARY_NAME} APPEND
PROPERTY COMPILE_DEFINITIONS
LIBFM_DATA_DIR="${CMAKE_INSTALL_FULL_DATADIR}/libfm-qt"
)
# only turn on custom actions support if it is enabled in libfm.
if(EXISTS "${LIBFM_INCLUDEDIR}/libfm/fm-actions.h")
set_property(TARGET ${LIBFM_QT_LIBRARY_NAME} APPEND PROPERTY COMPILE_DEFINITIONS CUSTOM_ACTIONS)
endif()
install(EXPORT
"${LIBFM_QT_LIBRARY_NAME}-targets"
DESTINATION "${CMAKE_INSTALL_DATADIR}/cmake/${LIBFM_QT_LIBRARY_NAME}"
COMPONENT Devel
)
target_link_libraries(${LIBFM_QT_LIBRARY_NAME}
Qt5::Widgets
Qt5::X11Extras
${LIBFM_LIBRARIES}
${LIBMENUCACHE_LIBRARIES}
${SYSTEM_LIBS_LIBRARIES}
)
# set libtool soname
set_target_properties(${LIBFM_QT_LIBRARY_NAME} PROPERTIES
VERSION ${LIBFM_QT_LIB_VERSION}
SOVERSION ${LIBFM_QT_LIB_SOVERSION}
)
target_include_directories(${LIBFM_QT_LIBRARY_NAME}
INTERFACE "$<INSTALL_INTERFACE:${CMAKE_INSTALL_INCLUDEDIR}>"
)
install(FILES
"${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/${LIBFM_QT_LIBRARY_NAME}_export.h"
DESTINATION "${CMAKE_INSTALL_INCLUDEDIR}/libfm-qt"
COMPONENT Devel
)
# install include header files (FIXME: can we make this cleaner? should dir name be versioned?)
install(DIRECTORY "${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/"
DESTINATION "${CMAKE_INSTALL_INCLUDEDIR}/libfm-qt"
COMPONENT Devel
FILES_MATCHING PATTERN "*.h"
)
generate_export_header(${LIBFM_QT_LIBRARY_NAME}
EXPORT_MACRO_NAME LIBFM_QT_API
)
configure_package_config_file(
"${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}/cmake/fm-qt-config.cmake.in"
"${PROJECT_BINARY_DIR}/install/${LIBFM_QT_LIBRARY_NAME}-config.cmake"
INSTALL_DESTINATION "${CMAKE_INSTALL_DATADIR}/cmake/${LIBFM_QT_LIBRARY_NAME}"
)
install(FILES
"${PROJECT_BINARY_DIR}/install/${LIBFM_QT_LIBRARY_NAME}-config.cmake"
DESTINATION "${CMAKE_INSTALL_DATADIR}/cmake/${LIBFM_QT_LIBRARY_NAME}"
COMPONENT Devel
)
# FIXME: add libtool version to the lib (soname) later.
# FIXME: only export public symbols
install(TARGETS ${LIBFM_QT_LIBRARY_NAME}
DESTINATION "${CMAKE_INSTALL_LIBDIR}"
EXPORT "${LIBFM_QT_LIBRARY_NAME}-targets"
LIBRARY DESTINATION "${CMAKE_INSTALL_LIBDIR}"
PUBLIC_HEADER
COMPONENT Runtime
)
export(TARGETS ${LIBFM_QT_LIBRARY_NAME}
FILE "${CMAKE_BINARY_DIR}/${LIBFM_QT_LIBRARY_NAME}-targets.cmake"
EXPORT_LINK_INTERFACE_LIBRARIES
)
# install a pkgconfig file for libfm-qt
set(REQUIRED_QT "Qt5Widgets >= ${REQUIRED_QT_VERSION} Qt5X11Extras >= ${REQUIRED_QT_VERSION}")
configure_file(libfm-qt.pc.in lib${LIBFM_QT_LIBRARY_NAME}.pc @ONLY)
# FreeBSD loves to install files to different locations
# http://www.freebsd.org/doc/handbook/dirstructure.html
if(${CMAKE_SYSTEM_NAME} STREQUAL "FreeBSD")
install(FILES
"${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/lib${LIBFM_QT_LIBRARY_NAME}.pc"
DESTINATION libdata/pkgconfig
COMPONENT Devel
)
else()
install(FILES
"${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/lib${LIBFM_QT_LIBRARY_NAME}.pc"
DESTINATION "${CMAKE_INSTALL_LIBDIR}/pkgconfig"
COMPONENT Devel
)
endif()
install(FILES
${QM_FILES}
DESTINATION "${CMAKE_INSTALL_DATADIR}/libfm-qt/translations"
COMPONENT Runtime
)
# prevent the generated files from being deleted during make cleaner
set_directory_properties(PROPERTIES CLEAN_NO_CUSTOM true)

@ -0,0 +1,183 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<ui version="4.0">
<class>AppChooserDialog</class>
<widget class="QDialog" name="AppChooserDialog">
<property name="geometry">
<rect>
<x>0</x>
<y>0</y>
<width>432</width>
<height>387</height>
</rect>
</property>
<property name="windowTitle">
<string>Choose an Application</string>
</property>
<layout class="QFormLayout" name="formLayout">
<property name="fieldGrowthPolicy">
<enum>QFormLayout::AllNonFixedFieldsGrow</enum>
</property>
<item row="0" column="1">
<widget class="QLabel" name="fileTypeHeader"/>
</item>
<item row="1" column="0" colspan="2">
<widget class="QTabWidget" name="tabWidget">
<property name="sizePolicy">
<sizepolicy hsizetype="Expanding" vsizetype="Expanding">
<horstretch>0</horstretch>
<verstretch>1</verstretch>
</sizepolicy>
</property>
<property name="currentIndex">
<number>0</number>
</property>
<widget class="QWidget" name="tab">
<attribute name="title">
<string>Installed Applications</string>
</attribute>
<layout class="QVBoxLayout" name="verticalLayout">
<item>
<widget class="Fm::AppMenuView" name="appMenuView"/>
</item>
</layout>
</widget>
<widget class="QWidget" name="tab_2">
<attribute name="title">
<string>Custom Command</string>
</attribute>
<layout class="QFormLayout" name="formLayout_2">
<item row="0" column="0" colspan="2">
<widget class="QLabel" name="label_3">
<property name="text">
<string>Command line to execute:</string>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="1" column="0" colspan="2">
<widget class="QLineEdit" name="cmdLine"/>
</item>
<item row="3" column="0">
<widget class="QLabel" name="label_4">
<property name="text">
<string>Application name:</string>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="3" column="1">
<widget class="QLineEdit" name="appName"/>
</item>
<item row="2" column="0" colspan="2">
<widget class="QLabel" name="label_5">
<property name="text">
<string>&lt;b&gt;These special codes can be used in the command line:&lt;/b&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;b&gt;%f&lt;/b&gt;: Represents a single file name&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;b&gt;%F&lt;/b&gt;: Represents multiple file names&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;b&gt;%u&lt;/b&gt;: Represents a single URI of the file&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;b&gt;%U&lt;/b&gt;: Represents multiple URIs&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;</string>
</property>
<property name="textFormat">
<enum>Qt::RichText</enum>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="5" column="0" colspan="2">
<widget class="QCheckBox" name="keepTermOpen">
<property name="enabled">
<bool>false</bool>
</property>
<property name="text">
<string>Keep terminal window open after command execution</string>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="4" column="0" colspan="2">
<widget class="QCheckBox" name="useTerminal">
<property name="text">
<string>Execute in terminal emulator</string>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
</layout>
</widget>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="2" column="0" colspan="2">
<widget class="QCheckBox" name="setDefault">
<property name="text">
<string>Set selected application as default action of this file type</string>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="3" column="0" colspan="2">
<widget class="QDialogButtonBox" name="buttonBox">
<property name="orientation">
<enum>Qt::Horizontal</enum>
</property>
<property name="standardButtons">
<set>QDialogButtonBox::Cancel|QDialogButtonBox::Ok</set>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
</layout>
</widget>
<customwidgets>
<customwidget>
<class>Fm::AppMenuView</class>
<extends>QTreeView</extends>
<header>appmenuview.h</header>
</customwidget>
</customwidgets>
<resources/>
<connections>
<connection>
<sender>buttonBox</sender>
<signal>accepted()</signal>
<receiver>AppChooserDialog</receiver>
<slot>accept()</slot>
<hints>
<hint type="sourcelabel">
<x>227</x>
<y>359</y>
</hint>
<hint type="destinationlabel">
<x>157</x>
<y>274</y>
</hint>
</hints>
</connection>
<connection>
<sender>buttonBox</sender>
<signal>rejected()</signal>
<receiver>AppChooserDialog</receiver>
<slot>reject()</slot>
<hints>
<hint type="sourcelabel">
<x>295</x>
<y>365</y>
</hint>
<hint type="destinationlabel">
<x>286</x>
<y>274</y>
</hint>
</hints>
</connection>
<connection>
<sender>useTerminal</sender>
<signal>toggled(bool)</signal>
<receiver>keepTermOpen</receiver>
<slot>setEnabled(bool)</slot>
<hints>
<hint type="sourcelabel">
<x>72</x>
<y>260</y>
</hint>
<hint type="destinationlabel">
<x>79</x>
<y>282</y>
</hint>
</hints>
</connection>
</connections>
</ui>

@ -0,0 +1,153 @@
/*
* Copyright (C) 2014 - 2015 Hong Jen Yee (PCMan) <pcman.tw@gmail.com>
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*
*/
#include "appchoosercombobox.h"
#include "icontheme.h"
#include "appchooserdialog.h"
#include "utilities.h"
namespace Fm {
AppChooserComboBox::AppChooserComboBox(QWidget* parent):
QComboBox(parent),
defaultApp_(NULL),
appInfos_(NULL),
defaultAppIndex_(-1),
prevIndex_(0),
mimeType_(NULL),
blockOnCurrentIndexChanged_(false) {
// the new Qt5 signal/slot syntax cannot handle overloaded methods by default
// hence a type-casting is needed here. really ugly!
// reference: http://qt-project.org/forums/viewthread/21513
connect((QComboBox*)this, static_cast<void (QComboBox::*)(int)>(&QComboBox::currentIndexChanged), this, &AppChooserComboBox::onCurrentIndexChanged);
}
AppChooserComboBox::~AppChooserComboBox() {
if(mimeType_)
fm_mime_type_unref(mimeType_);
if(defaultApp_)
g_object_unref(defaultApp_);
// delete GAppInfo objects stored for Combobox
if(appInfos_) {
g_list_foreach(appInfos_, (GFunc)g_object_unref, NULL);
g_list_free(appInfos_);
}
}
void AppChooserComboBox::setMimeType(FmMimeType* mimeType) {
clear();
if(mimeType_)
fm_mime_type_unref(mimeType_);
mimeType_ = fm_mime_type_ref(mimeType);
if(mimeType_) {
const char* typeName = fm_mime_type_get_type(mimeType_);
defaultApp_ = g_app_info_get_default_for_type(typeName, FALSE);
appInfos_ = g_app_info_get_all_for_type(typeName);
int i = 0;
for(GList* l = appInfos_; l; l = l->next, ++i) {
GAppInfo* app = G_APP_INFO(l->data);
GIcon* gicon = g_app_info_get_icon(app);
QString name = QString::fromUtf8(g_app_info_get_name(app));
// QVariant data = qVariantFromValue<void*>(app);
// addItem(IconTheme::icon(gicon), name, data);
addItem(IconTheme::icon(gicon), name);
if(g_app_info_equal(app, defaultApp_))
defaultAppIndex_ = i;
}
}
// add "Other applications" item
insertSeparator(count());
addItem(tr("Customize"));
if(defaultAppIndex_ != -1)
setCurrentIndex(defaultAppIndex_);
}
// returns the currently selected app.
GAppInfo* AppChooserComboBox::selectedApp() {
return G_APP_INFO(g_list_nth_data(appInfos_, currentIndex()));
}
bool AppChooserComboBox::isChanged() {
return (defaultAppIndex_ != currentIndex());
}
void AppChooserComboBox::onCurrentIndexChanged(int index) {
if(index == -1 || index == prevIndex_ || blockOnCurrentIndexChanged_)
return;
// the last item is "Customize"
if(index == (count() - 1)) {
/* TODO: let the user choose an app or add custom actions here. */
QWidget* toplevel = topLevelWidget();
AppChooserDialog dlg(mimeType_, toplevel);
dlg.setWindowModality(Qt::WindowModal);
dlg.setCanSetDefault(false);
if(dlg.exec() == QDialog::Accepted) {
GAppInfo* app = dlg.selectedApp();
if(app) {
/* see if it's already in the list to prevent duplication */
GList* found = NULL;
for(found = appInfos_; found; found = found->next) {
if(g_app_info_equal(app, G_APP_INFO(found->data)))
break;
}
// inserting new items or change current index will recursively trigger onCurrentIndexChanged.
// we need to block our handler to prevent recursive calls.
blockOnCurrentIndexChanged_ = true;
/* if it's already in the list, select it */
if(found) {
setCurrentIndex(g_list_position(appInfos_, found));
g_object_unref(app);
}
else { /* if it's not found, add it to the list */
appInfos_ = g_list_prepend(appInfos_, app);
GIcon* gicon = g_app_info_get_icon(app);
QString name = QString::fromUtf8(g_app_info_get_name(app));
insertItem(0, IconTheme::icon(gicon), name);
setCurrentIndex(0);
}
blockOnCurrentIndexChanged_ = false;
return;
}
}
// block our handler to prevent recursive calls.
blockOnCurrentIndexChanged_ = true;
// restore to previously selected item
setCurrentIndex(prevIndex_);
blockOnCurrentIndexChanged_ = false;
}
else {
prevIndex_ = index;
}
}
#if 0
/* get a list of custom apps added with app-chooser.
* the returned GList is owned by the combo box and shouldn't be freed. */
const GList* AppChooserComboBox::customApps() {
}
#endif
} // namespace Fm

@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
/*
* Copyright (C) 2014 - 2015 Hong Jen Yee (PCMan) <pcman.tw@gmail.com>
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*
*/
#ifndef FM_APPCHOOSERCOMBOBOX_H
#define FM_APPCHOOSERCOMBOBOX_H
#include "libfmqtglobals.h"
#include <QComboBox>
#include <libfm/fm.h>
namespace Fm {
class LIBFM_QT_API AppChooserComboBox : public QComboBox {
Q_OBJECT
public:
~AppChooserComboBox();
AppChooserComboBox(QWidget* parent);
void setMimeType(FmMimeType* mimeType);
FmMimeType* mimeType() {
return mimeType_;
}
GAppInfo* selectedApp();
// const GList* customApps();
bool isChanged();
private Q_SLOTS:
void onCurrentIndexChanged(int index);
private:
FmMimeType* mimeType_;
GList* appInfos_; // applications used to open the file type
GAppInfo* defaultApp_; // default application used to open the file type
int defaultAppIndex_;
int prevIndex_;
bool blockOnCurrentIndexChanged_;
};
}
#endif // FM_APPCHOOSERCOMBOBOX_H

@ -0,0 +1,286 @@
/*
* Copyright 2010-2014 Hong Jen Yee (PCMan) <pcman.tw@gmail.com>
* Copyright 2012-2013 Andriy Grytsenko (LStranger) <andrej@rep.kiev.ua>
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*
*/
#include "appchooserdialog.h"
#include "ui_app-chooser-dialog.h"
#include <QPushButton>
#include <gio/gdesktopappinfo.h>
namespace Fm {
AppChooserDialog::AppChooserDialog(FmMimeType* mimeType, QWidget* parent, Qt::WindowFlags f):
QDialog(parent, f),
mimeType_(NULL),
selectedApp_(NULL),
canSetDefault_(true),
ui(new Ui::AppChooserDialog()) {
ui->setupUi(this);
connect(ui->appMenuView, &AppMenuView::selectionChanged, this, &AppChooserDialog::onSelectionChanged);
connect(ui->tabWidget, &QTabWidget::currentChanged, this, &AppChooserDialog::onTabChanged);
if(!ui->appMenuView->isAppSelected())
ui->buttonBox->button(QDialogButtonBox::Ok)->setEnabled(false); // disable OK button
if(mimeType)
setMimeType(mimeType);
}
AppChooserDialog::~AppChooserDialog() {
delete ui;
if(mimeType_)
fm_mime_type_unref(mimeType_);
if(selectedApp_)
g_object_unref(selectedApp_);
}
bool AppChooserDialog::isSetDefault() {
return ui->setDefault->isChecked();
}
static void on_temp_appinfo_destroy(gpointer data, GObject* objptr) {
char* filename = (char*)data;
if(g_unlink(filename) < 0)
g_critical("failed to remove %s", filename);
/* else
qDebug("temp file %s removed", filename); */
g_free(filename);
}
static GAppInfo* app_info_create_from_commandline(const char* commandline,
const char* application_name,
const char* bin_name,
const char* mime_type,
gboolean terminal, gboolean keep) {
GAppInfo* app = NULL;
char* dirname = g_build_filename(g_get_user_data_dir(), "applications", NULL);
const char* app_basename = strrchr(bin_name, '/');
if(app_basename)
app_basename++;
else
app_basename = bin_name;
if(g_mkdir_with_parents(dirname, 0700) == 0) {
char* filename = g_strdup_printf("%s/userapp-%s-XXXXXX.desktop", dirname, app_basename);
int fd = g_mkstemp(filename);
if(fd != -1) {
GString* content = g_string_sized_new(256);
g_string_printf(content,
"[" G_KEY_FILE_DESKTOP_GROUP "]\n"
G_KEY_FILE_DESKTOP_KEY_TYPE "=" G_KEY_FILE_DESKTOP_TYPE_APPLICATION "\n"
G_KEY_FILE_DESKTOP_KEY_NAME "=%s\n"
G_KEY_FILE_DESKTOP_KEY_EXEC "=%s\n"
G_KEY_FILE_DESKTOP_KEY_CATEGORIES "=Other;\n"
G_KEY_FILE_DESKTOP_KEY_NO_DISPLAY "=true\n",
application_name,
commandline
);
if(mime_type)
g_string_append_printf(content,
G_KEY_FILE_DESKTOP_KEY_MIME_TYPE "=%s\n",
mime_type);
g_string_append_printf(content,
G_KEY_FILE_DESKTOP_KEY_TERMINAL "=%s\n",
terminal ? "true" : "false");
if(terminal)
g_string_append_printf(content, "X-KeepTerminal=%s\n",
keep ? "true" : "false");
close(fd); /* g_file_set_contents() may fail creating duplicate */
if(g_file_set_contents(filename, content->str, content->len, NULL)) {
char* fbname = g_path_get_basename(filename);
app = G_APP_INFO(g_desktop_app_info_new(fbname));
g_free(fbname);
/* if there is mime_type set then created application will be
saved for the mime type (see fm_choose_app_for_mime_type()
below) but if not then we should remove this temp. file */
if(!mime_type || !application_name[0])
/* save the name so this file will be removed later */
g_object_weak_ref(G_OBJECT(app), on_temp_appinfo_destroy,
g_strdup(filename));
}
else
g_unlink(filename);
g_string_free(content, TRUE);
}
g_free(filename);
}
g_free(dirname);
return app;
}
inline static char* get_binary(const char* cmdline, gboolean* arg_found) {
/* see if command line contains %f, %F, %u, or %U. */
const char* p = strstr(cmdline, " %");
if(p) {
if(!strchr("fFuU", *(p + 2)))
p = NULL;
}
if(arg_found)
*arg_found = (p != NULL);
if(p)
return g_strndup(cmdline, p - cmdline);
else
return g_strdup(cmdline);
}
GAppInfo* AppChooserDialog::customCommandToApp() {
GAppInfo* app = NULL;
QByteArray cmdline = ui->cmdLine->text().toLocal8Bit();
QByteArray app_name = ui->appName->text().toUtf8();
if(!cmdline.isEmpty()) {
gboolean arg_found = FALSE;
char* bin1 = get_binary(cmdline.constData(), &arg_found);
qDebug("bin1 = %s", bin1);
/* see if command line contains %f, %F, %u, or %U. */
if(!arg_found) { /* append %f if no %f, %F, %u, or %U was found. */
cmdline += " %f";
}
/* FIXME: is there any better way to do this? */
/* We need to ensure that no duplicated items are added */
if(mimeType_) {
MenuCache* menu_cache;
/* see if the command is already in the list of known apps for this mime-type */
GList* apps = g_app_info_get_all_for_type(fm_mime_type_get_type(mimeType_));
GList* l;
for(l = apps; l; l = l->next) {
GAppInfo* app2 = G_APP_INFO(l->data);
const char* cmd = g_app_info_get_commandline(app2);
char* bin2 = get_binary(cmd, NULL);
if(g_strcmp0(bin1, bin2) == 0) {
app = G_APP_INFO(g_object_ref(app2));
qDebug("found in app list");
g_free(bin2);
break;
}
g_free(bin2);
}
g_list_foreach(apps, (GFunc)g_object_unref, NULL);
g_list_free(apps);
if(app)
goto _out;
/* see if this command can be found in menu cache */
menu_cache = menu_cache_lookup("applications.menu");
if(menu_cache) {
MenuCacheDir* root_dir = menu_cache_dup_root_dir(menu_cache);
if(root_dir) {
GSList* all_apps = menu_cache_list_all_apps(menu_cache);
GSList* l;
for(l = all_apps; l; l = l->next) {
MenuCacheApp* ma = MENU_CACHE_APP(l->data);
const char* exec = menu_cache_app_get_exec(ma);
char* bin2;
if(exec == NULL) {
g_warning("application %s has no Exec statement", menu_cache_item_get_id(MENU_CACHE_ITEM(ma)));
continue;
}
bin2 = get_binary(exec, NULL);
if(g_strcmp0(bin1, bin2) == 0) {
app = G_APP_INFO(g_desktop_app_info_new(menu_cache_item_get_id(MENU_CACHE_ITEM(ma))));
qDebug("found in menu cache");
menu_cache_item_unref(MENU_CACHE_ITEM(ma));
g_free(bin2);
break;
}
menu_cache_item_unref(MENU_CACHE_ITEM(ma));
g_free(bin2);
}
g_slist_free(all_apps);
menu_cache_item_unref(MENU_CACHE_ITEM(root_dir));
}
menu_cache_unref(menu_cache);
}
if(app)
goto _out;
}
/* FIXME: g_app_info_create_from_commandline force the use of %f or %u, so this is not we need */
app = app_info_create_from_commandline(cmdline.constData(), app_name.constData(), bin1,
mimeType_ ? fm_mime_type_get_type(mimeType_) : NULL,
ui->useTerminal->isChecked(), ui->keepTermOpen->isChecked());
_out:
g_free(bin1);
}
return app;
}
void AppChooserDialog::accept() {
QDialog::accept();
if(ui->tabWidget->currentIndex() == 0) {
selectedApp_ = ui->appMenuView->selectedApp();
}
else { // custom command line
selectedApp_ = customCommandToApp();
}
if(selectedApp_) {
if(mimeType_ && fm_mime_type_get_type(mimeType_) && g_app_info_get_name(selectedApp_)[0]) {
/* add this app to the mime-type */
#if GLIB_CHECK_VERSION(2, 27, 6)
g_app_info_set_as_last_used_for_type(selectedApp_, fm_mime_type_get_type(mimeType_), NULL);
#else
g_app_info_add_supports_type(selectedApp_, fm_mime_type_get_type(mimeType_), NULL);
#endif
/* if need to set default */
if(ui->setDefault->isChecked())
g_app_info_set_as_default_for_type(selectedApp_, fm_mime_type_get_type(mimeType_), NULL);
}
}
}
void AppChooserDialog::onSelectionChanged() {
bool isAppSelected = ui->appMenuView->isAppSelected();
ui->buttonBox->button(QDialogButtonBox::Ok)->setEnabled(isAppSelected);
}
void AppChooserDialog::setMimeType(FmMimeType* mimeType) {
if(mimeType_)
fm_mime_type_unref(mimeType_);
mimeType_ = mimeType ? fm_mime_type_ref(mimeType) : NULL;
if(mimeType_) {
QString text = tr("Select an application to open \"%1\" files")
.arg(QString::fromUtf8(fm_mime_type_get_desc(mimeType_)));
ui->fileTypeHeader->setText(text);
}
else {
ui->fileTypeHeader->hide();
ui->setDefault->hide();
}
}
void AppChooserDialog::setCanSetDefault(bool value) {
canSetDefault_ = value;
ui->setDefault->setVisible(value);
}
void AppChooserDialog::onTabChanged(int index) {
if(index == 0) { // app menu view
onSelectionChanged();
}
else if(index == 1) { // custom command
ui->buttonBox->button(QDialogButtonBox::Ok)->setEnabled(true);
}
}
} // namespace Fm

@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
/*
* Copyright 2010-2014 Hong Jen Yee (PCMan) <pcman.tw@gmail.com>
* Copyright 2012-2013 Andriy Grytsenko (LStranger) <andrej@rep.kiev.ua>
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*
*/
#ifndef FM_APPCHOOSERDIALOG_H
#define FM_APPCHOOSERDIALOG_H
#include <QDialog>
#include "libfmqtglobals.h"
#include <libfm/fm.h>
namespace Ui {
class AppChooserDialog;
}
namespace Fm {
class LIBFM_QT_API AppChooserDialog : public QDialog {
Q_OBJECT
public:
explicit AppChooserDialog(FmMimeType* mimeType, QWidget* parent = NULL, Qt::WindowFlags f = 0);
~AppChooserDialog();
virtual void accept();
void setMimeType(FmMimeType* mimeType);
FmMimeType* mimeType() {
return mimeType_;
}
void setCanSetDefault(bool value);
bool canSetDefault() {
return canSetDefault_;
}
GAppInfo* selectedApp() {
return G_APP_INFO(g_object_ref(selectedApp_));
}
bool isSetDefault();
private:
GAppInfo* customCommandToApp();
private Q_SLOTS:
void onSelectionChanged();
void onTabChanged(int index);
private:
Ui::AppChooserDialog* ui;
FmMimeType* mimeType_;
bool canSetDefault_;
GAppInfo* selectedApp_;
};
}
#endif // FM_APPCHOOSERDIALOG_H

@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
/*
* Copyright (C) 2012 - 2015 Hong Jen Yee (PCMan) <pcman.tw@gmail.com>
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*
*/
#include "applaunchcontext.h"
#include <QX11Info>
#include <X11/Xlib.h>
typedef struct _FmAppLaunchContext {
GAppLaunchContext parent;
}FmAppLaunchContext;
G_DEFINE_TYPE(FmAppLaunchContext, fm_app_launch_context, G_TYPE_APP_LAUNCH_CONTEXT)
static char* fm_app_launch_context_get_display(GAppLaunchContext *context, GAppInfo *info, GList *files) {
Display* dpy = QX11Info::display();
if(dpy) {
char* xstr = DisplayString(dpy);
return g_strdup(xstr);
}
return NULL;
}
static char* fm_app_launch_context_get_startup_notify_id(GAppLaunchContext *context, GAppInfo *info, GList *files) {
return NULL;
}
static void fm_app_launch_context_class_init(FmAppLaunchContextClass* klass) {
GAppLaunchContextClass* app_launch_class = G_APP_LAUNCH_CONTEXT_CLASS(klass);
app_launch_class->get_display = fm_app_launch_context_get_display;
app_launch_class->get_startup_notify_id = fm_app_launch_context_get_startup_notify_id;
}
static void fm_app_launch_context_init(FmAppLaunchContext* context) {
}
FmAppLaunchContext* fm_app_launch_context_new_for_widget(QWidget* widget) {
FmAppLaunchContext* context = (FmAppLaunchContext*)g_object_new(FM_TYPE_APP_LAUNCH_CONTEXT, NULL);
return context;
}
FmAppLaunchContext* fm_app_launch_context_new() {
FmAppLaunchContext* context = (FmAppLaunchContext*)g_object_new(FM_TYPE_APP_LAUNCH_CONTEXT, NULL);
return context;
}

@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
/*
* Copyright (C) 2012 - 2015 Hong Jen Yee (PCMan) <pcman.tw@gmail.com>
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*
*/
#ifndef FM_APP_LAUNCHCONTEXT_H
#define FM_APP_LAUNCHCONTEXT_H
#include "libfmqtglobals.h"
#include <gio/gio.h>
#include <QWidget>
#define FM_TYPE_APP_LAUNCH_CONTEXT (fm_app_launch_context_get_type())
#define FM_APP_LAUNCH_CONTEXT(obj) (G_TYPE_CHECK_INSTANCE_CAST((obj),\
FM_TYPE_APP_LAUNCH_CONTEXT, FmAppLaunchContext))
#define FM_APP_LAUNCH_CONTEXT_CLASS(klass) (G_TYPE_CHECK_CLASS_CAST((klass),\
FM_TYPE_APP_LAUNCH_CONTEXT, FmAppLaunchContextClass))
#define FM_IS_APP_LAUNCH_CONTEXT(obj) (G_TYPE_CHECK_INSTANCE_TYPE((obj),\
FM_TYPE_APP_LAUNCH_CONTEXT))
#define FM_IS_APP_LAUNCH_CONTEXT_CLASS(klass) (G_TYPE_CHECK_CLASS_TYPE((klass),\
FM_TYPE_APP_LAUNCH_CONTEXT))
#define FM_APP_LAUNCH_CONTEXT_GET_CLASS(obj) (G_TYPE_INSTANCE_GET_CLASS((obj),\
FM_TYPE_APP_LAUNCH_CONTEXT, FmAppLaunchContextClass))
typedef struct _FmAppLaunchContext FmAppLaunchContext;
typedef struct _FmAppLaunchContextClass {
GAppLaunchContextClass parent;
}FmAppLaunchContextClass;
FmAppLaunchContext* fm_app_launch_context_new();
FmAppLaunchContext* fm_app_launch_context_new_for_widget(QWidget* widget);
GType fm_app_launch_context_get_type();
#endif // FM_APPLAUNCHCONTEXT_H

@ -0,0 +1,158 @@
/*
* Copyright (C) 2014 - 2015 Hong Jen Yee (PCMan) <pcman.tw@gmail.com>
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*
*/
#include "appmenuview.h"
#include <QStandardItemModel>
#include "icontheme.h"
#include "appmenuview_p.h"
#include <gio/gdesktopappinfo.h>
namespace Fm {
AppMenuView::AppMenuView(QWidget* parent):
model_(new QStandardItemModel()),
menu_cache(NULL),
menu_cache_reload_notify(NULL),
QTreeView(parent) {
setHeaderHidden(true);
setSelectionMode(SingleSelection);
// initialize model
// TODO: share one model among all app menu view widgets
// ensure that we're using lxmenu-data (FIXME: should we do this?)
QByteArray oldenv = qgetenv("XDG_MENU_PREFIX");
qputenv("XDG_MENU_PREFIX", "lxde-");
menu_cache = menu_cache_lookup("applications.menu");
// if(!oldenv.isEmpty())
qputenv("XDG_MENU_PREFIX", oldenv); // restore the original value if needed
if(menu_cache) {
MenuCacheDir* dir = menu_cache_dup_root_dir(menu_cache);
menu_cache_reload_notify = menu_cache_add_reload_notify(menu_cache, _onMenuCacheReload, this);
if(dir) { /* content of menu is already loaded */
addMenuItems(NULL, dir);
menu_cache_item_unref(MENU_CACHE_ITEM(dir));
}
}
setModel(model_);
connect(selectionModel(), &QItemSelectionModel::selectionChanged, this, &AppMenuView::selectionChanged);
selectionModel()->select(model_->index(0, 0), QItemSelectionModel::SelectCurrent);
}
AppMenuView::~AppMenuView() {
delete model_;
if(menu_cache) {
if(menu_cache_reload_notify)
menu_cache_remove_reload_notify(menu_cache, menu_cache_reload_notify);
menu_cache_unref(menu_cache);
}
}
void AppMenuView::addMenuItems(QStandardItem* parentItem, MenuCacheDir* dir) {
GSList* l;
GSList* list;
/* Iterate over all menu items in this directory. */
for(l = list = menu_cache_dir_list_children(dir); l != NULL; l = l->next) {
/* Get the menu item. */
MenuCacheItem* menuItem = MENU_CACHE_ITEM(l->data);
switch(menu_cache_item_get_type(menuItem)) {
case MENU_CACHE_TYPE_NONE:
case MENU_CACHE_TYPE_SEP:
break;
case MENU_CACHE_TYPE_APP:
case MENU_CACHE_TYPE_DIR: {
AppMenuViewItem* newItem = new AppMenuViewItem(menuItem);
if(parentItem)
parentItem->insertRow(parentItem->rowCount(), newItem);
else
model_->insertRow(model_->rowCount(), newItem);
if(menu_cache_item_get_type(menuItem) == MENU_CACHE_TYPE_DIR)
addMenuItems(newItem, MENU_CACHE_DIR(menuItem));
break;
}
}
}
g_slist_free_full(list, (GDestroyNotify)menu_cache_item_unref);
}
void AppMenuView::onMenuCacheReload(MenuCache* mc) {
MenuCacheDir* dir = menu_cache_dup_root_dir(mc);
model_->clear();
/* FIXME: preserve original selection */
if(dir) {
addMenuItems(NULL, dir);
menu_cache_item_unref(MENU_CACHE_ITEM(dir));
selectionModel()->select(model_->index(0, 0), QItemSelectionModel::SelectCurrent);
}
}
bool AppMenuView::isAppSelected() {
AppMenuViewItem* item = selectedItem();
return (item && item->isApp());
}
AppMenuViewItem* AppMenuView::selectedItem() {
QModelIndexList selected = selectedIndexes();
if(!selected.isEmpty()) {
AppMenuViewItem* item = static_cast<AppMenuViewItem*>(model_->itemFromIndex(selected.first()
));
return item;
}
return NULL;
}
GAppInfo* AppMenuView::selectedApp() {
const char* id = selectedAppDesktopId();
return id ? G_APP_INFO(g_desktop_app_info_new(id)) : NULL;
}
QByteArray AppMenuView::selectedAppDesktopFilePath() {
AppMenuViewItem* item = selectedItem();
if(item && item->isApp()) {
char* path = menu_cache_item_get_file_path(item->item());
QByteArray ret(path);
g_free(path);
return ret;
}
return QByteArray();
}
const char* AppMenuView::selectedAppDesktopId() {
AppMenuViewItem* item = selectedItem();
if(item && item->isApp()) {
return menu_cache_item_get_id(item->item());
}
return NULL;
}
FmPath* AppMenuView::selectedAppDesktopPath() {
AppMenuViewItem* item = selectedItem();
if(item && item->isApp()) {
char* mpath = menu_cache_dir_make_path(MENU_CACHE_DIR(item));
FmPath* path = fm_path_new_relative(fm_path_get_apps_menu(),
mpath + 13 /* skip "/Applications" */);
g_free(mpath);
return path;
}
return NULL;
}
} // namespace Fm

@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
/*
* Copyright (C) 2014 - 2015 Hong Jen Yee (PCMan) <pcman.tw@gmail.com>
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*
*/
#ifndef FM_APPMENUVIEW_H
#define FM_APPMENUVIEW_H
#include <QTreeView>
#include "libfmqtglobals.h"
#include <libfm/fm.h>
#include <menu-cache/menu-cache.h>
class QStandardItemModel;
class QStandardItem;
namespace Fm {
class AppMenuViewItem;
class LIBFM_QT_API AppMenuView : public QTreeView {
Q_OBJECT
public:
explicit AppMenuView(QWidget* parent = NULL);
~AppMenuView();
GAppInfo* selectedApp();
const char* selectedAppDesktopId();
QByteArray selectedAppDesktopFilePath();
FmPath * selectedAppDesktopPath();
bool isAppSelected();
Q_SIGNALS:
void selectionChanged();
private:
void addMenuItems(QStandardItem* parentItem, MenuCacheDir* dir);
void onMenuCacheReload(MenuCache* mc);
static void _onMenuCacheReload(MenuCache* mc, gpointer user_data) {
static_cast<AppMenuView*>(user_data)->onMenuCacheReload(mc);
}
AppMenuViewItem* selectedItem();
private:
// gboolean fm_app_menu_view_is_item_app(, GtkTreeIter* it);
QStandardItemModel* model_;
MenuCache* menu_cache;
MenuCacheNotifyId menu_cache_reload_notify;
};
}
#endif // FM_APPMENUVIEW_H

@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
/*
* Copyright (C) 2014 - 2015 Hong Jen Yee (PCMan) <pcman.tw@gmail.com>
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*
*/
#ifndef FM_APPMENUVIEW_P_H
#define FM_APPMENUVIEW_P_H
#include <QStandardItem>
#include <menu-cache/menu-cache.h>
#include "icontheme.h"
namespace Fm {
class AppMenuViewItem : public QStandardItem {
public:
explicit AppMenuViewItem(MenuCacheItem* item):
item_(menu_cache_item_ref(item)) {
FmIcon* fmicon;
if(menu_cache_item_get_icon(item))
fmicon = fm_icon_from_name(menu_cache_item_get_icon(item));
else
fmicon = nullptr;
setText(QString::fromUtf8(menu_cache_item_get_name(item)));
setEditable(false);
setDragEnabled(false);
if(fmicon) {
setIcon(IconTheme::icon(fmicon));
fm_icon_unref(fmicon);
}
}
~AppMenuViewItem() {
menu_cache_item_unref(item_);
}
MenuCacheItem* item() {
return item_;
}
MenuCacheType type() {
return menu_cache_item_get_type(item_);
}
bool isApp() {
return type() == MENU_CACHE_TYPE_APP;
}
bool isDir() {
return type() == MENU_CACHE_TYPE_DIR;
}
private:
MenuCacheItem* item_;
};
}
#endif // FM_APPMENUVIEW_P_H

@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
/*
* Copyright (C) 2013 - 2015 Hong Jen Yee (PCMan) <pcman.tw@gmail.com>
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*
*/
#include "bookmarkaction.h"
namespace Fm {
BookmarkAction::BookmarkAction(FmBookmarkItem* item, QObject* parent):
QAction(parent),
item_(fm_bookmark_item_ref(item)) {
setText(QString::fromUtf8(item->name));
}
} // namespace Fm

@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
/*
* Copyright (C) 2013 - 2015 Hong Jen Yee (PCMan) <pcman.tw@gmail.com>
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*
*/
#ifndef BOOKMARKACTION_H
#define BOOKMARKACTION_H
#include "libfmqtglobals.h"
#include <QAction>
#include <libfm/fm.h>
namespace Fm {
// action used to create bookmark menu items
class LIBFM_QT_API BookmarkAction : public QAction {
public:
explicit BookmarkAction(FmBookmarkItem* item, QObject* parent = 0);
virtual ~BookmarkAction() {
if(item_)
fm_bookmark_item_unref(item_);
}
FmBookmarkItem* bookmark() {
return item_;
}
FmPath* path() {
return item_->path;
}
private:
FmBookmarkItem* item_;
};
}
#endif // BOOKMARKACTION_H

@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
/*
* Copyright (C) 2013 - 2015 Hong Jen Yee (PCMan) <pcman.tw@gmail.com>
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*
*/
#include "browsehistory.h"
namespace Fm {
BrowseHistory::BrowseHistory():
currentIndex_(0),
maxCount_(10) {
}
BrowseHistory::~BrowseHistory() {
}
void BrowseHistory::add(FmPath* path, int scrollPos) {
int lastIndex = size() - 1;
if(currentIndex_ < lastIndex) {
// if we're not at the last item, remove items after the current one.
erase(begin() + currentIndex_ + 1, end());
}
if(size() + 1 > maxCount_) {
// if there are too many items, remove the oldest one.
// FIXME: what if currentIndex_ == 0? remove the last item instead?
if(currentIndex_ == 0)
remove(lastIndex);
else {
remove(0);
--currentIndex_;
}
}
// add a path and current scroll position to browse history
append(BrowseHistoryItem(path, scrollPos));
currentIndex_ = size() - 1;
}
void BrowseHistory::setCurrentIndex(int index) {
if(index >= 0 && index < size()) {
currentIndex_ = index;
// FIXME: should we emit a signal for the change?
}
}
bool BrowseHistory::canBackward() const {
return (currentIndex_ > 0);
}
int BrowseHistory::backward() {
if(canBackward())
--currentIndex_;
return currentIndex_;
}
bool BrowseHistory::canForward() const {
return (currentIndex_ + 1 < size());
}
int BrowseHistory::forward() {
if(canForward())
++currentIndex_;
return currentIndex_;
}
void BrowseHistory::setMaxCount(int maxCount) {
maxCount_ = maxCount;
if(size() > maxCount) {
// TODO: remove some items
}
}
} // namespace Fm

@ -0,0 +1,131 @@
/*
* Copyright (C) 2013 - 2015 Hong Jen Yee (PCMan) <pcman.tw@gmail.com>
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*
*/
#ifndef FM_BROWSEHISTORY_H
#define FM_BROWSEHISTORY_H
#include "libfmqtglobals.h"
#include <QVector>
#include <libfm/fm.h>
namespace Fm {
// class used to story browsing history of folder views
// We use this class to replace FmNavHistory provided by libfm since
// the original Libfm API is hard to use and confusing.
class LIBFM_QT_API BrowseHistoryItem {
public:
BrowseHistoryItem():
path_(NULL),
scrollPos_(0) {
}
BrowseHistoryItem(FmPath* path, int scrollPos = 0):
path_(fm_path_ref(path)),
scrollPos_(scrollPos) {
}
BrowseHistoryItem(const BrowseHistoryItem& other):
path_(other.path_ ? fm_path_ref(other.path_) : NULL),
scrollPos_(other.scrollPos_) {
}
~BrowseHistoryItem() {
if(path_)
fm_path_unref(path_);
}
BrowseHistoryItem& operator=(const BrowseHistoryItem& other) {
if(path_)
fm_path_unref(path_);
path_ = other.path_ ? fm_path_ref(other.path_) : NULL;
scrollPos_ = other.scrollPos_;
return *this;
}
FmPath* path() const {
return path_;
}
int scrollPos() const {
return scrollPos_;
}
void setScrollPos(int pos) {
scrollPos_ = pos;
}
private:
FmPath* path_;
int scrollPos_;
// TODO: we may need to store current selection as well. reserve room for furutre expansion.
// void* reserved1;
// void* reserved2;
};
class LIBFM_QT_API BrowseHistory : public QVector<BrowseHistoryItem> {
public:
BrowseHistory();
virtual ~BrowseHistory();
int currentIndex() const {
return currentIndex_;
}
void setCurrentIndex(int index);
FmPath* currentPath() const {
return at(currentIndex_).path();
}
int currentScrollPos() const {
return at(currentIndex_).scrollPos();
}
BrowseHistoryItem& currentItem() {
return operator[](currentIndex_);
}
void add(FmPath* path, int scrollPos = 0);
bool canForward() const;
bool canBackward() const;
int backward();
int forward();
int maxCount() const {
return maxCount_;
}
void setMaxCount(int maxCount);
private:
int currentIndex_;
int maxCount_;
};
}
#endif // FM_BROWSEHISTORY_H

@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
/*
* Copyright (C) 2013 - 2015 Hong Jen Yee (PCMan) <pcman.tw@gmail.com>
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*
*/
#include "cachedfoldermodel.h"
namespace Fm {
static GQuark data_id = 0;
CachedFolderModel::CachedFolderModel(FmFolder* folder):
FolderModel(),
refCount(1) {
FolderModel::setFolder(folder);
}
CachedFolderModel::~CachedFolderModel() {
}
CachedFolderModel* CachedFolderModel::modelFromFolder(FmFolder* folder) {
CachedFolderModel* model = NULL;
if(!data_id)
data_id = g_quark_from_static_string("CachedFolderModel");
gpointer qdata = g_object_get_qdata(G_OBJECT(folder), data_id);
model = reinterpret_cast<CachedFolderModel*>(qdata);
if(model) {
// qDebug("cache found!!");
model->ref();
}
else {
model = new CachedFolderModel(folder);
g_object_set_qdata(G_OBJECT(folder), data_id, model);
}
return model;
}
CachedFolderModel* CachedFolderModel::modelFromPath(FmPath* path) {
FmFolder* folder = fm_folder_from_path(path);
if(folder) {
CachedFolderModel* model = modelFromFolder(folder);
g_object_unref(folder);
return model;
}
return NULL;
}
void CachedFolderModel::unref() {
// qDebug("unref cache");
--refCount;
if(refCount <= 0) {
g_object_set_qdata(G_OBJECT(folder()), data_id, NULL);
deleteLater();
}
}
} // namespace Fm

@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
/*
* Copyright (C) 2013 - 2015 Hong Jen Yee (PCMan) <pcman.tw@gmail.com>
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*
*/
#ifndef FM_CACHEDFOLDERMODEL_H
#define FM_CACHEDFOLDERMODEL_H
#include "libfmqtglobals.h"
#include "foldermodel.h"
namespace Fm {
class LIBFM_QT_API CachedFolderModel : public FolderModel {
Q_OBJECT
public:
CachedFolderModel(FmFolder* folder);
void ref() {
++refCount;
}
void unref();
static CachedFolderModel* modelFromFolder(FmFolder* folder);
static CachedFolderModel* modelFromPath(FmPath* path);
private:
virtual ~CachedFolderModel();
void setFolder(FmFolder* folder);
private:
int refCount;
};
}
#endif // FM_CACHEDFOLDERMODEL_H

@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
/*
* Copyright (C) 2013 - 2015 Hong Jen Yee (PCMan) <pcman.tw@gmail.com>
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*
*/
#include "colorbutton.h"
#include <QColorDialog>
namespace Fm {
ColorButton::ColorButton(QWidget* parent): QPushButton(parent) {
connect(this, &QPushButton::clicked, this, &ColorButton::onClicked);
}
ColorButton::~ColorButton() {
}
void ColorButton::onClicked() {
QColorDialog dlg(color_);
if(dlg.exec() == QDialog::Accepted) {
setColor(dlg.selectedColor());
}
}
void ColorButton::setColor(const QColor& color) {
if(color != color_) {
color_ = color;
// use qss instead of QPalette to set the background color
// otherwise, this won't work when using the gtk style.
QString style = QString("QPushButton{background-color:%1;}").arg(color.name());
setStyleSheet(style);
Q_EMIT changed();
}
}
} // namespace Fm

@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
/*
* Copyright (C) 2013 - 2015 Hong Jen Yee (PCMan) <pcman.tw@gmail.com>
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*
*/
#ifndef FM_COLORBUTTON_H
#define FM_COLORBUTTON_H
#include "libfmqtglobals.h"
#include <QPushButton>
#include <QColor>
namespace Fm {
class LIBFM_QT_API ColorButton : public QPushButton {
Q_OBJECT
public:
explicit ColorButton(QWidget* parent = 0);
virtual ~ColorButton();
void setColor(const QColor&);
QColor color() const {
return color_;
}
Q_SIGNALS:
void changed();
private Q_SLOTS:
void onClicked();
private:
QColor color_;
};
}
#endif // FM_COLORBUTTON_H

@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
/*
* Copyright (C) 2012 - 2015 Hong Jen Yee (PCMan) <pcman.tw@gmail.com>
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*
*/
#include "createnewmenu.h"
#include "folderview.h"
#include "icontheme.h"
#include "utilities.h"
namespace Fm {
CreateNewMenu::CreateNewMenu(QWidget* dialogParent, FmPath* dirPath, QWidget* parent):
QMenu(parent), dialogParent_(dialogParent), dirPath_(dirPath) {
QAction* action = new QAction(QIcon::fromTheme("folder-new"), tr("Folder"), this);
connect(action, &QAction::triggered, this, &CreateNewMenu::onCreateNewFolder);
addAction(action);
action = new QAction(QIcon::fromTheme("document-new"), tr("Blank File"), this);
connect(action, &QAction::triggered, this, &CreateNewMenu::onCreateNewFile);
addAction(action);
// add more items to "Create New" menu from templates
GList* templates = fm_template_list_all(fm_config->only_user_templates);
if(templates) {
addSeparator();
for(GList* l = templates; l; l = l->next) {
FmTemplate* templ = (FmTemplate*)l->data;
/* we support directories differently */
if(fm_template_is_directory(templ))
continue;
FmMimeType* mime_type = fm_template_get_mime_type(templ);
const char* label = fm_template_get_label(templ);
QString text = QString("%1 (%2)").arg(QString::fromUtf8(label)).arg(QString::fromUtf8(fm_mime_type_get_desc(mime_type)));
FmIcon* icon = fm_template_get_icon(templ);
if(!icon)
icon = fm_mime_type_get_icon(mime_type);
QAction* action = addAction(IconTheme::icon(icon), text);
action->setObjectName(QString::fromUtf8(fm_template_get_name(templ, NULL)));
connect(action, &QAction::triggered, this, &CreateNewMenu::onCreateNew);
}
}
}
CreateNewMenu::~CreateNewMenu() {
}
void CreateNewMenu::onCreateNewFile() {
if(dirPath_)
createFileOrFolder(CreateNewTextFile, dirPath_);
}
void CreateNewMenu::onCreateNewFolder() {
if(dirPath_)
createFileOrFolder(CreateNewFolder, dirPath_);
}
void CreateNewMenu::onCreateNew() {
QAction* action = static_cast<QAction*>(sender());
QByteArray name = action->objectName().toUtf8();
GList* templates = fm_template_list_all(fm_config->only_user_templates);
FmTemplate* templ = NULL;
for(GList* l = templates; l; l = l->next) {
FmTemplate* t = (FmTemplate*)l->data;
if(name == fm_template_get_name(t, NULL)) {
templ = t;
break;
}
}
if(templ) { // template found
if(dirPath_)
createFileOrFolder(CreateWithTemplate, dirPath_, templ, dialogParent_);
}
}
} // namespace Fm

@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
/*
* Copyright (C) 2012 - 2015 Hong Jen Yee (PCMan) <pcman.tw@gmail.com>
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*
*/
#ifndef FM_CREATENEWMENU_H
#define FM_CREATENEWMENU_H
#include "libfmqtglobals.h"
#include <QMenu>
#include <libfm/fm.h>
namespace Fm {
class FolderView;
class LIBFM_QT_API CreateNewMenu : public QMenu {
Q_OBJECT
public:
explicit CreateNewMenu(QWidget* dialogParent, FmPath* dirPath,
QWidget* parent = 0);
virtual ~CreateNewMenu();
protected Q_SLOTS:
void onCreateNewFolder();
void onCreateNewFile();
void onCreateNew();
private:
QWidget* dialogParent_;
FmPath* dirPath_;
};
}
#endif // FM_CREATENEWMENU_H

@ -0,0 +1,205 @@
/*
* Copyright (C) 2014 - 2015 Hong Jen Yee (PCMan) <pcman.tw@gmail.com>
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*
*/
#include "dirtreemodel.h"
#include "dirtreemodelitem.h"
#include <QDebug>
namespace Fm {
DirTreeModel::DirTreeModel(QObject* parent):
showHidden_(false) {
}
DirTreeModel::~DirTreeModel() {
}
// QAbstractItemModel implementation
Qt::ItemFlags DirTreeModel::flags(const QModelIndex& index) const {
DirTreeModelItem* item = itemFromIndex(index);
if(item && item->isPlaceHolder())
return Qt::ItemIsEnabled;
return QAbstractItemModel::flags(index);
}
QVariant DirTreeModel::data(const QModelIndex& index, int role) const {
if(!index.isValid() || index.column() > 1) {
return QVariant();
}
DirTreeModelItem* item = itemFromIndex(index);
if(item) {
FmFileInfo* info = item->fileInfo_;
switch(role) {
case Qt::ToolTipRole:
return QVariant(item->displayName_);
case Qt::DisplayRole:
return QVariant(item->displayName_);
case Qt::DecorationRole:
return QVariant(item->icon_);
case FileInfoRole:
return qVariantFromValue((void*)info);
}
}
return QVariant();
}
int DirTreeModel::columnCount(const QModelIndex& parent) const {
return 1;
}
int DirTreeModel::rowCount(const QModelIndex& parent) const {
if(!parent.isValid())
return rootItems_.count();
DirTreeModelItem* item = itemFromIndex(parent);
if(item)
return item->children_.count();
return 0;
}
QModelIndex DirTreeModel::parent(const QModelIndex& child) const {
DirTreeModelItem* item = itemFromIndex(child);
if(item && item->parent_) {
item = item->parent_; // go to parent item
if(item) {
const QList<DirTreeModelItem*>& items = item->parent_ ? item->parent_->children_ : rootItems_;
int row = items.indexOf(item); // this is Q(n) and may be slow :-(
if(row >= 0)
return createIndex(row, 0, (void*)item);
}
}
return QModelIndex();
}
QModelIndex DirTreeModel::index(int row, int column, const QModelIndex& parent) const {
if(row >= 0 && column >= 0 && column == 0) {
if(!parent.isValid()) { // root items
if(row < rootItems_.count()) {
const DirTreeModelItem* item = rootItems_.at(row);
return createIndex(row, column, (void*)item);
}
}
else { // child items
DirTreeModelItem* parentItem = itemFromIndex(parent);
if(row < parentItem->children_.count()) {
const DirTreeModelItem* item = parentItem->children_.at(row);
return createIndex(row, column, (void*)item);
}
}
}
return QModelIndex(); // invalid index
}
bool DirTreeModel::hasChildren(const QModelIndex& parent) const {
DirTreeModelItem* item = itemFromIndex(parent);
return item ? !item->isPlaceHolder() : true;
}
QModelIndex DirTreeModel::indexFromItem(DirTreeModelItem* item) const {
Q_ASSERT(item);
const QList<DirTreeModelItem*>& items = item->parent_ ? item->parent_->children_ : rootItems_;
int row = items.indexOf(item);
if(row >= 0)
return createIndex(row, 0, (void*)item);
return QModelIndex();
}
// public APIs
QModelIndex DirTreeModel::addRoot(FmFileInfo* root) {
DirTreeModelItem* item = new DirTreeModelItem(root, this);
int row = rootItems_.count();
beginInsertRows(QModelIndex(), row, row);
item->fileInfo_ = fm_file_info_ref(root);
rootItems_.append(item);
// add_place_holder_child_item(model, item_l, NULL, FALSE);
endInsertRows();
return QModelIndex();
}
DirTreeModelItem* DirTreeModel::itemFromIndex(const QModelIndex& index) const {
return reinterpret_cast<DirTreeModelItem*>(index.internalPointer());
}
QModelIndex DirTreeModel::indexFromPath(FmPath* path) const {
DirTreeModelItem* item = itemFromPath(path);
return item ? item->index() : QModelIndex();
}
DirTreeModelItem* DirTreeModel::itemFromPath(FmPath* path) const {
Q_FOREACH(DirTreeModelItem* item, rootItems_) {
if(item->fileInfo_ && fm_path_equal(path, fm_file_info_get_path(item->fileInfo_))) {
return item;
}
else {
DirTreeModelItem* child = item->childFromPath(path, true);
if(child)
return child;
}
}
return NULL;
}
void DirTreeModel::loadRow(const QModelIndex& index) {
DirTreeModelItem* item = itemFromIndex(index);
Q_ASSERT(item);
if(item && !item->isPlaceHolder())
item->loadFolder();
}
void DirTreeModel::unloadRow(const QModelIndex& index) {
DirTreeModelItem* item = itemFromIndex(index);
if(item && !item->isPlaceHolder())
item->unloadFolder();
}
bool DirTreeModel::isLoaded(const QModelIndex& index) {
DirTreeModelItem* item = itemFromIndex(index);
return item ? item->loaded_ : false;
}
QIcon DirTreeModel::icon(const QModelIndex& index) {
DirTreeModelItem* item = itemFromIndex(index);
return item ? item->icon_ : QIcon();
}
FmFileInfo* DirTreeModel::fileInfo(const QModelIndex& index) {
DirTreeModelItem* item = itemFromIndex(index);
return item ? item->fileInfo_ : NULL;
}
FmPath* DirTreeModel::filePath(const QModelIndex& index) {
DirTreeModelItem* item = itemFromIndex(index);
return item && item->fileInfo_ ? fm_file_info_get_path(item->fileInfo_) : NULL;
}
QString DirTreeModel::dispName(const QModelIndex& index) {
DirTreeModelItem* item = itemFromIndex(index);
return item ? item->displayName_ : QString();
}
void DirTreeModel::setShowHidden(bool show_hidden) {
showHidden_ = show_hidden;
Q_FOREACH(DirTreeModelItem* item, rootItems_) {
item->setShowHidden(show_hidden);
}
}
} // namespace Fm

@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
/*
* Copyright (C) 2014 - 2015 Hong Jen Yee (PCMan) <pcman.tw@gmail.com>
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*
*/
#ifndef FM_DIRTREEMODEL_H
#define FM_DIRTREEMODEL_H
#include "libfmqtglobals.h"
#include <QModelIndex>
#include <QAbstractItemModel>
#include <QIcon>
#include <QList>
#include <QSharedPointer>
#include <libfm/fm.h>
namespace Fm {
class DirTreeModelItem;
class DirTreeView;
class LIBFM_QT_API DirTreeModel : public QAbstractItemModel {
Q_OBJECT
public:
friend class DirTreeModelItem; // allow direct access of private members in DirTreeModelItem
friend class DirTreeView; // allow direct access of private members in DirTreeView
enum Role {
FileInfoRole = Qt::UserRole
};
explicit DirTreeModel(QObject* parent);
~DirTreeModel();
QModelIndex addRoot(FmFileInfo* root);
void loadRow(const QModelIndex& index);
void unloadRow(const QModelIndex& index);
bool isLoaded(const QModelIndex& index);
QIcon icon(const QModelIndex& index);
FmFileInfo* fileInfo(const QModelIndex& index);
FmPath* filePath(const QModelIndex& index);
QString dispName(const QModelIndex& index);
void setShowHidden(bool show_hidden);
bool showHidden() const {
return showHidden_;
}
QModelIndex indexFromPath(FmPath* path) const;
virtual Qt::ItemFlags flags(const QModelIndex& index) const;
virtual QVariant data(const QModelIndex& index, int role) const;
virtual int columnCount(const QModelIndex& parent) const;
virtual int rowCount(const QModelIndex& parent) const;
virtual QModelIndex parent(const QModelIndex& child) const;
virtual QModelIndex index(int row, int column, const QModelIndex& parent) const;
virtual bool hasChildren(const QModelIndex& parent = QModelIndex()) const;
private:
DirTreeModelItem* itemFromPath(FmPath* path) const;
DirTreeModelItem* itemFromIndex(const QModelIndex& index) const;
QModelIndex indexFromItem(DirTreeModelItem* item) const;
Q_SIGNALS:
void rowLoaded(const QModelIndex& index);
private:
bool showHidden_;
QList<DirTreeModelItem*> rootItems_;
};
}
#endif // FM_DIRTREEMODEL_H

@ -0,0 +1,337 @@
/*
* Copyright (C) 2014 - 2015 Hong Jen Yee (PCMan) <pcman.tw@gmail.com>
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*
*/
#include "dirtreemodelitem.h"
#include "dirtreemodel.h"
#include "icontheme.h"
#include <QDebug>
namespace Fm {
DirTreeModelItem::DirTreeModelItem():
model_(nullptr),
folder_(nullptr),
expanded_(false),
loaded_(false),
fileInfo_(nullptr),
placeHolderChild_(nullptr),
parent_(nullptr) {
}
DirTreeModelItem::DirTreeModelItem(FmFileInfo* info, DirTreeModel* model, DirTreeModelItem* parent):
model_(model),
folder_(nullptr),
expanded_(false),
loaded_(false),
fileInfo_(fm_file_info_ref(info)),
displayName_(QString::fromUtf8(fm_file_info_get_disp_name(info))),
icon_(IconTheme::icon(fm_file_info_get_icon(info))),
placeHolderChild_(nullptr),
parent_(parent) {
if(info)
addPlaceHolderChild();
}
DirTreeModelItem::~DirTreeModelItem() {
if(fileInfo_)
fm_file_info_unref(fileInfo_);
if(folder_)
freeFolder();
// delete child items if needed
if(!children_.isEmpty()) {
Q_FOREACH(DirTreeModelItem* item, children_) {
delete item;
}
}
if(!hiddenChildren_.isEmpty()) {
Q_FOREACH(DirTreeModelItem* item, hiddenChildren_) {
delete item;
}
}
}
void DirTreeModelItem::addPlaceHolderChild() {
placeHolderChild_ = new DirTreeModelItem();
placeHolderChild_->parent_ = this;
placeHolderChild_->model_ = model_;
placeHolderChild_->displayName_ = DirTreeModel::tr("Loading...");
children_.append(placeHolderChild_);
}
void DirTreeModelItem::freeFolder() {
if(folder_) {
g_signal_handlers_disconnect_by_func(folder_, gpointer(onFolderFinishLoading), this);
g_signal_handlers_disconnect_by_func(folder_, gpointer(onFolderFilesAdded), this);
g_signal_handlers_disconnect_by_func(folder_, gpointer(onFolderFilesRemoved), this);
g_signal_handlers_disconnect_by_func(folder_, gpointer(onFolderFilesChanged), this);
g_object_unref(folder_);
folder_ = nullptr;
}
}
void DirTreeModelItem::loadFolder() {
if(!expanded_) {
/* dynamically load content of the folder. */
folder_ = fm_folder_from_path(fm_file_info_get_path(fileInfo_));
/* g_debug("fm_dir_tree_model_load_row()"); */
/* associate the data with loaded handler */
g_signal_connect(folder_, "finish-loading", G_CALLBACK(onFolderFinishLoading), this);
g_signal_connect(folder_, "files-added", G_CALLBACK(onFolderFilesAdded), this);
g_signal_connect(folder_, "files-removed", G_CALLBACK(onFolderFilesRemoved), this);
g_signal_connect(folder_, "files-changed", G_CALLBACK(onFolderFilesChanged), this);
/* set 'expanded' flag beforehand as callback may check it */
expanded_ = true;
/* if the folder is already loaded, call "loaded" handler ourselves */
if(fm_folder_is_loaded(folder_)) { // already loaded
GList* file_l;
FmFileInfoList* files = fm_folder_get_files(folder_);
for(file_l = fm_file_info_list_peek_head_link(files); file_l; file_l = file_l->next) {
FmFileInfo* fi = FM_FILE_INFO(file_l->data);
if(fm_file_info_is_dir(fi)) {
insertFileInfo(fi);
}
}
onFolderFinishLoading(folder_, this);
}
}
}
void DirTreeModelItem::unloadFolder() {
if(expanded_) { /* do some cleanup */
/* remove all children, and replace them with a dummy child
* item to keep expander in the tree view around. */
// delete all visible child items
model_->beginRemoveRows(index(), 0, children_.count() - 1);
if(!children_.isEmpty()) {
Q_FOREACH(DirTreeModelItem* item, children_) {
delete item;
}
children_.clear();
}
model_->endRemoveRows();
// remove hidden children
if(!hiddenChildren_.isEmpty()) {
Q_FOREACH(DirTreeModelItem* item, hiddenChildren_) {
delete item;
}
hiddenChildren_.clear();
}
/* now, we have no child since all child items are removed.
* So we add a place holder child item to keep the expander around. */
addPlaceHolderChild();
/* deactivate folder since it will be reactivated on expand */
freeFolder();
expanded_ = false;
loaded_ = false;
}
}
QModelIndex DirTreeModelItem::index() {
Q_ASSERT(model_);
return model_->indexFromItem(this);
}
/* Add file info to parent node to proper position.
* GtkTreePath tp is the tree path of parent node. */
DirTreeModelItem* DirTreeModelItem::insertFileInfo(FmFileInfo* fi) {
// qDebug() << "insertFileInfo: " << fm_file_info_get_disp_name(fi);
DirTreeModelItem* item = new DirTreeModelItem(fi, model_);
insertItem(item);
return item;
}
// find a good position to insert the new item
int DirTreeModelItem::insertItem(DirTreeModelItem* newItem) {
if(model_->showHidden() || !newItem->fileInfo_ || !fm_file_info_is_hidden(newItem->fileInfo_)) {
const char* new_key = fm_file_info_get_collate_key(newItem->fileInfo_);
int pos = 0;
QList<DirTreeModelItem*>::iterator it;
for(it = children_.begin(); it != children_.end(); ++it) {
DirTreeModelItem* child = *it;
if(G_UNLIKELY(!child->fileInfo_))
continue;
const char* key = fm_file_info_get_collate_key(child->fileInfo_);
if(strcmp(new_key, key) <= 0)
break;
++pos;
}
// inform the world that we're about to insert the item
model_->beginInsertRows(index(), pos, pos);
newItem->parent_ = this;
children_.insert(it, newItem);
model_->endInsertRows();
return pos;
}
else { // hidden folder
hiddenChildren_.append(newItem);
}
return -1;
}
// FmFolder signal handlers
// static
void DirTreeModelItem::onFolderFinishLoading(FmFolder* folder, gpointer user_data) {
DirTreeModelItem* _this = (DirTreeModelItem*)user_data;
DirTreeModel* model = _this->model_;
/* set 'loaded' flag beforehand as callback may check it */
_this->loaded_ = true;
QModelIndex index = _this->index();
qDebug() << "folder loaded";
// remove the placeholder child if needed
if(_this->children_.count() == 1) { // we have no other child other than the place holder item, leave it
_this->placeHolderChild_->displayName_ = DirTreeModel::tr("<No sub folders>");
QModelIndex placeHolderIndex = _this->placeHolderChild_->index();
// qDebug() << "placeHolderIndex: "<<placeHolderIndex;
Q_EMIT model->dataChanged(placeHolderIndex, placeHolderIndex);
}
else {
int pos = _this->children_.indexOf(_this->placeHolderChild_);
model->beginRemoveRows(index, pos, pos);
_this->children_.removeAt(pos);
delete _this->placeHolderChild_;
model->endRemoveRows();
_this->placeHolderChild_ = nullptr;
}
Q_EMIT model->rowLoaded(index);
}
// static
void DirTreeModelItem::onFolderFilesAdded(FmFolder* folder, GSList* files, gpointer user_data) {
GSList* l;
DirTreeModelItem* _this = (DirTreeModelItem*)user_data;
for(l = files; l; l = l->next) {
FmFileInfo* fi = FM_FILE_INFO(l->data);
if(fm_file_info_is_dir(fi)) { /* FIXME: maybe adding files can be allowed later */
/* Ideally FmFolder should not emit files-added signals for files that
* already exists. So there is no need to check for duplication here. */
_this->insertFileInfo(fi);
}
}
}
// static
void DirTreeModelItem::onFolderFilesRemoved(FmFolder* folder, GSList* files, gpointer user_data) {
DirTreeModelItem* _this = (DirTreeModelItem*)user_data;
DirTreeModel* model = _this->model_;
for(GSList* l = files; l; l = l->next) {
FmFileInfo* fi = FM_FILE_INFO(l->data);
int pos;
DirTreeModelItem* child = _this->childFromName(fm_file_info_get_name(fi), &pos);
if(child) {
model->beginRemoveRows(_this->index(), pos, pos);
_this->children_.removeAt(pos);
delete child;
model->endRemoveRows();
}
}
}
// static
void DirTreeModelItem::onFolderFilesChanged(FmFolder* folder, GSList* files, gpointer user_data) {
DirTreeModelItem* _this = (DirTreeModelItem*)user_data;
DirTreeModel* model = _this->model_;
for(GSList* l = files; l; l = l->next) {
FmFileInfo* changedFile = FM_FILE_INFO(l->data);
int pos;
DirTreeModelItem* child = _this->childFromName(fm_file_info_get_name(changedFile), &pos);
if(child) {
QModelIndex childIndex = child->index();
Q_EMIT model->dataChanged(childIndex, childIndex);
}
}
}
DirTreeModelItem* DirTreeModelItem::childFromName(const char* utf8_name, int* pos) {
int i = 0;
for (const auto item : children_) {
if(item->fileInfo_ && strcmp(fm_file_info_get_name(item->fileInfo_), utf8_name) == 0) {
if(pos)
*pos = i;
return item;
}
++i;
}
return nullptr;
}
DirTreeModelItem* DirTreeModelItem::childFromPath(FmPath* path, bool recursive) const {
Q_ASSERT(path != nullptr);
Q_FOREACH(DirTreeModelItem* item, children_) {
// if(item->fileInfo_)
// qDebug() << "child: " << QString::fromUtf8(fm_file_info_get_disp_name(item->fileInfo_));
if(item->fileInfo_ && fm_path_equal(fm_file_info_get_path(item->fileInfo_), path)) {
return item;
} else if(recursive) {
DirTreeModelItem* child = item->childFromPath(path, true);
if(child)
return child;
}
}
return nullptr;
}
void DirTreeModelItem::setShowHidden(bool show) {
if(show) {
// move all hidden children to visible list
Q_FOREACH(DirTreeModelItem* item, hiddenChildren_) {
insertItem(item);
}
hiddenChildren_.clear();
}
else { // hide hidden folders
QModelIndex _index = index();
QList<DirTreeModelItem*>::iterator it, next;
int pos = 0;
for(it = children_.begin(); it != children_.end(); ++pos) {
DirTreeModelItem* item = *it;
next = it + 1;
if(item->fileInfo_) {
if(fm_file_info_is_hidden(item->fileInfo_)) { // hidden folder
// remove from the model and add to the hiddenChildren_ list
model_->beginRemoveRows(_index, pos, pos);
children_.erase(it);
hiddenChildren_.append(item);
model_->endRemoveRows();
}
else { // visible folder, recursively filter its children
item->setShowHidden(show);
}
}
it = next;
}
}
}
} // namespace Fm

@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
/*
* Copyright (C) 2014 - 2015 Hong Jen Yee (PCMan) <pcman.tw@gmail.com>
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*
*/
#ifndef FM_DIRTREEMODELITEM_H
#define FM_DIRTREEMODELITEM_H
#include "libfmqtglobals.h"
#include <libfm/fm.h>
#include <QIcon>
#include <QList>
#include <QModelIndex>
namespace Fm {
class DirTreeModel;
class DirTreeView;
class LIBFM_QT_API DirTreeModelItem {
public:
friend class DirTreeModel; // allow direct access of private members in DirTreeModel
friend class DirTreeView; // allow direct access of private members in DirTreeView
explicit DirTreeModelItem();
explicit DirTreeModelItem(FmFileInfo* info, DirTreeModel* model, DirTreeModelItem* parent = nullptr);
~DirTreeModelItem();
void loadFolder();
void unloadFolder();
inline bool isPlaceHolder() const {
return (fileInfo_ == nullptr);
}
void setShowHidden(bool show);
private:
void freeFolder();
void addPlaceHolderChild();
DirTreeModelItem* childFromName(const char* utf8_name, int* pos);
DirTreeModelItem* childFromPath(FmPath* path, bool recursive) const;
DirTreeModelItem* insertFileInfo(FmFileInfo* fi);
int insertItem(Fm::DirTreeModelItem* newItem);
QModelIndex index();
static void onFolderFinishLoading(FmFolder* folder, gpointer user_data);
static void onFolderFilesAdded(FmFolder* folder, GSList* files, gpointer user_data);
static void onFolderFilesRemoved(FmFolder* folder, GSList* files, gpointer user_data);
static void onFolderFilesChanged(FmFolder* folder, GSList* files, gpointer user_data);
private:
FmFileInfo* fileInfo_;
FmFolder* folder_;
QString displayName_ ;
QIcon icon_;
bool expanded_;
bool loaded_;
DirTreeModelItem* parent_;
DirTreeModelItem* placeHolderChild_;
QList<DirTreeModelItem*> children_;
QList<DirTreeModelItem*> hiddenChildren_;
DirTreeModel* model_;
};
}
#endif // FM_DIRTREEMODELITEM_H

@ -0,0 +1,298 @@
/*
* Copyright (C) 2014 - 2015 Hong Jen Yee (PCMan) <pcman.tw@gmail.com>
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*
*/
#include "dirtreeview.h"
#include <QHeaderView>
#include <QDebug>
#include <QItemSelection>
#include <QGuiApplication>
#include <QMouseEvent>
#include "dirtreemodel.h"
#include "dirtreemodelitem.h"
#include "filemenu.h"
namespace Fm {
DirTreeView::DirTreeView(QWidget* parent):
currentExpandingItem_(NULL),
currentPath_(NULL) {
setSelectionMode(QAbstractItemView::SingleSelection);
setHeaderHidden(true);
setHorizontalScrollBarPolicy(Qt::ScrollBarAsNeeded);
header()->setStretchLastSection(false);
connect(this, &DirTreeView::collapsed, this, &DirTreeView::onCollapsed);
connect(this, &DirTreeView::expanded, this, &DirTreeView::onExpanded);
setContextMenuPolicy(Qt::CustomContextMenu);
connect(this, &DirTreeView::customContextMenuRequested,
this, &DirTreeView::onCustomContextMenuRequested);
}
DirTreeView::~DirTreeView() {
if(currentPath_)
fm_path_unref(currentPath_);
}
void DirTreeView::cancelPendingChdir() {
if(!pathsToExpand_.isEmpty()) {
pathsToExpand_.clear();
if(!currentExpandingItem_)
return;
DirTreeModel* _model = static_cast<DirTreeModel*>(model());
disconnect(_model, &DirTreeModel::rowLoaded, this, &DirTreeView::onRowLoaded);
currentExpandingItem_ = NULL;
}
}
void DirTreeView::expandPendingPath() {
if(pathsToExpand_.isEmpty())
return;
FmPath* path = pathsToExpand_.first().data();
// qDebug() << "expanding: " << Path(path).displayBasename();
DirTreeModel* _model = static_cast<DirTreeModel*>(model());
DirTreeModelItem* item = _model->itemFromPath(path);
// qDebug() << "findItem: " << item;
if(item) {
currentExpandingItem_ = item;
connect(_model, &DirTreeModel::rowLoaded, this, &DirTreeView::onRowLoaded);
if(item->loaded_) { // the node is already loaded
onRowLoaded(item->index());
}
else {
// _model->loadRow(item->index());
item->loadFolder();
}
}
else {
selectionModel()->clear();
/* since we never get it loaded we need to update cwd here */
if(currentPath_)
fm_path_unref(currentPath_);
currentPath_ = fm_path_ref(path);
cancelPendingChdir(); // FIXME: is this correct? this is not done in the gtk+ version of libfm.
}
}
void DirTreeView::onRowLoaded(const QModelIndex& index) {
DirTreeModel* _model = static_cast<DirTreeModel*>(model());
if(!currentExpandingItem_)
return;
if(currentExpandingItem_ != _model->itemFromIndex(index)) {
return;
}
/* disconnect the handler since we only need it once */
disconnect(_model, &DirTreeModel::rowLoaded, this, &DirTreeView::onRowLoaded);
// DirTreeModelItem* item = _model->itemFromIndex(index);
// qDebug() << "row loaded: " << item->displayName_;
/* after the folder is loaded, the files should have been added to
* the tree model */
expand(index);
/* remove the expanded path from pending list */
pathsToExpand_.removeFirst();
if(pathsToExpand_.isEmpty()) { /* this is the last one and we're done, select the item */
// qDebug() << "Done!";
selectionModel()->select(index, QItemSelectionModel::SelectCurrent|QItemSelectionModel::Clear);
scrollTo(index, QAbstractItemView::EnsureVisible);
}
else { /* continue expanding next pending path */
expandPendingPath();
}
}
void DirTreeView::setCurrentPath(FmPath* path) {
DirTreeModel* _model = static_cast<DirTreeModel*>(model());
if(!_model)
return;
int rowCount = _model->rowCount(QModelIndex());
if(rowCount <= 0 || fm_path_equal(currentPath_, path))
return;
if(currentPath_)
fm_path_unref(currentPath_);
currentPath_ = fm_path_ref(path);
// NOTE: The content of each node is loaded on demand dynamically.
// So, when we ask for a chdir operation, some nodes do not exists yet.
// We have to wait for the loading of child nodes and continue the
// pending chdir operation after the child nodes become available.
// cancel previous pending tree expansion
cancelPendingChdir();
/* find a root item containing this path */
FmPath* root;
for(int row = 0; row < rowCount; ++row) {
QModelIndex index = _model->index(row, 0, QModelIndex());
root = _model->filePath(index);
if(fm_path_has_prefix(path, root))
break;
root = NULL;
}
if(root) { /* root item is found */
do { /* add path elements one by one to a list */
pathsToExpand_.prepend(path);
// qDebug() << "prepend path: " << Path(path).displayBasename();
if(fm_path_equal(path, root))
break;
path = fm_path_get_parent(path);
}
while(path);
expandPendingPath();
}
}
void DirTreeView::setModel(QAbstractItemModel* model) {
Q_ASSERT(model->inherits("Fm::DirTreeModel"));
if(!pathsToExpand_.isEmpty()) // if a chdir request is in progress, cancel it
cancelPendingChdir();
QTreeView::setModel(model);
header()->setSectionResizeMode(0, QHeaderView::ResizeToContents);
connect(selectionModel(), &QItemSelectionModel::selectionChanged, this, &DirTreeView::onSelectionChanged);
}
void DirTreeView::mousePressEvent(QMouseEvent* event) {
if(event && event->button() == Qt::RightButton &&
event->type() == QEvent::MouseButtonPress) {
// Do not change the selection when the context menu is activated.
return;
}
QTreeView::mousePressEvent(event);
}
void DirTreeView::onCustomContextMenuRequested(const QPoint& pos) {
QModelIndex index = indexAt(pos);
if(index.isValid()) {
QVariant data = index.data(DirTreeModel::FileInfoRole);
FmFileInfo* fileInfo = reinterpret_cast<FmFileInfo*>(data.value<void*>());
if(fileInfo) {
FmPath* path = fm_file_info_get_path(fileInfo);
FmFileInfoList* files = fm_file_info_list_new();
fm_file_info_list_push_tail(files, fileInfo);
Fm::FileMenu* menu = new Fm::FileMenu(files, fileInfo, path);
// FIXME: apply some settings to the menu and set a proper file launcher to it
Q_EMIT prepareFileMenu(menu);
fm_file_info_list_unref(files);
QVariant pathData = qVariantFromValue(reinterpret_cast<void*>(path));
QAction* action = menu->openAction();
action->disconnect();
action->setData(index);
connect(action, &QAction::triggered, this, &DirTreeView::onOpen);
action = new QAction(QIcon::fromTheme("window-new"), tr("Open in New T&ab"), menu);
action->setData(pathData);
connect(action, &QAction::triggered, this, &DirTreeView::onNewTab);
menu->insertAction(menu->separator1(), action);
action = new QAction(QIcon::fromTheme("window-new"), tr("Open in New Win&dow"), menu);
action->setData(pathData);
connect(action, &QAction::triggered, this, &DirTreeView::onNewWindow);
menu->insertAction(menu->separator1(), action);
if(fm_file_info_is_native(fileInfo)) {
action = new QAction(QIcon::fromTheme("utilities-terminal"), tr("Open in Termina&l"), menu);
action->setData(pathData);
connect(action, &QAction::triggered, this, &DirTreeView::onOpenInTerminal);
menu->insertAction(menu->separator1(), action);
}
menu->exec(mapToGlobal(pos));
delete menu;
}
}
}
void DirTreeView::onOpen() {
if(QAction* action = qobject_cast<QAction*>(sender())) {
setCurrentIndex(action->data().toModelIndex());
}
}
void DirTreeView::onNewWindow() {
if(QAction* action = qobject_cast<QAction*>(sender())) {
FmPath* path = reinterpret_cast<FmPath*>(action->data().value<void*>());
Q_EMIT openFolderInNewWindowRequested(path);
}
}
void DirTreeView::onNewTab() {
if(QAction* action = qobject_cast<QAction*>(sender())) {
FmPath* path = reinterpret_cast<FmPath*>(action->data().value<void*>());
Q_EMIT openFolderInNewTabRequested(path);
}
}
void DirTreeView::onOpenInTerminal() {
if(QAction* action = qobject_cast<QAction*>(sender())) {
FmPath* path = reinterpret_cast<FmPath*>(action->data().value<void*>());
Q_EMIT openFolderInTerminalRequested(path);
}
}
void DirTreeView::onNewFolder() {
if(QAction* action = qobject_cast<QAction*>(sender())) {
FmPath* path = reinterpret_cast<FmPath*>(action->data().value<void*>());
Q_EMIT createNewFolderRequested(path);
}
}
void DirTreeView::onCollapsed(const QModelIndex& index) {
DirTreeModel* treeModel = static_cast<DirTreeModel*>(model());
if(treeModel) {
treeModel->unloadRow(index);
}
}
void DirTreeView::onExpanded(const QModelIndex& index) {
DirTreeModel* treeModel = static_cast<DirTreeModel*>(model());
if(treeModel) {
treeModel->loadRow(index);
}
}
void DirTreeView::onSelectionChanged(const QItemSelection & selected, const QItemSelection & deselected) {
if(!selected.isEmpty()) {
QModelIndex index = selected.first().topLeft();
DirTreeModel* _model = static_cast<DirTreeModel*>(model());
FmPath* path = _model->filePath(index);
if(path && currentPath_ && fm_path_equal(path, currentPath_))
return;
cancelPendingChdir();
if(!path)
return;
if(currentPath_)
fm_path_unref(currentPath_);
currentPath_ = fm_path_ref(path);
// FIXME: use enums for type rather than hard-coded values 0 or 1
int type = 0;
if(QGuiApplication::mouseButtons() & Qt::MiddleButton)
type = 1;
Q_EMIT chdirRequested(type, path);
}
}
} // namespace Fm

@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
/*
* Copyright (C) 2014 - 2015 Hong Jen Yee (PCMan) <pcman.tw@gmail.com>
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*
*/
#ifndef FM_DIRTREEVIEW_H
#define FM_DIRTREEVIEW_H
#include "libfmqtglobals.h"
#include <QTreeView>
#include <libfm/fm.h>
#include "path.h"
class QItemSelection;
namespace Fm {
class FileMenu;
class DirTreeModelItem;
class LIBFM_QT_API DirTreeView : public QTreeView {
Q_OBJECT
public:
DirTreeView(QWidget* parent);
~DirTreeView();
FmPath* currentPath() {
return currentPath_;
}
void setCurrentPath(FmPath* path);
// libfm-gtk compatible alias
FmPath* getCwd() {
return currentPath();
}
void chdir(FmPath* path) {
setCurrentPath(path);
}
virtual void setModel(QAbstractItemModel* model);
protected:
virtual void mousePressEvent(QMouseEvent* event);
private:
void cancelPendingChdir();
void expandPendingPath();
Q_SIGNALS:
void chdirRequested(int type, FmPath* path);
void openFolderInNewWindowRequested(FmPath* path);
void openFolderInNewTabRequested(FmPath* path);
void openFolderInTerminalRequested(FmPath* path);
void createNewFolderRequested(FmPath* path);
void prepareFileMenu(Fm::FileMenu* menu); // emit before showing a Fm::FileMenu
protected Q_SLOTS:
void onCollapsed(const QModelIndex & index);
void onExpanded(const QModelIndex & index);
void onRowLoaded(const QModelIndex& index);
void onSelectionChanged(const QItemSelection & selected, const QItemSelection & deselected);
void onCustomContextMenuRequested(const QPoint& pos);
void onOpen();
void onNewWindow();
void onNewTab();
void onOpenInTerminal();
void onNewFolder();
private:
FmPath* currentPath_;
QList<Path> pathsToExpand_;
DirTreeModelItem* currentExpandingItem_;
};
}
#endif // FM_DIRTREEVIEW_H

@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
/*
* Copyright (C) 2013 - 2015 Hong Jen Yee (PCMan) <pcman.tw@gmail.com>
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*
*/
#include "dndactionmenu.h"
namespace Fm {
DndActionMenu::DndActionMenu(Qt::DropActions possibleActions, QWidget* parent)
: QMenu(parent)
, copyAction(nullptr)
, moveAction(nullptr)
, linkAction(nullptr)
, cancelAction(nullptr)
{
if (possibleActions.testFlag(Qt::CopyAction))
copyAction = addAction(QIcon::fromTheme("edit-copy"), tr("Copy here"));
if (possibleActions.testFlag(Qt::MoveAction))
moveAction = addAction(tr("Move here"));
if (possibleActions.testFlag(Qt::LinkAction))
linkAction = addAction(tr("Create symlink here"));
addSeparator();
cancelAction = addAction(tr("Cancel"));
}
DndActionMenu::~DndActionMenu() {
}
Qt::DropAction DndActionMenu::askUser(Qt::DropActions possibleActions, QPoint pos) {
Qt::DropAction result = Qt::IgnoreAction;
DndActionMenu menu{possibleActions};
QAction* action = menu.exec(pos);
if (nullptr != action)
{
if(action == menu.copyAction)
result = Qt::CopyAction;
else if(action == menu.moveAction)
result = Qt::MoveAction;
else if(action == menu.linkAction)
result = Qt::LinkAction;
}
return result;
}
} // namespace Fm

@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
/*
* Copyright (C) 2013 - 2015 Hong Jen Yee (PCMan) <pcman.tw@gmail.com>
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*
*/
#ifndef FM_DNDACTIONMENU_H
#define FM_DNDACTIONMENU_H
#include "libfmqtglobals.h"
#include <QMenu>
#include <QAction>
namespace Fm {
class DndActionMenu : public QMenu {
Q_OBJECT
public:
explicit DndActionMenu(Qt::DropActions possibleActions, QWidget* parent = 0);
virtual ~DndActionMenu();
static Qt::DropAction askUser(Qt::DropActions possibleActions, QPoint pos);
private:
QAction* copyAction;
QAction* moveAction;
QAction* linkAction;
QAction* cancelAction;
};
}
#endif // FM_DNDACTIONMENU_H

@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
/*
* Copyright (C) 2012 - 2015 Hong Jen Yee (PCMan) <pcman.tw@gmail.com>
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*
*/
#include "dnddest.h"
#include "fileoperation.h"
#include "utilities.h"
namespace Fm {
const char* supportedMimeTypes[] = {
"text/uri-list"
"XdndDirectSave0"/* X direct save */
/* TODO: add more targets to support: text types, _NETSCAPE_URL, property/bgimage ... */
};
DndDest::DndDest() {
}
DndDest::~DndDest() {
}
bool DndDest::dropMimeData(const QMimeData* data, Qt::DropAction action) {
// FIXME: should we put this in dropEvent handler of FolderView instead?
if(data->hasUrls()) {
qDebug("drop action: %d", action);
FmPathList* srcPaths = pathListFromQUrls(data->urls());
switch(action) {
case Qt::CopyAction:
FileOperation::copyFiles(srcPaths, destPath_.data());
break;
case Qt::MoveAction:
FileOperation::moveFiles(srcPaths, destPath_.data());
break;
case Qt::LinkAction:
FileOperation::symlinkFiles(srcPaths, destPath_.data());
default:
fm_path_list_unref(srcPaths);
return false;
}
fm_path_list_unref(srcPaths);
return true;
}
return false;
}
bool DndDest::isSupported(const QMimeData* data) {
return false;
}
bool DndDest::isSupported(QString mimeType) {
return false;
}
} // namespace Fm

@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
/*
* Copyright (C) 2012 - 2015 Hong Jen Yee (PCMan) <pcman.tw@gmail.com>
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*
*/
#ifndef FM_DNDDEST_H
#define FM_DNDDEST_H
#include <QMimeData>
#include "path.h"
namespace Fm {
class DndDest {
public:
DndDest();
~DndDest();
void setDestPath(FmPath* dest) {
destPath_ = dest;
}
const Path& destPath() {
return destPath_;
}
bool isSupported(const QMimeData* data);
bool isSupported(QString mimeType);
bool dropMimeData(const QMimeData* data, Qt::DropAction action);
private:
Path destPath_;
};
}
#endif // FM_DNDDEST_H

@ -0,0 +1,143 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<ui version="4.0">
<class>EditBookmarksDialog</class>
<widget class="QDialog" name="EditBookmarksDialog">
<property name="geometry">
<rect>
<x>0</x>
<y>0</y>
<width>480</width>
<height>320</height>
</rect>
</property>
<property name="windowTitle">
<string>Edit Bookmarks</string>
</property>
<layout class="QGridLayout" name="gridLayout">
<item row="1" column="0">
<widget class="QTreeWidget" name="treeWidget">
<property name="acceptDrops">
<bool>true</bool>
</property>
<property name="dragEnabled">
<bool>true</bool>
</property>
<property name="dragDropMode">
<enum>QAbstractItemView::InternalMove</enum>
</property>
<property name="defaultDropAction">
<enum>Qt::MoveAction</enum>
</property>
<property name="rootIsDecorated">
<bool>false</bool>
</property>
<property name="itemsExpandable">
<bool>false</bool>
</property>
<attribute name="headerDefaultSectionSize">
<number>100</number>
</attribute>
<column>
<property name="text">
<string>Name</string>
</property>
</column>
<column>
<property name="text">
<string>Location</string>
</property>
</column>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="2" column="0" colspan="2">
<widget class="QDialogButtonBox" name="buttonBox">
<property name="orientation">
<enum>Qt::Horizontal</enum>
</property>
<property name="standardButtons">
<set>QDialogButtonBox::Cancel|QDialogButtonBox::Ok</set>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="1" column="1">
<layout class="QVBoxLayout" name="verticalLayout">
<item>
<widget class="QPushButton" name="addItem">
<property name="text">
<string>&amp;Add Item</string>
</property>
<property name="icon">
<iconset theme="list-add"/>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item>
<widget class="QPushButton" name="removeItem">
<property name="text">
<string>&amp;Remove Item</string>
</property>
<property name="icon">
<iconset theme="list-remove"/>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item>
<spacer name="verticalSpacer">
<property name="orientation">
<enum>Qt::Vertical</enum>
</property>
<property name="sizeHint" stdset="0">
<size>
<width>20</width>
<height>40</height>
</size>
</property>
</spacer>
</item>
</layout>
</item>
<item row="0" column="0">
<widget class="QLabel" name="label">
<property name="text">
<string>Use drag and drop to reorder the items</string>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
</layout>
</widget>
<resources/>
<connections>
<connection>
<sender>buttonBox</sender>
<signal>accepted()</signal>
<receiver>EditBookmarksDialog</receiver>
<slot>accept()</slot>
<hints>
<hint type="sourcelabel">
<x>248</x>
<y>254</y>
</hint>
<hint type="destinationlabel">
<x>157</x>
<y>274</y>
</hint>
</hints>
</connection>
<connection>
<sender>buttonBox</sender>
<signal>rejected()</signal>
<receiver>EditBookmarksDialog</receiver>
<slot>reject()</slot>
<hints>
<hint type="sourcelabel">
<x>316</x>
<y>260</y>
</hint>
<hint type="destinationlabel">
<x>286</x>
<y>274</y>
</hint>
</hints>
</connection>
</connections>
</ui>

@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
/*
* Copyright (C) 2013 - 2015 Hong Jen Yee (PCMan) <pcman.tw@gmail.com>
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*
*/
#include "editbookmarksdialog.h"
#include "ui_edit-bookmarks.h"
#include <QByteArray>
#include <QUrl>
#include <QSaveFile>
#include <QStandardPaths>
#include <QDir>
namespace Fm {
EditBookmarksDialog::EditBookmarksDialog(FmBookmarks* bookmarks, QWidget* parent, Qt::WindowFlags f):
QDialog(parent, f),
ui(new Ui::EditBookmarksDialog()),
bookmarks_(FM_BOOKMARKS(g_object_ref(bookmarks))) {
ui->setupUi(this);
setAttribute(Qt::WA_DeleteOnClose); // auto delete on close
// load bookmarks
GList* allBookmarks = fm_bookmarks_get_all(bookmarks_);
for(GList* l = allBookmarks; l; l = l->next) {
FmBookmarkItem* bookmark = reinterpret_cast<FmBookmarkItem*>(l->data);
QTreeWidgetItem* item = new QTreeWidgetItem();
char* path_str = fm_path_display_name(bookmark->path, false);
item->setData(0, Qt::DisplayRole, QString::fromUtf8(bookmark->name));
item->setData(1, Qt::DisplayRole, QString::fromUtf8(path_str));
item->setFlags(Qt::ItemIsSelectable|Qt::ItemIsEditable|Qt::ItemIsDragEnabled|Qt::ItemIsEnabled);
g_free(path_str);
ui->treeWidget->addTopLevelItem(item);
}
g_list_free_full(allBookmarks, (GDestroyNotify)fm_bookmark_item_unref);
connect(ui->addItem, &QPushButton::clicked, this, &EditBookmarksDialog::onAddItem);
connect(ui->removeItem, &QPushButton::clicked, this, &EditBookmarksDialog::onRemoveItem);
}
EditBookmarksDialog::~EditBookmarksDialog() {
g_object_unref(bookmarks_);
delete ui;
}
void EditBookmarksDialog::accept() {
// save bookmarks
// it's easier to recreate the whole bookmark file than
// to manipulate FmBookmarks object. So here we generate the file directly.
// FIXME: maybe in the future we should add a libfm API to easily replace all FmBookmarks.
// Here we use gtk+ 3.0 bookmarks rather than the gtk+ 2.0 one.
// Since gtk+ 2.24.12, gtk+2 reads gtk+3 bookmarks file if it exists.
// So it's safe to only save gtk+3 bookmarks file.
QString path = QStandardPaths::writableLocation(QStandardPaths::ConfigLocation);
path += QLatin1String("/gtk-3.0");
if(!QDir().mkpath(path))
return; // fail to create ~/.config/gtk-3.0 dir
path += QLatin1String("/bookmarks");
QSaveFile file(path); // use QSaveFile for atomic file operation
if(file.open(QIODevice::WriteOnly)){
for(int row = 0; ; ++row) {
QTreeWidgetItem* item = ui->treeWidget->topLevelItem(row);
if(!item)
break;
QString name = item->data(0, Qt::DisplayRole).toString();
QUrl url = QUrl::fromUserInput(item->data(1, Qt::DisplayRole).toString());
file.write(url.toEncoded());
file.write(" ");
file.write(name.toUtf8());
file.write("\n");
}
// FIXME: should we support Qt or KDE specific bookmarks in the future?
file.commit();
}
QDialog::accept();
}
void EditBookmarksDialog::onAddItem() {
QTreeWidgetItem* item = new QTreeWidgetItem();
item->setData(0, Qt::DisplayRole, tr("New bookmark"));
item->setFlags(Qt::ItemIsSelectable|Qt::ItemIsEditable|Qt::ItemIsDragEnabled|Qt::ItemIsEnabled);
ui->treeWidget->addTopLevelItem(item);
ui->treeWidget->editItem(item);
}
void EditBookmarksDialog::onRemoveItem() {
QList<QTreeWidgetItem*> sels = ui->treeWidget->selectedItems();
Q_FOREACH(QTreeWidgetItem* item, sels) {
delete item;
}
}
} // namespace Fm

@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
/*
* Copyright (C) 2013 - 2015 Hong Jen Yee (PCMan) <pcman.tw@gmail.com>
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*
*/
#ifndef FM_EDITBOOKMARKSDIALOG_H
#define FM_EDITBOOKMARKSDIALOG_H
#include "libfmqtglobals.h"
#include <QDialog>
#include <libfm/fm.h>
namespace Ui {
class EditBookmarksDialog;
};
namespace Fm {
class LIBFM_QT_API EditBookmarksDialog : public QDialog {
Q_OBJECT
public:
explicit EditBookmarksDialog(FmBookmarks* bookmarks, QWidget* parent = 0, Qt::WindowFlags f = 0);
virtual ~EditBookmarksDialog();
virtual void accept();
private Q_SLOTS:
void onAddItem();
void onRemoveItem();
private:
Ui::EditBookmarksDialog* ui;
FmBookmarks* bookmarks_;
};
}
#endif // FM_EDITBOOKMARKSDIALOG_H

@ -0,0 +1,163 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<ui version="4.0">
<class>ExecFileDialog</class>
<widget class="QDialog" name="ExecFileDialog">
<property name="geometry">
<rect>
<x>0</x>
<y>0</y>
<width>487</width>
<height>58</height>
</rect>
</property>
<property name="windowTitle">
<string>Execute file</string>
</property>
<layout class="QVBoxLayout" name="verticalLayout">
<item>
<layout class="QHBoxLayout" name="horizontalLayout_2" stretch="0,1">
<item>
<widget class="QLabel" name="icon"/>
</item>
<item>
<widget class="QLabel" name="msg">
<property name="text">
<string/>
</property>
<property name="wordWrap">
<bool>true</bool>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
</layout>
</item>
<item>
<layout class="QHBoxLayout" name="horizontalLayout">
<item>
<widget class="QPushButton" name="open">
<property name="text">
<string>&amp;Open</string>
</property>
<property name="icon">
<iconset theme="document-open"/>
</property>
<property name="default">
<bool>true</bool>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item>
<widget class="QPushButton" name="exec">
<property name="text">
<string>E&amp;xecute</string>
</property>
<property name="icon">
<iconset theme="system-run"/>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item>
<widget class="QPushButton" name="execTerm">
<property name="text">
<string>Execute in &amp;Terminal</string>
</property>
<property name="icon">
<iconset theme="utilities-terminal"/>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item>
<spacer name="horizontalSpacer">
<property name="orientation">
<enum>Qt::Horizontal</enum>
</property>
<property name="sizeHint" stdset="0">
<size>
<width>40</width>
<height>20</height>
</size>
</property>
</spacer>
</item>
<item>
<widget class="QPushButton" name="cancel">
<property name="text">
<string>Cancel</string>
</property>
<property name="icon">
<iconset theme="dialog-cancel"/>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
</layout>
</item>
</layout>
</widget>
<resources/>
<connections>
<connection>
<sender>cancel</sender>
<signal>clicked()</signal>
<receiver>ExecFileDialog</receiver>
<slot>reject()</slot>
<hints>
<hint type="sourcelabel">
<x>341</x>
<y>39</y>
</hint>
<hint type="destinationlabel">
<x>196</x>
<y>28</y>
</hint>
</hints>
</connection>
<connection>
<sender>exec</sender>
<signal>clicked()</signal>
<receiver>ExecFileDialog</receiver>
<slot>accept()</slot>
<hints>
<hint type="sourcelabel">
<x>56</x>
<y>39</y>
</hint>
<hint type="destinationlabel">
<x>196</x>
<y>28</y>
</hint>
</hints>
</connection>
<connection>
<sender>execTerm</sender>
<signal>clicked()</signal>
<receiver>ExecFileDialog</receiver>
<slot>accept()</slot>
<hints>
<hint type="sourcelabel">
<x>201</x>
<y>39</y>
</hint>
<hint type="destinationlabel">
<x>196</x>
<y>28</y>
</hint>
</hints>
</connection>
<connection>
<sender>open</sender>
<signal>clicked()</signal>
<receiver>ExecFileDialog</receiver>
<slot>accept()</slot>
<hints>
<hint type="sourcelabel">
<x>346</x>
<y>39</y>
</hint>
<hint type="destinationlabel">
<x>250</x>
<y>28</y>
</hint>
</hints>
</connection>
</connections>
</ui>

@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
/*
* Copyright (C) 2014 - 2015 Hong Jen Yee (PCMan) <pcman.tw@gmail.com>
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*
*/
#include "execfiledialog_p.h"
#include "ui_exec-file.h"
#include "icontheme.h"
namespace Fm {
ExecFileDialog::ExecFileDialog(FmFileInfo* file, QWidget* parent, Qt::WindowFlags f):
QDialog (parent, f),
fileInfo_(fm_file_info_ref(file)),
result_(FM_FILE_LAUNCHER_EXEC_CANCEL),
ui(new Ui::ExecFileDialog()) {
ui->setupUi(this);
// show file icon
FmIcon* icon = fm_file_info_get_icon(fileInfo_);
ui->icon->setPixmap(IconTheme::icon(icon).pixmap(QSize(48, 48)));
QString msg;
if(fm_file_info_is_text(file)) {
msg = tr("This text file '%1' seems to be an executable script.\nWhat do you want to do with it?")
.arg(QString::fromUtf8(fm_file_info_get_disp_name(file)));
ui->execTerm->setDefault(true);
}
else {
msg= tr("This file '%1' is executable. Do you want to execute it?")
.arg(QString::fromUtf8(fm_file_info_get_disp_name(file)));
ui->exec->setDefault(true);
ui->open->hide();
}
ui->msg->setText(msg);
}
ExecFileDialog::~ExecFileDialog() {
delete ui;
if(fileInfo_)
fm_file_info_unref(fileInfo_);
}
void ExecFileDialog::accept() {
QObject* _sender = sender();
if(_sender == ui->exec)
result_ = FM_FILE_LAUNCHER_EXEC;
else if(_sender == ui->execTerm)
result_ = FM_FILE_LAUNCHER_EXEC_IN_TERMINAL;
else if(_sender == ui->open)
result_ = FM_FILE_LAUNCHER_EXEC_OPEN;
QDialog::accept();
}
} // namespace Fm

@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
/*
* Copyright (C) 2014 - 2015 Hong Jen Yee (PCMan) <pcman.tw@gmail.com>
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*
*/
#ifndef FM_EXECFILEDIALOG_H
#define FM_EXECFILEDIALOG_H
#include <QDialog>
#include <libfm/fm.h>
namespace Ui {
class ExecFileDialog;
}
namespace Fm {
class ExecFileDialog : public QDialog {
Q_OBJECT
public:
~ExecFileDialog();
ExecFileDialog(FmFileInfo* fileInfo, QWidget* parent = 0, Qt::WindowFlags f = 0);
FmFileLauncherExecAction result() {
return result_;
}
protected:
virtual void accept();
private:
Ui::ExecFileDialog* ui;
FmFileInfo* fileInfo_;
FmFileLauncherExecAction result_;
};
}
#endif // FM_EXECFILEDIALOG_H

@ -0,0 +1,171 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<ui version="4.0">
<class>FileOperationDialog</class>
<widget class="QDialog" name="FileOperationDialog">
<property name="geometry">
<rect>
<x>0</x>
<y>0</y>
<width>450</width>
<height>246</height>
</rect>
</property>
<property name="windowTitle">
<string/>
</property>
<layout class="QFormLayout" name="formLayout_2">
<item row="0" column="0" colspan="2">
<widget class="QLabel" name="message">
<property name="text">
<string/>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="1" column="1">
<layout class="QFormLayout" name="formLayout">
<property name="fieldGrowthPolicy">
<enum>QFormLayout::AllNonFixedFieldsGrow</enum>
</property>
<item row="1" column="0">
<widget class="QLabel" name="destLabel">
<property name="text">
<string>Destination:</string>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="1" column="1">
<widget class="QLabel" name="dest">
<property name="sizePolicy">
<sizepolicy hsizetype="Preferred" vsizetype="Fixed">
<horstretch>0</horstretch>
<verstretch>0</verstretch>
</sizepolicy>
</property>
<property name="text">
<string/>
</property>
<property name="wordWrap">
<bool>true</bool>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="2" column="0">
<widget class="QLabel" name="label_3">
<property name="text">
<string>Processing:</string>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="2" column="1">
<widget class="QLabel" name="curFile">
<property name="sizePolicy">
<sizepolicy hsizetype="Preferred" vsizetype="Fixed">
<horstretch>0</horstretch>
<verstretch>0</verstretch>
</sizepolicy>
</property>
<property name="text">
<string>Preparing...</string>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="3" column="0">
<widget class="QLabel" name="label_4">
<property name="text">
<string>Progress</string>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="3" column="1">
<widget class="QProgressBar" name="progressBar">
<property name="alignment">
<set>Qt::AlignCenter</set>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="4" column="0">
<widget class="QLabel" name="label_5">
<property name="sizePolicy">
<sizepolicy hsizetype="Preferred" vsizetype="Preferred">
<horstretch>0</horstretch>
<verstretch>0</verstretch>
</sizepolicy>
</property>
<property name="text">
<string>Time remaining:</string>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="4" column="1">
<widget class="QLabel" name="timeRemaining">
<property name="sizePolicy">
<sizepolicy hsizetype="Preferred" vsizetype="Fixed">
<horstretch>0</horstretch>
<verstretch>0</verstretch>
</sizepolicy>
</property>
<property name="text">
<string/>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="0" column="0" colspan="2">
<widget class="QListWidget" name="sourceFiles">
<property name="sizePolicy">
<sizepolicy hsizetype="Preferred" vsizetype="Preferred">
<horstretch>0</horstretch>
<verstretch>0</verstretch>
</sizepolicy>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
</layout>
</item>
<item row="2" column="0" colspan="2">
<widget class="QDialogButtonBox" name="buttonBox">
<property name="orientation">
<enum>Qt::Horizontal</enum>
</property>
<property name="standardButtons">
<set>QDialogButtonBox::Cancel</set>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
</layout>
</widget>
<resources/>
<connections>
<connection>
<sender>buttonBox</sender>
<signal>accepted()</signal>
<receiver>FileOperationDialog</receiver>
<slot>accept()</slot>
<hints>
<hint type="sourcelabel">
<x>248</x>
<y>254</y>
</hint>
<hint type="destinationlabel">
<x>157</x>
<y>274</y>
</hint>
</hints>
</connection>
<connection>
<sender>buttonBox</sender>
<signal>rejected()</signal>
<receiver>FileOperationDialog</receiver>
<slot>reject()</slot>
<hints>
<hint type="sourcelabel">
<x>316</x>
<y>260</y>
</hint>
<hint type="destinationlabel">
<x>286</x>
<y>274</y>
</hint>
</hints>
</connection>
</connections>
</ui>

@ -0,0 +1,736 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<ui version="4.0">
<class>FilePropsDialog</class>
<widget class="QDialog" name="FilePropsDialog">
<property name="geometry">
<rect>
<x>0</x>
<y>0</y>
<width>424</width>
<height>456</height>
</rect>
</property>
<property name="windowTitle">
<string>File Properties</string>
</property>
<property name="windowIcon">
<iconset theme="document-properties">
<normaloff/>
</iconset>
</property>
<layout class="QVBoxLayout" name="verticalLayout">
<property name="leftMargin">
<number>10</number>
</property>
<property name="topMargin">
<number>10</number>
</property>
<property name="rightMargin">
<number>10</number>
</property>
<property name="bottomMargin">
<number>10</number>
</property>
<item>
<widget class="QTabWidget" name="tabWidget">
<property name="currentIndex">
<number>0</number>
</property>
<widget class="QWidget" name="generalPage">
<attribute name="title">
<string>General</string>
</attribute>
<layout class="QFormLayout" name="formLayout_2">
<property name="horizontalSpacing">
<number>12</number>
</property>
<property name="verticalSpacing">
<number>6</number>
</property>
<item row="0" column="0">
<widget class="QPushButton" name="iconButton">
<property name="sizePolicy">
<sizepolicy hsizetype="Fixed" vsizetype="Fixed">
<horstretch>0</horstretch>
<verstretch>0</verstretch>
</sizepolicy>
</property>
<property name="text">
<string/>
</property>
<property name="icon">
<iconset theme="unknown">
<normaloff/>
</iconset>
</property>
<property name="iconSize">
<size>
<width>32</width>
<height>32</height>
</size>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="0" column="1">
<widget class="QLineEdit" name="fileName"/>
</item>
<item row="1" column="0">
<widget class="QLabel" name="label_2">
<property name="text">
<string>Location:</string>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="1" column="1">
<widget class="QLabel" name="location">
<property name="sizePolicy">
<sizepolicy hsizetype="Expanding" vsizetype="Preferred">
<horstretch>0</horstretch>
<verstretch>0</verstretch>
</sizepolicy>
</property>
<property name="text">
<string/>
</property>
<property name="wordWrap">
<bool>true</bool>
</property>
<property name="textInteractionFlags">
<set>Qt::LinksAccessibleByKeyboard|Qt::LinksAccessibleByMouse|Qt::TextBrowserInteraction|Qt::TextSelectableByKeyboard|Qt::TextSelectableByMouse</set>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="3" column="0">
<widget class="QLabel" name="label_4">
<property name="text">
<string>File type:</string>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="3" column="1">
<widget class="QLabel" name="fileType">
<property name="sizePolicy">
<sizepolicy hsizetype="Expanding" vsizetype="Preferred">
<horstretch>0</horstretch>
<verstretch>0</verstretch>
</sizepolicy>
</property>
<property name="text">
<string/>
</property>
<property name="textInteractionFlags">
<set>Qt::LinksAccessibleByKeyboard|Qt::LinksAccessibleByMouse|Qt::TextBrowserInteraction|Qt::TextSelectableByKeyboard|Qt::TextSelectableByMouse</set>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="4" column="0">
<widget class="QLabel" name="label">
<property name="text">
<string>Mime type:</string>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="4" column="1">
<widget class="QLabel" name="mimeType">
<property name="sizePolicy">
<sizepolicy hsizetype="Expanding" vsizetype="Preferred">
<horstretch>0</horstretch>
<verstretch>0</verstretch>
</sizepolicy>
</property>
<property name="text">
<string/>
</property>
<property name="textInteractionFlags">
<set>Qt::LinksAccessibleByKeyboard|Qt::LinksAccessibleByMouse|Qt::TextBrowserInteraction|Qt::TextSelectableByKeyboard|Qt::TextSelectableByMouse</set>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="6" column="0">
<widget class="QLabel" name="label_7">
<property name="text">
<string>File size:</string>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="6" column="1">
<widget class="QLabel" name="fileSize">
<property name="sizePolicy">
<sizepolicy hsizetype="Expanding" vsizetype="Preferred">
<horstretch>0</horstretch>
<verstretch>0</verstretch>
</sizepolicy>
</property>
<property name="text">
<string/>
</property>
<property name="textInteractionFlags">
<set>Qt::LinksAccessibleByKeyboard|Qt::LinksAccessibleByMouse|Qt::TextBrowserInteraction|Qt::TextSelectableByKeyboard|Qt::TextSelectableByMouse</set>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="7" column="0">
<widget class="QLabel" name="label_6">
<property name="text">
<string>On-disk size:</string>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="7" column="1">
<widget class="QLabel" name="onDiskSize">
<property name="sizePolicy">
<sizepolicy hsizetype="Expanding" vsizetype="Preferred">
<horstretch>0</horstretch>
<verstretch>0</verstretch>
</sizepolicy>
</property>
<property name="text">
<string/>
</property>
<property name="textInteractionFlags">
<set>Qt::LinksAccessibleByKeyboard|Qt::LinksAccessibleByMouse|Qt::TextBrowserInteraction|Qt::TextSelectableByKeyboard|Qt::TextSelectableByMouse</set>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="8" column="0">
<widget class="QLabel" name="label_3">
<property name="text">
<string>Last modified:</string>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="8" column="1">
<widget class="QLabel" name="lastModified">
<property name="sizePolicy">
<sizepolicy hsizetype="Expanding" vsizetype="Preferred">
<horstretch>0</horstretch>
<verstretch>0</verstretch>
</sizepolicy>
</property>
<property name="text">
<string/>
</property>
<property name="textInteractionFlags">
<set>Qt::LinksAccessibleByKeyboard|Qt::LinksAccessibleByMouse|Qt::TextBrowserInteraction|Qt::TextSelectableByKeyboard|Qt::TextSelectableByMouse</set>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="2" column="0">
<widget class="QLabel" name="targetLabel">
<property name="text">
<string>Link target:</string>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="2" column="1">
<widget class="QLabel" name="target">
<property name="sizePolicy">
<sizepolicy hsizetype="Expanding" vsizetype="Preferred">
<horstretch>0</horstretch>
<verstretch>0</verstretch>
</sizepolicy>
</property>
<property name="text">
<string/>
</property>
<property name="wordWrap">
<bool>true</bool>
</property>
<property name="textInteractionFlags">
<set>Qt::LinksAccessibleByKeyboard|Qt::LinksAccessibleByMouse|Qt::TextBrowserInteraction|Qt::TextSelectableByKeyboard|Qt::TextSelectableByMouse</set>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="5" column="0">
<widget class="QLabel" name="openWithLabel">
<property name="text">
<string>Open With:</string>
</property>
<property name="textInteractionFlags">
<set>Qt::LinksAccessibleByKeyboard|Qt::LinksAccessibleByMouse|Qt::TextBrowserInteraction|Qt::TextSelectableByKeyboard|Qt::TextSelectableByMouse</set>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="5" column="1">
<widget class="Fm::AppChooserComboBox" name="openWith">
<property name="sizePolicy">
<sizepolicy hsizetype="MinimumExpanding" vsizetype="Fixed">
<horstretch>0</horstretch>
<verstretch>0</verstretch>
</sizepolicy>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="9" column="0">
<widget class="QLabel" name="label_12">
<property name="text">
<string>Last accessed:</string>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="9" column="1">
<widget class="QLabel" name="lastAccessed">
<property name="text">
<string/>
</property>
<property name="textInteractionFlags">
<set>Qt::LinksAccessibleByKeyboard|Qt::LinksAccessibleByMouse|Qt::TextBrowserInteraction|Qt::TextSelectableByKeyboard|Qt::TextSelectableByMouse</set>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
</layout>
</widget>
<widget class="QWidget" name="permissionsPage">
<attribute name="title">
<string>Permissions</string>
</attribute>
<layout class="QVBoxLayout" name="verticalLayout_2">
<property name="spacing">
<number>6</number>
</property>
<item>
<widget class="QGroupBox" name="groupBox_2">
<property name="sizePolicy">
<sizepolicy hsizetype="Preferred" vsizetype="Fixed">
<horstretch>0</horstretch>
<verstretch>0</verstretch>
</sizepolicy>
</property>
<property name="title">
<string>Ownership</string>
</property>
<layout class="QFormLayout" name="formLayout">
<property name="horizontalSpacing">
<number>12</number>
</property>
<property name="verticalSpacing">
<number>6</number>
</property>
<item row="1" column="1">
<widget class="QLineEdit" name="owner"/>
</item>
<item row="2" column="1">
<widget class="QLineEdit" name="ownerGroup"/>
</item>
<item row="2" column="0">
<widget class="QLabel" name="label_9">
<property name="sizePolicy">
<sizepolicy hsizetype="Preferred" vsizetype="Fixed">
<horstretch>0</horstretch>
<verstretch>0</verstretch>
</sizepolicy>
</property>
<property name="text">
<string>Group:</string>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="1" column="0">
<widget class="QLabel" name="label_8">
<property name="sizePolicy">
<sizepolicy hsizetype="Preferred" vsizetype="Fixed">
<horstretch>0</horstretch>
<verstretch>0</verstretch>
</sizepolicy>
</property>
<property name="text">
<string>Owner:</string>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
</layout>
</widget>
</item>
<item>
<widget class="QGroupBox" name="groupBox">
<property name="sizePolicy">
<sizepolicy hsizetype="Preferred" vsizetype="Fixed">
<horstretch>0</horstretch>
<verstretch>0</verstretch>
</sizepolicy>
</property>
<property name="title">
<string>Access Control</string>
</property>
<layout class="QVBoxLayout" name="verticalLayout_3">
<item>
<widget class="QStackedWidget" name="stackedWidget">
<property name="sizePolicy">
<sizepolicy hsizetype="Preferred" vsizetype="Fixed">
<horstretch>0</horstretch>
<verstretch>0</verstretch>
</sizepolicy>
</property>
<property name="currentIndex">
<number>0</number>
</property>
<widget class="QWidget" name="page">
<layout class="QFormLayout" name="formLayout_3">
<item row="0" column="0">
<widget class="QLabel" name="ownerLabel">
<property name="text">
<string>Owner:</string>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="0" column="1">
<widget class="QComboBox" name="ownerPerm">
<property name="sizePolicy">
<sizepolicy hsizetype="MinimumExpanding" vsizetype="Fixed">
<horstretch>0</horstretch>
<verstretch>0</verstretch>
</sizepolicy>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="1" column="0">
<widget class="QLabel" name="groupLabel">
<property name="text">
<string>Group:</string>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="1" column="1">
<widget class="QComboBox" name="groupPerm">
<property name="sizePolicy">
<sizepolicy hsizetype="MinimumExpanding" vsizetype="Fixed">
<horstretch>0</horstretch>
<verstretch>0</verstretch>
</sizepolicy>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="2" column="0">
<widget class="QLabel" name="otherLabel">
<property name="text">
<string>Other:</string>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="2" column="1">
<widget class="QComboBox" name="otherPerm">
<property name="sizePolicy">
<sizepolicy hsizetype="MinimumExpanding" vsizetype="Fixed">
<horstretch>0</horstretch>
<verstretch>0</verstretch>
</sizepolicy>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="3" column="0" colspan="2">
<widget class="QCheckBox" name="executable">
<property name="text">
<string>Make the file executable</string>
</property>
<property name="tristate">
<bool>true</bool>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
</layout>
</widget>
<widget class="QWidget" name="page_2">
<layout class="QGridLayout" name="gridLayout_2" columnstretch="1,0,0">
<item row="0" column="0" rowspan="3">
<layout class="QGridLayout" name="gridLayout">
<property name="rightMargin">
<number>0</number>
</property>
<property name="spacing">
<number>6</number>
</property>
<item row="0" column="0">
<widget class="QLabel" name="label_5">
<property name="sizePolicy">
<sizepolicy hsizetype="Fixed" vsizetype="Preferred">
<horstretch>0</horstretch>
<verstretch>0</verstretch>
</sizepolicy>
</property>
<property name="text">
<string>Owner:</string>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="0" column="1">
<widget class="QCheckBox" name="checkBox">
<property name="sizePolicy">
<sizepolicy hsizetype="Preferred" vsizetype="Fixed">
<horstretch>0</horstretch>
<verstretch>0</verstretch>
</sizepolicy>
</property>
<property name="text">
<string>Read</string>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="0" column="2">
<widget class="QCheckBox" name="checkBox_5">
<property name="sizePolicy">
<sizepolicy hsizetype="Preferred" vsizetype="Fixed">
<horstretch>0</horstretch>
<verstretch>0</verstretch>
</sizepolicy>
</property>
<property name="text">
<string>Write</string>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="0" column="3">
<widget class="QCheckBox" name="checkBox_8">
<property name="sizePolicy">
<sizepolicy hsizetype="Preferred" vsizetype="Fixed">
<horstretch>0</horstretch>
<verstretch>0</verstretch>
</sizepolicy>
</property>
<property name="text">
<string>Execute</string>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="1" column="0">
<widget class="QLabel" name="label_10">
<property name="sizePolicy">
<sizepolicy hsizetype="Fixed" vsizetype="Preferred">
<horstretch>0</horstretch>
<verstretch>0</verstretch>
</sizepolicy>
</property>
<property name="text">
<string>Group:</string>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="1" column="1">
<widget class="QCheckBox" name="checkBox_4">
<property name="sizePolicy">
<sizepolicy hsizetype="Preferred" vsizetype="Fixed">
<horstretch>0</horstretch>
<verstretch>0</verstretch>
</sizepolicy>
</property>
<property name="text">
<string>Read</string>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="1" column="2">
<widget class="QCheckBox" name="checkBox_9">
<property name="sizePolicy">
<sizepolicy hsizetype="Preferred" vsizetype="Fixed">
<horstretch>0</horstretch>
<verstretch>0</verstretch>
</sizepolicy>
</property>
<property name="text">
<string>Write</string>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="1" column="3">
<widget class="QCheckBox" name="checkBox_3">
<property name="sizePolicy">
<sizepolicy hsizetype="Preferred" vsizetype="Fixed">
<horstretch>0</horstretch>
<verstretch>0</verstretch>
</sizepolicy>
</property>
<property name="text">
<string>Execute</string>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="2" column="0">
<widget class="QLabel" name="label_11">
<property name="sizePolicy">
<sizepolicy hsizetype="Fixed" vsizetype="Preferred">
<horstretch>0</horstretch>
<verstretch>0</verstretch>
</sizepolicy>
</property>
<property name="text">
<string>Other:</string>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="2" column="1">
<widget class="QCheckBox" name="checkBox_7">
<property name="sizePolicy">
<sizepolicy hsizetype="Preferred" vsizetype="Fixed">
<horstretch>0</horstretch>
<verstretch>0</verstretch>
</sizepolicy>
</property>
<property name="text">
<string>Read</string>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="2" column="2">
<widget class="QCheckBox" name="checkBox_2">
<property name="sizePolicy">
<sizepolicy hsizetype="Preferred" vsizetype="Fixed">
<horstretch>0</horstretch>
<verstretch>0</verstretch>
</sizepolicy>
</property>
<property name="text">
<string>Write</string>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="2" column="3">
<widget class="QCheckBox" name="checkBox_6">
<property name="sizePolicy">
<sizepolicy hsizetype="Preferred" vsizetype="Fixed">
<horstretch>0</horstretch>
<verstretch>0</verstretch>
</sizepolicy>
</property>
<property name="text">
<string>Execute</string>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
</layout>
</item>
<item row="0" column="2">
<widget class="QCheckBox" name="checkBox_10">
<property name="text">
<string>Sticky</string>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="1" column="2">
<widget class="QCheckBox" name="checkBox_11">
<property name="text">
<string>SetUID</string>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="2" column="2">
<widget class="QCheckBox" name="checkBox_12">
<property name="text">
<string>SetGID</string>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="0" column="1" rowspan="3">
<widget class="Line" name="line">
<property name="orientation">
<enum>Qt::Vertical</enum>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
</layout>
</widget>
</widget>
</item>
<item>
<layout class="QHBoxLayout" name="horizontalLayout">
<item>
<spacer name="horizontalSpacer">
<property name="orientation">
<enum>Qt::Horizontal</enum>
</property>
<property name="sizeHint" stdset="0">
<size>
<width>40</width>
<height>20</height>
</size>
</property>
</spacer>
</item>
<item>
<widget class="QPushButton" name="pushButton">
<property name="enabled">
<bool>false</bool>
</property>
<property name="text">
<string>Advanced Mode</string>
</property>
<property name="checkable">
<bool>true</bool>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
</layout>
</item>
</layout>
</widget>
</item>
<item>
<spacer name="verticalSpacer">
<property name="orientation">
<enum>Qt::Vertical</enum>
</property>
<property name="sizeHint" stdset="0">
<size>
<width>20</width>
<height>40</height>
</size>
</property>
</spacer>
</item>
</layout>
</widget>
</widget>
</item>
<item>
<widget class="QDialogButtonBox" name="buttonBox">
<property name="orientation">
<enum>Qt::Horizontal</enum>
</property>
<property name="standardButtons">
<set>QDialogButtonBox::Cancel|QDialogButtonBox::Ok</set>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
</layout>
</widget>
<customwidgets>
<customwidget>
<class>Fm::AppChooserComboBox</class>
<extends>QComboBox</extends>
<header>appchoosercombobox.h</header>
</customwidget>
</customwidgets>
<resources/>
<connections>
<connection>
<sender>buttonBox</sender>
<signal>accepted()</signal>
<receiver>FilePropsDialog</receiver>
<slot>accept()</slot>
<hints>
<hint type="sourcelabel">
<x>248</x>
<y>254</y>
</hint>
<hint type="destinationlabel">
<x>157</x>
<y>274</y>
</hint>
</hints>
</connection>
<connection>
<sender>buttonBox</sender>
<signal>rejected()</signal>
<receiver>FilePropsDialog</receiver>
<slot>reject()</slot>
<hints>
<hint type="sourcelabel">
<x>316</x>
<y>260</y>
</hint>
<hint type="destinationlabel">
<x>286</x>
<y>274</y>
</hint>
</hints>
</connection>
</connections>
</ui>

@ -0,0 +1,123 @@
/*
* Copyright (C) 2012 - 2015 Hong Jen Yee (PCMan) <pcman.tw@gmail.com>
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*
*/
#include "filelauncher.h"
#include "applaunchcontext.h"
#include <QMessageBox>
#include <QDebug>
#include "execfiledialog_p.h"
#include "appchooserdialog.h"
#include "utilities.h"
namespace Fm {
FmFileLauncher FileLauncher::funcs = {
FileLauncher::_getApp,
/* gboolean (*before_open)(GAppLaunchContext* ctx, GList* folder_infos, gpointer user_data); */
(FmLaunchFolderFunc)FileLauncher::_openFolder,
FileLauncher::_execFile,
FileLauncher::_error,
FileLauncher::_ask
};
FileLauncher::FileLauncher():
quickExec_(false) {
}
FileLauncher::~FileLauncher() {
}
//static
bool FileLauncher::launchFiles(QWidget* parent, GList* file_infos) {
FmAppLaunchContext* context = fm_app_launch_context_new_for_widget(parent);
bool ret = fm_launch_files(G_APP_LAUNCH_CONTEXT(context), file_infos, &funcs, this);
g_object_unref(context);
return ret;
}
bool FileLauncher::launchPaths(QWidget* parent, GList* paths) {
FmAppLaunchContext* context = fm_app_launch_context_new_for_widget(parent);
bool ret = fm_launch_paths(G_APP_LAUNCH_CONTEXT(context), paths, &funcs, this);
g_object_unref(context);
return ret;
}
GAppInfo* FileLauncher::getApp(GList* file_infos, FmMimeType* mime_type, GError** err) {
AppChooserDialog dlg(NULL);
if(mime_type)
dlg.setMimeType(mime_type);
else
dlg.setCanSetDefault(false);
// FIXME: show error properly?
if(execModelessDialog(&dlg) == QDialog::Accepted) {
return dlg.selectedApp();
}
return NULL;
}
bool FileLauncher::openFolder(GAppLaunchContext* ctx, GList* folder_infos, GError** err) {
for(GList* l = folder_infos; l; l = l->next) {
FmFileInfo* fi = FM_FILE_INFO(l->data);
qDebug() << " folder:" << QString::fromUtf8(fm_file_info_get_disp_name(fi));
}
return false;
}
FmFileLauncherExecAction FileLauncher::execFile(FmFileInfo* file) {
if (quickExec_) {
/* SF bug#838: open terminal for each script may be just a waste.
User should open a terminal and start the script there
in case if user wants to see the script output anyway.
if (fm_file_info_is_text(file))
return FM_FILE_LAUNCHER_EXEC_IN_TERMINAL; */
return FM_FILE_LAUNCHER_EXEC;
}
FmFileLauncherExecAction res = FM_FILE_LAUNCHER_EXEC_CANCEL;
ExecFileDialog dlg(file);
if(execModelessDialog(&dlg) == QDialog::Accepted) {
res = dlg.result();
}
return res;
}
int FileLauncher::ask(const char* msg, char* const* btn_labels, int default_btn) {
/* FIXME: set default button properly */
// return fm_askv(data->parent, NULL, msg, btn_labels);
return -1;
}
bool FileLauncher::error(GAppLaunchContext* ctx, GError* err, FmPath* path) {
/* ask for mount if trying to launch unmounted path */
if(err->domain == G_IO_ERROR) {
if(path && err->code == G_IO_ERROR_NOT_MOUNTED) {
//if(fm_mount_path(data->parent, path, TRUE))
// return FALSE; /* ask to retry */
}
else if(err->code == G_IO_ERROR_FAILED_HANDLED)
return true; /* don't show error message */
}
QMessageBox dlg(QMessageBox::Critical, QObject::tr("Error"), QString::fromUtf8(err->message), QMessageBox::Ok);
execModelessDialog(&dlg);
return true;
}
} // namespace Fm

@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
/*
* Copyright (C) 2012 - 2015 Hong Jen Yee (PCMan) <pcman.tw@gmail.com>
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*
*/
#ifndef FM_FILELAUNCHER_H
#define FM_FILELAUNCHER_H
#include "libfmqtglobals.h"
#include <QWidget>
#include <libfm/fm.h>
namespace Fm {
class LIBFM_QT_API FileLauncher {
public:
FileLauncher();
virtual ~FileLauncher();
bool launchFiles(QWidget* parent, FmFileInfoList* file_infos) {
GList* fileList = fm_file_info_list_peek_head_link(file_infos);
return launchFiles(parent, fileList);
}
bool launchPaths(QWidget* parent, FmPathList* paths) {
GList* pathList = fm_path_list_peek_head_link(paths);
return launchPaths(parent, pathList);
}
bool launchFiles(QWidget* parent, GList* file_infos);
bool launchPaths(QWidget* parent, GList* paths);
bool quickExec() const {
return quickExec_;
}
void setQuickExec(bool value) {
quickExec_ = value;
}
protected:
virtual GAppInfo* getApp(GList* file_infos, FmMimeType* mime_type, GError** err);
virtual bool openFolder(GAppLaunchContext* ctx, GList* folder_infos, GError** err);
virtual FmFileLauncherExecAction execFile(FmFileInfo* file);
virtual bool error(GAppLaunchContext* ctx, GError* err, FmPath* path);
virtual int ask(const char* msg, char* const* btn_labels, int default_btn);
private:
static GAppInfo* _getApp(GList* file_infos, FmMimeType* mime_type, gpointer user_data, GError** err) {
return reinterpret_cast<FileLauncher*>(user_data)->getApp(file_infos, mime_type, err);
}
static gboolean _openFolder(GAppLaunchContext* ctx, GList* folder_infos, gpointer user_data, GError** err) {
return reinterpret_cast<FileLauncher*>(user_data)->openFolder(ctx, folder_infos, err);
}
static FmFileLauncherExecAction _execFile(FmFileInfo* file, gpointer user_data) {
return reinterpret_cast<FileLauncher*>(user_data)->execFile(file);
}
static gboolean _error(GAppLaunchContext* ctx, GError* err, FmPath* file, gpointer user_data) {
return reinterpret_cast<FileLauncher*>(user_data)->error(ctx, err, file);
}
static int _ask(const char* msg, char* const* btn_labels, int default_btn, gpointer user_data) {
return reinterpret_cast<FileLauncher*>(user_data)->ask(msg, btn_labels, default_btn);
}
private:
static FmFileLauncher funcs;
bool quickExec_; // Don't ask options on launch executable file
};
}
#endif // FM_FILELAUNCHER_H

@ -0,0 +1,397 @@
/*
* Copyright (C) 2012 - 2015 Hong Jen Yee (PCMan) <pcman.tw@gmail.com>
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*
*/
#include "filemenu.h"
#include "createnewmenu.h"
#include "icontheme.h"
#include "filepropsdialog.h"
#include "utilities.h"
#include "fileoperation.h"
#include "filelauncher.h"
#include "appchooserdialog.h"
#ifdef CUSTOM_ACTIONS
#include <libfm/fm-actions.h>
#endif
#include <QMessageBox>
#include <QDebug>
#include "filemenu_p.h"
namespace Fm {
FileMenu::FileMenu(FmFileInfoList* files, FmFileInfo* info, FmPath* cwd, QWidget* parent):
QMenu(parent),
fileLauncher_(NULL) {
createMenu(files, info, cwd);
}
FileMenu::FileMenu(FmFileInfoList* files, FmFileInfo* info, FmPath* cwd, const QString& title, QWidget* parent):
QMenu(title, parent),
fileLauncher_(NULL),
unTrashAction_(NULL) {
createMenu(files, info, cwd);
}
FileMenu::~FileMenu() {
if(files_)
fm_file_info_list_unref(files_);
if(info_)
fm_file_info_unref(info_);
if(cwd_)
fm_path_unref(cwd_);
}
void FileMenu::createMenu(FmFileInfoList* files, FmFileInfo* info, FmPath* cwd) {
useTrash_ = true;
confirmDelete_ = true;
confirmTrash_ = false; // Confirm before moving files into "trash can"
openAction_ = NULL;
openWithMenuAction_ = NULL;
openWithAction_ = NULL;
separator1_ = NULL;
cutAction_ = NULL;
copyAction_ = NULL;
pasteAction_ = NULL;
deleteAction_ = NULL;
unTrashAction_ = NULL;
renameAction_ = NULL;
separator2_ = NULL;
propertiesAction_ = NULL;
files_ = fm_file_info_list_ref(files);
info_ = info ? fm_file_info_ref(info) : NULL;
cwd_ = cwd ? fm_path_ref(cwd) : NULL;
FmFileInfo* first = fm_file_info_list_peek_head(files);
FmMimeType* mime_type = fm_file_info_get_mime_type(first);
FmPath* path = fm_file_info_get_path(first);
// check if the files are of the same type
sameType_ = fm_file_info_list_is_same_type(files);
// check if the files are on the same filesystem
sameFilesystem_ = fm_file_info_list_is_same_fs(files);
// check if the files are all virtual
allVirtual_ = sameFilesystem_ && fm_path_is_virtual(path);
// check if the files are all in the trash can
allTrash_ = sameFilesystem_ && fm_path_is_trash(path);
openAction_ = new QAction(QIcon::fromTheme("document-open"), tr("Open"), this);
connect(openAction_ , &QAction::triggered, this, &FileMenu::onOpenTriggered);
addAction(openAction_);
openWithMenuAction_ = new QAction(tr("Open With..."), this);
addAction(openWithMenuAction_);
// create the "Open with..." sub menu
QMenu* menu = new QMenu();
openWithMenuAction_->setMenu(menu);
if(sameType_) { /* add specific menu items for this mime type */
if(mime_type && !allVirtual_) { /* the file has a valid mime-type and its not virtual */
GList* apps = g_app_info_get_all_for_type(fm_mime_type_get_type(mime_type));
GList* l;
for(l=apps;l;l=l->next) {
GAppInfo* app = G_APP_INFO(l->data);
// check if the command really exists
gchar * program_path = g_find_program_in_path(g_app_info_get_executable(app));
if (!program_path)
continue;
g_free(program_path);
// create a QAction for the application.
AppInfoAction* action = new AppInfoAction(app);
connect(action, &QAction::triggered, this, &FileMenu::onApplicationTriggered);
menu->addAction(action);
}
g_list_free(apps); /* don't unref GAppInfos now */
}
}
menu->addSeparator();
openWithAction_ = new QAction(tr("Other Applications"), this);
connect(openWithAction_ , &QAction::triggered, this, &FileMenu::onOpenWithTriggered);
menu->addAction(openWithAction_);
separator1_ = addSeparator();
createAction_ = new QAction(tr("Create &New"), this);
FmPath* dirPath = fm_file_info_list_get_length(files) == 1 && fm_file_info_is_dir(first)
? path : cwd_;
createAction_->setMenu(new CreateNewMenu(NULL, dirPath, this));
addAction(createAction_);
separator2_ = addSeparator();
if(allTrash_) { // all selected files are in trash:///
bool can_restore = true;
/* only immediate children of trash:/// can be restored. */
for(GList* l = fm_file_info_list_peek_head_link(files_); l; l=l->next) {
FmPath *trash_path = fm_file_info_get_path(FM_FILE_INFO(l->data));
if(!fm_path_get_parent(trash_path) ||
!fm_path_is_trash_root(fm_path_get_parent(trash_path))) {
can_restore = false;
break;
}
}
if(can_restore) {
unTrashAction_ = new QAction(tr("&Restore"), this);
connect(unTrashAction_, &QAction::triggered, this, &FileMenu::onUnTrashTriggered);
addAction(unTrashAction_);
}
}
else { // ordinary files
cutAction_ = new QAction(QIcon::fromTheme("edit-cut"), tr("Cut"), this);
connect(cutAction_, &QAction::triggered, this, &FileMenu::onCutTriggered);
addAction(cutAction_);
copyAction_ = new QAction(QIcon::fromTheme("edit-copy"), tr("Copy"), this);
connect(copyAction_, &QAction::triggered, this, &FileMenu::onCopyTriggered);
addAction(copyAction_);
pasteAction_ = new QAction(QIcon::fromTheme("edit-paste"), tr("Paste"), this);
connect(pasteAction_, &QAction::triggered, this, &FileMenu::onPasteTriggered);
addAction(pasteAction_);
deleteAction_ = new QAction(QIcon::fromTheme("user-trash"), tr("&Move to Trash"), this);
connect(deleteAction_, &QAction::triggered, this, &FileMenu::onDeleteTriggered);
addAction(deleteAction_);
renameAction_ = new QAction(tr("Rename"), this);
connect(renameAction_, &QAction::triggered, this, &FileMenu::onRenameTriggered);
addAction(renameAction_);
}
#ifdef CUSTOM_ACTIONS
// DES-EMA custom actions integration
GList* files_list = fm_file_info_list_peek_head_link(files);
GList* items = fm_get_actions_for_files(files_list);
if(items) {
GList* l;
for(l=items; l; l=l->next) {
FmFileActionItem* item = FM_FILE_ACTION_ITEM(l->data);
addCustomActionItem(this, item);
}
}
g_list_foreach(items, (GFunc)fm_file_action_item_unref, NULL);
g_list_free(items);
#endif
// archiver integration
// FIXME: we need to modify upstream libfm to include some Qt-based archiver programs.
if(!allVirtual_) {
if(sameType_) {
FmArchiver* archiver = fm_archiver_get_default();
if(archiver) {
if(fm_archiver_is_mime_type_supported(archiver, fm_mime_type_get_type(mime_type))) {
if(cwd_ && archiver->extract_to_cmd) {
QAction* action = new QAction(tr("Extract to..."), this);
connect(action, &QAction::triggered, this, &FileMenu::onExtract);
addAction(action);
}
if(archiver->extract_cmd) {
QAction* action = new QAction(tr("Extract Here"), this);
connect(action, &QAction::triggered, this, &FileMenu::onExtractHere);
addAction(action);
}
}
else {
QAction* action = new QAction(tr("Compress"), this);
connect(action, &QAction::triggered, this, &FileMenu::onCompress);
addAction(action);
}
}
}
}
separator3_ = addSeparator();
propertiesAction_ = new QAction(QIcon::fromTheme("document-properties"), tr("Properties"), this);
connect(propertiesAction_, &QAction::triggered, this, &FileMenu::onFilePropertiesTriggered);
addAction(propertiesAction_);
}
#ifdef CUSTOM_ACTIONS
void FileMenu::addCustomActionItem(QMenu* menu, FmFileActionItem* item) {
if(!item) { // separator
addSeparator();
return;
}
// this action is not for context menu
if(fm_file_action_item_is_action(item) && !(fm_file_action_item_get_target(item) & FM_FILE_ACTION_TARGET_CONTEXT))
return;
CustomAction* action = new CustomAction(item, menu);
menu->addAction(action);
if(fm_file_action_item_is_menu(item)) {
GList* subitems = fm_file_action_item_get_sub_items(item);
for(GList* l = subitems; l; l = l->next) {
FmFileActionItem* subitem = FM_FILE_ACTION_ITEM(l->data);
QMenu* submenu = new QMenu(menu);
addCustomActionItem(submenu, subitem);
action->setMenu(submenu);
}
}
else if(fm_file_action_item_is_action(item)) {
connect(action, &QAction::triggered, this, &FileMenu::onCustomActionTrigerred);
}
}
#endif
void FileMenu::onOpenTriggered() {
if(fileLauncher_) {
fileLauncher_->launchFiles(NULL, files_);
}
else { // use the default launcher
Fm::FileLauncher launcher;
launcher.launchFiles(NULL, files_);
}
}
void FileMenu::onOpenWithTriggered() {
AppChooserDialog dlg(NULL);
if(sameType_) {
dlg.setMimeType(fm_file_info_get_mime_type(info_));
}
else { // we can only set the selected app as default if all files are of the same type
dlg.setCanSetDefault(false);
}
if(execModelessDialog(&dlg) == QDialog::Accepted) {
GAppInfo* app = dlg.selectedApp();
if(app) {
openFilesWithApp(app);
g_object_unref(app);
}
}
}
void FileMenu::openFilesWithApp(GAppInfo* app) {
FmPathList* paths = fm_path_list_new_from_file_info_list(files_);
GList* uris = NULL;
for(GList* l = fm_path_list_peek_head_link(paths); l; l = l->next) {
FmPath* path = FM_PATH(l->data);
char* uri = fm_path_to_uri(path);
uris = g_list_prepend(uris, uri);
}
fm_path_list_unref(paths);
fm_app_info_launch_uris(app, uris, NULL, NULL);
g_list_foreach(uris, (GFunc)g_free, NULL);
g_list_free(uris);
}
void FileMenu::onApplicationTriggered() {
AppInfoAction* action = static_cast<AppInfoAction*>(sender());
openFilesWithApp(action->appInfo());
}
#ifdef CUSTOM_ACTIONS
void FileMenu::onCustomActionTrigerred() {
CustomAction* action = static_cast<CustomAction*>(sender());
FmFileActionItem* item = action->item();
GList* files = fm_file_info_list_peek_head_link(files_);
char* output = NULL;
/* g_debug("item: %s is activated, id:%s", fm_file_action_item_get_name(item),
fm_file_action_item_get_id(item)); */
fm_file_action_item_launch(item, NULL, files, &output);
if(output) {
QMessageBox::information(this, tr("Output"), QString::fromUtf8(output));
g_free(output);
}
}
#endif
void FileMenu::onFilePropertiesTriggered() {
FilePropsDialog::showForFiles(files_);
}
void FileMenu::onCopyTriggered() {
FmPathList* paths = fm_path_list_new_from_file_info_list(files_);
Fm::copyFilesToClipboard(paths);
fm_path_list_unref(paths);
}
void FileMenu::onCutTriggered() {
FmPathList* paths = fm_path_list_new_from_file_info_list(files_);
Fm::cutFilesToClipboard(paths);
fm_path_list_unref(paths);
}
void FileMenu::onDeleteTriggered() {
FmPathList* paths = fm_path_list_new_from_file_info_list(files_);
if(useTrash_)
FileOperation::trashFiles(paths, confirmTrash_);
else
FileOperation::deleteFiles(paths, confirmDelete_);
fm_path_list_unref(paths);
}
void FileMenu::onUnTrashTriggered() {
FmPathList* paths = fm_path_list_new_from_file_info_list(files_);
FileOperation::unTrashFiles(paths);
}
void FileMenu::onPasteTriggered() {
Fm::pasteFilesFromClipboard(cwd_);
}
void FileMenu::onRenameTriggered() {
for(GList* l = fm_file_info_list_peek_head_link(files_); l; l = l->next) {
FmFileInfo* info = FM_FILE_INFO(l->data);
Fm::renameFile(info, NULL);
}
}
void FileMenu::setUseTrash(bool trash) {
if(useTrash_ != trash) {
useTrash_ = trash;
if(deleteAction_) {
deleteAction_->setText(useTrash_ ? tr("&Move to Trash") : tr("&Delete"));
deleteAction_->setIcon(useTrash_ ? QIcon::fromTheme("user-trash") : QIcon::fromTheme("edit-delete"));
}
}
}
void FileMenu::onCompress() {
FmArchiver* archiver = fm_archiver_get_default();
if(archiver) {
FmPathList* paths = fm_path_list_new_from_file_info_list(files_);
fm_archiver_create_archive(archiver, NULL, paths);
fm_path_list_unref(paths);
}
}
void FileMenu::onExtract() {
FmArchiver* archiver = fm_archiver_get_default();
if(archiver) {
FmPathList* paths = fm_path_list_new_from_file_info_list(files_);
fm_archiver_extract_archives(archiver, NULL, paths);
fm_path_list_unref(paths);
}
}
void FileMenu::onExtractHere() {
FmArchiver* archiver = fm_archiver_get_default();
if(archiver) {
FmPathList* paths = fm_path_list_new_from_file_info_list(files_);
fm_archiver_extract_archives_to(archiver, NULL, paths, cwd_);
fm_path_list_unref(paths);
}
}
} // namespace Fm

@ -0,0 +1,218 @@
/*
* Copyright (C) 2012 - 2015 Hong Jen Yee (PCMan) <pcman.tw@gmail.com>
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*
*/
#ifndef FM_FILEMENU_H
#define FM_FILEMENU_H
#include "libfmqtglobals.h"
#include <QMenu>
#include <qabstractitemmodel.h>
#include <libfm/fm.h>
class QAction;
struct _FmFileActionItem;
namespace Fm {
class FileLauncher;
class LIBFM_QT_API FileMenu : public QMenu {
Q_OBJECT
public:
explicit FileMenu(FmFileInfoList* files, FmFileInfo* info, FmPath* cwd, QWidget* parent = 0);
explicit FileMenu(FmFileInfoList* files, FmFileInfo* info, FmPath* cwd, const QString& title, QWidget* parent = 0);
~FileMenu();
bool useTrash() {
return useTrash_;
}
void setUseTrash(bool trash);
bool confirmDelete() {
return confirmDelete_;
}
void setConfirmDelete(bool confirm) {
confirmDelete_ = confirm;
}
QAction* openAction() {
return openAction_;
}
QAction* openWithMenuAction() {
return openWithMenuAction_;
}
QAction* openWithAction() {
return openWithAction_;
}
QAction* separator1() {
return separator1_;
}
QAction* createAction() {
return createAction_;
}
QAction* separator2() {
return separator2_;
}
QAction* cutAction() {
return cutAction_;
}
QAction* copyAction() {
return copyAction_;
}
QAction* pasteAction() {
return pasteAction_;
}
QAction* deleteAction() {
return deleteAction_;
}
QAction* unTrashAction() {
return unTrashAction_;
}
QAction* renameAction() {
return renameAction_;
}
QAction* separator3() {
return separator3_;
}
QAction* propertiesAction() {
return propertiesAction_;
}
FmFileInfoList* files() {
return files_;
}
FmFileInfo* firstFile() {
return info_;
}
FmPath* cwd() {
return cwd_;
}
void setFileLauncher(FileLauncher* launcher) {
fileLauncher_ = launcher;
}
FileLauncher* fileLauncher() {
return fileLauncher_;
}
bool sameType() const {
return sameType_;
}
bool sameFilesystem() const {
return sameFilesystem_;
}
bool allVirtual() const {
return allVirtual_;
}
bool allTrash() const {
return allTrash_;
}
bool confirmTrash() const {
return confirmTrash_;
}
void setConfirmTrash(bool value) {
confirmTrash_ = value;
}
protected:
void createMenu(FmFileInfoList* files, FmFileInfo* info, FmPath* cwd);
#ifdef CUSTOM_ACTIONS
void addCustomActionItem(QMenu* menu, struct _FmFileActionItem* item);
#endif
void openFilesWithApp(GAppInfo* app);
protected Q_SLOTS:
void onOpenTriggered();
void onOpenWithTriggered();
void onFilePropertiesTriggered();
void onApplicationTriggered();
#ifdef CUSTOM_ACTIONS
void onCustomActionTrigerred();
#endif
void onCompress();
void onExtract();
void onExtractHere();
void onCutTriggered();
void onCopyTriggered();
void onPasteTriggered();
void onRenameTriggered();
void onDeleteTriggered();
void onUnTrashTriggered();
private:
FmFileInfoList* files_;
FmFileInfo* info_;
FmPath* cwd_;
bool useTrash_;
bool confirmDelete_;
bool confirmTrash_; // Confirm before moving files into "trash can"
bool sameType_;
bool sameFilesystem_;
bool allVirtual_;
bool allTrash_;
QAction* openAction_;
QAction* openWithMenuAction_;
QAction* openWithAction_;
QAction* separator1_;
QAction* createAction_;
QAction* separator2_;
QAction* cutAction_;
QAction* copyAction_;
QAction* pasteAction_;
QAction* deleteAction_;
QAction* unTrashAction_;
QAction* renameAction_;
QAction* separator3_;
QAction* propertiesAction_;
FileLauncher* fileLauncher_;
};
}
#endif // FM_FILEMENU_H

@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
/*
* Copyright (C) 2012 - 2015 Hong Jen Yee (PCMan) <pcman.tw@gmail.com>
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*
*/
#ifndef FM_FILEMENU_P_H
#define FM_FILEMENU_P_H
#include "icontheme.h"
#ifdef CUSTOM_ACTIONS
#include <libfm/fm-actions.h>
#endif
#include <QDebug>
namespace Fm {
class AppInfoAction : public QAction {
Q_OBJECT
public:
explicit AppInfoAction(GAppInfo* app, QObject* parent = 0):
QAction(QString::fromUtf8(g_app_info_get_name(app)), parent),
appInfo_(G_APP_INFO(g_object_ref(app))) {
setToolTip(QString::fromUtf8(g_app_info_get_description(app)));
GIcon* gicon = g_app_info_get_icon(app);
QIcon icon = IconTheme::icon(gicon);
setIcon(icon);
}
virtual ~AppInfoAction() {
if(appInfo_)
g_object_unref(appInfo_);
}
GAppInfo* appInfo() const {
return appInfo_;
}
private:
GAppInfo* appInfo_;
};
#ifdef CUSTOM_ACTIONS
class CustomAction : public QAction {
Q_OBJECT
public:
explicit CustomAction(FmFileActionItem* item, QObject* parent = NULL):
QAction(QString::fromUtf8(fm_file_action_item_get_name(item)), parent),
item_(reinterpret_cast<FmFileActionItem*>(fm_file_action_item_ref(item))) {
const char* icon_name = fm_file_action_item_get_icon(item);
if(icon_name)
setIcon(QIcon::fromTheme(icon_name));
}
virtual ~CustomAction() {
fm_file_action_item_unref(item_);
}
FmFileActionItem* item() {
return item_;
}
private:
FmFileActionItem* item_;
};
#endif
} // namespace Fm
#endif

@ -0,0 +1,307 @@
/*
* Copyright (C) 2012 - 2015 Hong Jen Yee (PCMan) <pcman.tw@gmail.com>
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*
*/
#include "fileoperation.h"
#include "fileoperationdialog.h"
#include <QTimer>
#include <QElapsedTimer>
#include <QMessageBox>
#include <QDebug>
namespace Fm {
#define SHOW_DLG_DELAY 1000
FileOperation::FileOperation(Type type, FmPathList* srcFiles, QObject* parent):
QObject(parent),
dlg(NULL),
destPath(NULL),
srcPaths(fm_path_list_ref(srcFiles)),
uiTimer(NULL),
elapsedTimer_(NULL),
lastElapsed_(0),
updateRemainingTime_(true),
autoDestroy_(true),
job_(fm_file_ops_job_new((FmFileOpType)type, srcFiles)) {
g_signal_connect(job_, "ask", G_CALLBACK(onFileOpsJobAsk), this);
g_signal_connect(job_, "ask-rename", G_CALLBACK(onFileOpsJobAskRename), this);
g_signal_connect(job_, "error", G_CALLBACK(onFileOpsJobError), this);
g_signal_connect(job_, "prepared", G_CALLBACK(onFileOpsJobPrepared), this);
g_signal_connect(job_, "cur-file", G_CALLBACK(onFileOpsJobCurFile), this);
g_signal_connect(job_, "percent", G_CALLBACK(onFileOpsJobPercent), this);
g_signal_connect(job_, "finished", G_CALLBACK(onFileOpsJobFinished), this);
g_signal_connect(job_, "cancelled", G_CALLBACK(onFileOpsJobCancelled), this);
}
void FileOperation::disconnectJob() {
g_signal_handlers_disconnect_by_func(job_, (gpointer)G_CALLBACK(onFileOpsJobAsk), this);
g_signal_handlers_disconnect_by_func(job_, (gpointer)G_CALLBACK(onFileOpsJobAskRename), this);
g_signal_handlers_disconnect_by_func(job_, (gpointer)G_CALLBACK(onFileOpsJobError), this);
g_signal_handlers_disconnect_by_func(job_, (gpointer)G_CALLBACK(onFileOpsJobPrepared), this);
g_signal_handlers_disconnect_by_func(job_, (gpointer)G_CALLBACK(onFileOpsJobCurFile), this);
g_signal_handlers_disconnect_by_func(job_, (gpointer)G_CALLBACK(onFileOpsJobPercent), this);
g_signal_handlers_disconnect_by_func(job_, (gpointer)G_CALLBACK(onFileOpsJobFinished), this);
g_signal_handlers_disconnect_by_func(job_, (gpointer)G_CALLBACK(onFileOpsJobCancelled), this);
}
FileOperation::~FileOperation() {
if(uiTimer) {
uiTimer->stop();
delete uiTimer;
uiTimer = NULL;
}
if(elapsedTimer_) {
delete elapsedTimer_;
elapsedTimer_ = NULL;
}
if(job_) {
disconnectJob();
g_object_unref(job_);
}
if(srcPaths)
fm_path_list_unref(srcPaths);
if(destPath)
fm_path_unref(destPath);
}
bool FileOperation::run() {
delete uiTimer;
// run the job
uiTimer = new QTimer();
uiTimer->start(SHOW_DLG_DELAY);
connect(uiTimer, &QTimer::timeout, this, &FileOperation::onUiTimeout);
return fm_job_run_async(FM_JOB(job_));
}
void FileOperation::onUiTimeout() {
if(dlg) {
dlg->setCurFile(curFile);
// estimate remaining time based on past history
// FIXME: avoid directly access data member of FmFileOpsJob
if(Q_LIKELY(job_->percent > 0 && updateRemainingTime_)) {
gint64 remaining = elapsedTime() * ((double(100 - job_->percent) / job_->percent) / 1000);
dlg->setRemainingTime(remaining);
}
// this timeout slot is called every 0.5 second.
// by adding this flag, we can update remaining time every 1 second.
updateRemainingTime_ = !updateRemainingTime_;
}
else{
showDialog();
}
}
void FileOperation::showDialog() {
if(!dlg) {
dlg = new FileOperationDialog(this);
dlg->setSourceFiles(srcPaths);
if(destPath)
dlg->setDestPath(destPath);
if(curFile.isEmpty()) {
dlg->setPrepared();
dlg->setCurFile(curFile);
}
uiTimer->setInterval(500); // change the interval of the timer
// now the timer is used to update current file display
dlg->show();
}
}
gint FileOperation::onFileOpsJobAsk(FmFileOpsJob* job, const char* question, char*const* options, FileOperation* pThis) {
pThis->pauseElapsedTimer();
pThis->showDialog();
int ret = pThis->dlg->ask(QString::fromUtf8(question), options);
pThis->resumeElapsedTimer();
return ret;
}
gint FileOperation::onFileOpsJobAskRename(FmFileOpsJob* job, FmFileInfo* src, FmFileInfo* dest, char** new_name, FileOperation* pThis) {
pThis->pauseElapsedTimer();
pThis->showDialog();
QString newName;
int ret = pThis->dlg->askRename(src, dest, newName);
if(!newName.isEmpty()) {
*new_name = g_strdup(newName.toUtf8().constData());
}
pThis->resumeElapsedTimer();
return ret;
}
void FileOperation::onFileOpsJobCancelled(FmFileOpsJob* job, FileOperation* pThis) {
qDebug("file operation is cancelled!");
}
void FileOperation::onFileOpsJobCurFile(FmFileOpsJob* job, const char* cur_file, FileOperation* pThis) {
pThis->curFile = QString::fromUtf8(cur_file);
// We update the current file name in a timeout slot because drawing a string
// in the UI is expansive. Updating the label text too often cause
// significant impact on performance.
// if(pThis->dlg)
// pThis->dlg->setCurFile(pThis->curFile);
}
FmJobErrorAction FileOperation::onFileOpsJobError(FmFileOpsJob* job, GError* err, FmJobErrorSeverity severity, FileOperation* pThis) {
pThis->pauseElapsedTimer();
pThis->showDialog();
FmJobErrorAction act = pThis->dlg->error(err, severity);
pThis->resumeElapsedTimer();
return act;
}
void FileOperation::onFileOpsJobFinished(FmFileOpsJob* job, FileOperation* pThis) {
pThis->handleFinish();
}
void FileOperation::onFileOpsJobPercent(FmFileOpsJob* job, guint percent, FileOperation* pThis) {
if(pThis->dlg) {
pThis->dlg->setPercent(percent);
}
}
void FileOperation::onFileOpsJobPrepared(FmFileOpsJob* job, FileOperation* pThis) {
if(!pThis->elapsedTimer_) {
pThis->elapsedTimer_ = new QElapsedTimer();
pThis->elapsedTimer_->start();
}
if(pThis->dlg) {
pThis->dlg->setPrepared();
}
}
void FileOperation::handleFinish() {
disconnectJob();
if(uiTimer) {
uiTimer->stop();
delete uiTimer;
uiTimer = NULL;
}
if(dlg) {
dlg->done(QDialog::Accepted);
delete dlg;
dlg = NULL;
}
Q_EMIT finished();
/* sepcial handling for trash
* FIXME: need to refactor this to use a more elegant way later. */
if(job_->type == FM_FILE_OP_TRASH) { /* FIXME: direct access to job struct! */
FmPathList* unable_to_trash = static_cast<FmPathList*>(g_object_get_data(G_OBJECT(job_), "trash-unsupported"));
/* some files cannot be trashed because underlying filesystems don't support it. */
if(unable_to_trash) { /* delete them instead */
/* FIXME: parent window might be already destroyed! */
QWidget* parent = NULL; // FIXME: currently, parent window is not set
if(QMessageBox::question(parent, tr("Error"),
tr("Some files cannot be moved to trash can because "
"the underlying file systems don't support this operation.\n"
"Do you want to delete them instead?")) == QMessageBox::Yes) {
deleteFiles(unable_to_trash, false);
}
}
}
g_object_unref(job_);
job_ = NULL;
if(autoDestroy_)
delete this;
}
// static
FileOperation* FileOperation::copyFiles(FmPathList* srcFiles, FmPath* dest, QWidget* parent) {
FileOperation* op = new FileOperation(FileOperation::Copy, srcFiles);
op->setDestination(dest);
op->run();
return op;
}
// static
FileOperation* FileOperation::moveFiles(FmPathList* srcFiles, FmPath* dest, QWidget* parent) {
FileOperation* op = new FileOperation(FileOperation::Move, srcFiles);
op->setDestination(dest);
op->run();
return op;
}
//static
FileOperation* FileOperation::symlinkFiles(FmPathList* srcFiles, FmPath* dest, QWidget* parent) {
FileOperation* op = new FileOperation(FileOperation::Link, srcFiles);
op->setDestination(dest);
op->run();
return op;
}
//static
FileOperation* FileOperation::deleteFiles(FmPathList* srcFiles, bool prompt, QWidget* parent) {
if(prompt) {
int result = QMessageBox::warning(parent, tr("Confirm"),
tr("Do you want to delete the selected files?"),
QMessageBox::Yes|QMessageBox::No,
QMessageBox::No);
if(result != QMessageBox::Yes)
return NULL;
}
FileOperation* op = new FileOperation(FileOperation::Delete, srcFiles);
op->run();
return op;
}
//static
FileOperation* FileOperation::trashFiles(FmPathList* srcFiles, bool prompt, QWidget* parent) {
if(prompt) {
int result = QMessageBox::warning(parent, tr("Confirm"),
tr("Do you want to move the selected files to trash can?"),
QMessageBox::Yes|QMessageBox::No,
QMessageBox::No);
if(result != QMessageBox::Yes)
return NULL;
}
FileOperation* op = new FileOperation(FileOperation::Trash, srcFiles);
op->run();
return op;
}
//static
FileOperation* FileOperation::unTrashFiles(FmPathList* srcFiles, QWidget* parent) {
FileOperation* op = new FileOperation(FileOperation::UnTrash, srcFiles);
op->run();
return op;
}
// static
FileOperation* FileOperation::changeAttrFiles(FmPathList* srcFiles, QWidget* parent) {
//TODO
FileOperation* op = new FileOperation(FileOperation::ChangeAttr, srcFiles);
op->run();
return op;
}
} // namespace Fm

@ -0,0 +1,164 @@
/*
* Copyright (C) 2012 - 2015 Hong Jen Yee (PCMan) <pcman.tw@gmail.com>
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*
*/
#ifndef FM_FILEOPERATION_H
#define FM_FILEOPERATION_H
#include "libfmqtglobals.h"
#include <QObject>
#include <QElapsedTimer>
#include <libfm/fm.h>
class QTimer;
namespace Fm {
class FileOperationDialog;
class LIBFM_QT_API FileOperation : public QObject {
Q_OBJECT
public:
enum Type {
Copy = FM_FILE_OP_COPY,
Move = FM_FILE_OP_MOVE,
Link = FM_FILE_OP_LINK,
Delete = FM_FILE_OP_DELETE,
Trash = FM_FILE_OP_TRASH,
UnTrash = FM_FILE_OP_UNTRASH,
ChangeAttr = FM_FILE_OP_CHANGE_ATTR
};
public:
explicit FileOperation(Type type, FmPathList* srcFiles, QObject* parent = 0);
virtual ~FileOperation();
void setDestination(FmPath* dest) {
destPath = fm_path_ref(dest);
fm_file_ops_job_set_dest(job_, dest);
}
void setChmod(mode_t newMode, mode_t newModeMask) {
fm_file_ops_job_set_chmod(job_, newMode, newModeMask);
}
void setChown(gint uid, gint gid) {
fm_file_ops_job_set_chown(job_, uid, gid);
}
// This only work for change attr jobs.
void setRecursiveChattr(bool recursive) {
fm_file_ops_job_set_recursive(job_, (gboolean)recursive);
}
bool run();
void cancel() {
if(job_)
fm_job_cancel(FM_JOB(job_));
}
bool isRunning() const {
return job_ ? fm_job_is_running(FM_JOB(job_)) : false;
}
bool isCancelled() const {
return job_ ? fm_job_is_cancelled(FM_JOB(job_)) : false;
}
FmFileOpsJob* job() {
return job_;
}
bool autoDestroy() {
return autoDestroy_;
}
void setAutoDestroy(bool destroy = true) {
autoDestroy_ = destroy;
}
Type type() {
return (Type)job_->type;
}
// convinient static functions
static FileOperation* copyFiles(FmPathList* srcFiles, FmPath* dest, QWidget* parent = 0);
static FileOperation* moveFiles(FmPathList* srcFiles, FmPath* dest, QWidget* parent = 0);
static FileOperation* symlinkFiles(FmPathList* srcFiles, FmPath* dest, QWidget* parent = 0);
static FileOperation* deleteFiles(FmPathList* srcFiles, bool promp = true, QWidget* parent = 0);
static FileOperation* trashFiles(FmPathList* srcFiles, bool promp = true, QWidget* parent = 0);
static FileOperation* unTrashFiles(FmPathList* srcFiles, QWidget* parent = 0);
static FileOperation* changeAttrFiles(FmPathList* srcFiles, QWidget* parent = 0);
Q_SIGNALS:
void finished();
private:
static gint onFileOpsJobAsk(FmFileOpsJob* job, const char* question, char* const* options, FileOperation* pThis);
static gint onFileOpsJobAskRename(FmFileOpsJob* job, FmFileInfo* src, FmFileInfo* dest, char** new_name, FileOperation* pThis);
static FmJobErrorAction onFileOpsJobError(FmFileOpsJob* job, GError* err, FmJobErrorSeverity severity, FileOperation* pThis);
static void onFileOpsJobPrepared(FmFileOpsJob* job, FileOperation* pThis);
static void onFileOpsJobCurFile(FmFileOpsJob* job, const char* cur_file, FileOperation* pThis);
static void onFileOpsJobPercent(FmFileOpsJob* job, guint percent, FileOperation* pThis);
static void onFileOpsJobFinished(FmFileOpsJob* job, FileOperation* pThis);
static void onFileOpsJobCancelled(FmFileOpsJob* job, FileOperation* pThis);
void handleFinish();
void disconnectJob();
void showDialog();
void pauseElapsedTimer() {
if(Q_LIKELY(elapsedTimer_ != NULL)) {
lastElapsed_ += elapsedTimer_->elapsed();
elapsedTimer_->invalidate();
}
}
void resumeElapsedTimer() {
if(Q_LIKELY(elapsedTimer_ != NULL)) {
elapsedTimer_->start();
}
}
qint64 elapsedTime() {
if(Q_LIKELY(elapsedTimer_ != NULL)) {
return lastElapsed_ + elapsedTimer_->elapsed();
}
return 0;
}
private Q_SLOTS:
void onUiTimeout();
private:
FmFileOpsJob* job_;
FileOperationDialog* dlg;
FmPath* destPath;
FmPathList* srcPaths;
QTimer* uiTimer;
QElapsedTimer* elapsedTimer_;
qint64 lastElapsed_;
bool updateRemainingTime_;
QString curFile;
bool autoDestroy_;
};
}
#endif // FM_FILEOPERATION_H

@ -0,0 +1,178 @@
/*
* Copyright (C) 2012 - 2015 Hong Jen Yee (PCMan) <pcman.tw@gmail.com>
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*
*/
#include "fileoperationdialog.h"
#include "fileoperation.h"
#include "renamedialog.h"
#include <QMessageBox>
#include "ui_file-operation-dialog.h"
namespace Fm {
FileOperationDialog::FileOperationDialog(FileOperation* _operation):
QDialog(NULL),
operation(_operation),
defaultOption(-1) {
ui = new Ui::FileOperationDialog();
ui->setupUi(this);
QString title;
QString message;
switch(_operation->type()) {
case FM_FILE_OP_MOVE:
title = tr("Move files");
message = tr("Moving the following files to destination folder:");
break;
case FM_FILE_OP_COPY:
title = tr("Copy Files");
message = tr("Copying the following files to destination folder:");
break;
case FM_FILE_OP_TRASH:
title = tr("Trash Files");
message = tr("Moving the following files to trash can:");
break;
case FM_FILE_OP_DELETE:
title = tr("Delete Files");
message = tr("Deleting the following files");
ui->dest->hide();
ui->destLabel->hide();
break;
case FM_FILE_OP_LINK:
title = tr("Create Symlinks");
message = tr("Creating symlinks for the following files:");
break;
case FM_FILE_OP_CHANGE_ATTR:
title = tr("Change Attributes");
message = tr("Changing attributes of the following files:");
ui->dest->hide();
ui->destLabel->hide();
break;
case FM_FILE_OP_UNTRASH:
title = tr("Restore Trashed Files");
message = tr("Restoring the following files from trash can:");
ui->dest->hide();
ui->destLabel->hide();
break;
}
ui->message->setText(message);
setWindowTitle(title);
}
FileOperationDialog::~FileOperationDialog() {
delete ui;
}
void FileOperationDialog::setDestPath(FmPath* dest) {
char* pathStr = fm_path_display_name(dest, false);
ui->dest->setText(QString::fromUtf8(pathStr));
g_free(pathStr);
}
void FileOperationDialog::setSourceFiles(FmPathList* srcFiles) {
GList* l;
for(l = fm_path_list_peek_head_link(srcFiles); l; l = l->next) {
FmPath* path = FM_PATH(l->data);
char* pathStr = fm_path_display_name(path, false);
ui->sourceFiles->addItem(QString::fromUtf8(pathStr));
g_free(pathStr);
}
}
int FileOperationDialog::ask(QString question, char*const* options) {
// TODO: implement FileOperationDialog::ask()
return 0;
}
int FileOperationDialog::askRename(FmFileInfo* src, FmFileInfo* dest, QString& new_name) {
int ret;
if(defaultOption == -1) { // default action is not set, ask the user
RenameDialog dlg(src, dest, this);
dlg.exec();
switch(dlg.action()) {
case RenameDialog::ActionOverwrite:
ret = FM_FILE_OP_OVERWRITE;
if(dlg.applyToAll())
defaultOption = ret;
break;
case RenameDialog::ActionRename:
ret = FM_FILE_OP_RENAME;
new_name = dlg.newName();
break;
case RenameDialog::ActionIgnore:
ret = FM_FILE_OP_SKIP;
if(dlg.applyToAll())
defaultOption = ret;
break;
default:
ret = FM_FILE_OP_CANCEL;
break;
}
}
else
ret = defaultOption;
return ret;
}
FmJobErrorAction FileOperationDialog::error(GError* err, FmJobErrorSeverity severity) {
if(severity >= FM_JOB_ERROR_MODERATE) {
QMessageBox::critical(this, tr("Error"), QString::fromUtf8(err->message));
if(severity == FM_JOB_ERROR_CRITICAL)
return FM_JOB_ABORT;
}
return FM_JOB_CONTINUE;
}
void FileOperationDialog::setCurFile(QString cur_file) {
ui->curFile->setText(cur_file);
}
void FileOperationDialog::setPercent(unsigned int percent) {
ui->progressBar->setValue(percent);
}
void FileOperationDialog::setRemainingTime(unsigned int sec) {
unsigned int min = 0;
unsigned int hr = 0;
if(sec > 60) {
min = sec / 60;
sec %= 60;
if(min > 60) {
hr = min / 60;
min %= 60;
}
}
ui->timeRemaining->setText(QString("%1:%2:%3")
.arg(hr, 2, 10, QChar('0'))
.arg(min, 2, 10, QChar('0'))
.arg(sec, 2, 10, QChar('0')));
}
void FileOperationDialog::setPrepared() {
}
void FileOperationDialog::reject() {
operation->cancel();
QDialog::reject();
}
} // namespace Fm

@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
/*
* Copyright (C) 2012 - 2015 Hong Jen Yee (PCMan) <pcman.tw@gmail.com>
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*
*/
#ifndef FM_FILEOPERATIONDIALOG_H
#define FM_FILEOPERATIONDIALOG_H
#include "libfmqtglobals.h"
#include <QDialog>
#include <libfm/fm.h>
namespace Ui {
class FileOperationDialog;
};
namespace Fm {
class FileOperation;
class LIBFM_QT_API FileOperationDialog : public QDialog {
Q_OBJECT
public:
explicit FileOperationDialog(FileOperation* _operation);
virtual ~FileOperationDialog();
void setSourceFiles(FmPathList* srcFiles);
void setDestPath(FmPath* dest);
int ask(QString question, char* const* options);
int askRename(FmFileInfo* src, FmFileInfo* dest, QString& new_name);
FmJobErrorAction error(GError* err, FmJobErrorSeverity severity);
void setPrepared();
void setCurFile(QString cur_file);
void setPercent(unsigned int percent);
void setRemainingTime(unsigned int sec);
virtual void reject();
private:
Ui::FileOperationDialog* ui;
FileOperation* operation;
int defaultOption;
};
}
#endif // FM_FILEOPERATIONDIALOG_H

@ -0,0 +1,444 @@
/*
* Copyright (C) 2012 - 2015 Hong Jen Yee (PCMan) <pcman.tw@gmail.com>
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*
*/
#include "filepropsdialog.h"
#include "ui_file-props.h"
#include "icontheme.h"
#include "utilities.h"
#include "fileoperation.h"
#include <QStringBuilder>
#include <QStringListModel>
#include <QMessageBox>
#include <qdial.h>
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <time.h>
#define DIFFERENT_UIDS ((uid)-1)
#define DIFFERENT_GIDS ((gid)-1)
#define DIFFERENT_PERMS ((mode_t)-1)
namespace Fm {
enum {
ACCESS_NO_CHANGE = 0,
ACCESS_READ_ONLY,
ACCESS_READ_WRITE,
ACCESS_FORBID
};
FilePropsDialog::FilePropsDialog(FmFileInfoList* files, QWidget* parent, Qt::WindowFlags f):
QDialog(parent, f),
fileInfos_(fm_file_info_list_ref(files)),
singleType(fm_file_info_list_is_same_type(files)),
singleFile(fm_file_info_list_get_length(files) == 1 ? true:false),
fileInfo(fm_file_info_list_peek_head(files)),
mimeType(NULL) {
setAttribute(Qt::WA_DeleteOnClose);
ui = new Ui::FilePropsDialog();
ui->setupUi(this);
if(singleType) {
mimeType = fm_mime_type_ref(fm_file_info_get_mime_type(fileInfo));
}
FmPathList* paths = fm_path_list_new_from_file_info_list(files);
deepCountJob = fm_deep_count_job_new(paths, FM_DC_JOB_DEFAULT);
fm_path_list_unref(paths);
initGeneralPage();
initPermissionsPage();
}
FilePropsDialog::~FilePropsDialog() {
delete ui;
if(fileInfos_)
fm_file_info_list_unref(fileInfos_);
if(deepCountJob)
g_object_unref(deepCountJob);
if(fileSizeTimer) {
fileSizeTimer->stop();
delete fileSizeTimer;
fileSizeTimer = NULL;
}
}
void FilePropsDialog::initApplications() {
if(singleType && mimeType && !fm_file_info_is_dir(fileInfo)) {
ui->openWith->setMimeType(mimeType);
}
else {
ui->openWith->hide();
ui->openWithLabel->hide();
}
}
void FilePropsDialog::initPermissionsPage() {
// ownership handling
// get owner/group and mode of the first file in the list
uid = fm_file_info_get_uid(fileInfo);
gid = fm_file_info_get_gid(fileInfo);
mode_t mode = fm_file_info_get_mode(fileInfo);
ownerPerm = (mode & (S_IRUSR|S_IWUSR|S_IXUSR));
groupPerm = (mode & (S_IRGRP|S_IWGRP|S_IXGRP));
otherPerm = (mode & (S_IROTH|S_IWOTH|S_IXOTH));
execPerm = (mode & (S_IXUSR|S_IXGRP|S_IXOTH));
allNative = fm_file_info_is_native(fileInfo);
hasDir = S_ISDIR(mode);
// check if all selected files belongs to the same owner/group or have the same mode
// at the same time, check if all files are on native unix filesystems
GList* l;
for(l = fm_file_info_list_peek_head_link(fileInfos_)->next; l; l = l->next) {
FmFileInfo* fi = FM_FILE_INFO(l->data);
if(allNative && !fm_file_info_is_native(fi))
allNative = false; // not all of the files are native
mode_t fi_mode = fm_file_info_get_mode(fi);
if(S_ISDIR(fi_mode))
hasDir = true; // the files list contains dir(s)
if(uid != DIFFERENT_UIDS && uid != fm_file_info_get_uid(fi))
uid = DIFFERENT_UIDS; // not all files have the same owner
if(gid != DIFFERENT_GIDS && gid != fm_file_info_get_gid(fi))
gid = DIFFERENT_GIDS; // not all files have the same owner group
if(ownerPerm != DIFFERENT_PERMS && ownerPerm != (fi_mode & (S_IRUSR|S_IWUSR|S_IXUSR)))
ownerPerm = DIFFERENT_PERMS; // not all files have the same permission for owner
if(groupPerm != DIFFERENT_PERMS && groupPerm != (fi_mode & (S_IRGRP|S_IWGRP|S_IXGRP)))
groupPerm = DIFFERENT_PERMS; // not all files have the same permission for grop
if(otherPerm != DIFFERENT_PERMS && otherPerm != (fi_mode & (S_IROTH|S_IWOTH|S_IXOTH)))
otherPerm = DIFFERENT_PERMS; // not all files have the same permission for other
if(execPerm != DIFFERENT_PERMS && execPerm != (fi_mode & (S_IXUSR|S_IXGRP|S_IXOTH)))
execPerm = DIFFERENT_PERMS; // not all files have the same executable permission
}
// init owner/group
initOwner();
// if all files are of the same type, and some of them are dirs => all of the items are dirs
// rwx values have different meanings for dirs
// Let's make it clear for the users
// init combo boxes for file permissions here
QStringList comboItems;
comboItems.append("---"); // no change
if(singleType && hasDir) { // all files are dirs
comboItems.append(tr("View folder content"));
comboItems.append(tr("View and modify folder content"));
ui->executable->hide();
}
else { //not all of the files are dirs
comboItems.append(tr("Read"));
comboItems.append(tr("Read and write"));
}
comboItems.append(tr("Forbidden"));
QStringListModel* comboModel = new QStringListModel(comboItems, this);
ui->ownerPerm->setModel(comboModel);
ui->groupPerm->setModel(comboModel);
ui->otherPerm->setModel(comboModel);
// owner
ownerPermSel = ACCESS_NO_CHANGE;
if(ownerPerm != DIFFERENT_PERMS) { // permissions for owner are the same among all files
if(ownerPerm & S_IRUSR) { // can read
if(ownerPerm & S_IWUSR) // can write
ownerPermSel = ACCESS_READ_WRITE;
else
ownerPermSel = ACCESS_READ_ONLY;
}
else {
if((ownerPerm & S_IWUSR) == 0) // cannot read or write
ownerPermSel = ACCESS_FORBID;
}
}
ui->ownerPerm->setCurrentIndex(ownerPermSel);
// owner and group
groupPermSel = ACCESS_NO_CHANGE;
if(groupPerm != DIFFERENT_PERMS) { // permissions for owner are the same among all files
if(groupPerm & S_IRGRP) { // can read
if(groupPerm & S_IWGRP) // can write
groupPermSel = ACCESS_READ_WRITE;
else
groupPermSel = ACCESS_READ_ONLY;
}
else {
if((groupPerm & S_IWGRP) == 0) // cannot read or write
groupPermSel = ACCESS_FORBID;
}
}
ui->groupPerm->setCurrentIndex(groupPermSel);
// other
otherPermSel = ACCESS_NO_CHANGE;
if(otherPerm != DIFFERENT_PERMS) { // permissions for owner are the same among all files
if(otherPerm & S_IROTH) { // can read
if(otherPerm & S_IWOTH) // can write
otherPermSel = ACCESS_READ_WRITE;
else
otherPermSel = ACCESS_READ_ONLY;
}
else {
if((otherPerm & S_IWOTH) == 0) // cannot read or write
otherPermSel = ACCESS_FORBID;
}
}
ui->otherPerm->setCurrentIndex(otherPermSel);
// set the checkbox to partially checked state
// when owner, group, and other have different executable flags set.
// some of them have exec, and others do not have.
execCheckState = Qt::PartiallyChecked;
if(execPerm != DIFFERENT_PERMS) { // if all files have the same executable permission
// check if the files are all executable
if((mode & (S_IXUSR|S_IXGRP|S_IXOTH)) == (S_IXUSR|S_IXGRP|S_IXOTH)) {
// owner, group, and other all have exec permission.
ui->executable->setTristate(false);
execCheckState = Qt::Checked;
}
else if((mode & (S_IXUSR|S_IXGRP|S_IXOTH)) == 0) {
// owner, group, and other all have no exec permission
ui->executable->setTristate(false);
execCheckState = Qt::Unchecked;
}
}
ui->executable->setCheckState(execCheckState);
}
void FilePropsDialog::initGeneralPage() {
// update UI
if(singleType) { // all files are of the same mime-type
FmIcon* icon = NULL;
// FIXME: handle custom icons for some files
// FIXME: display special property pages for special files or
// some specified mime-types.
if(singleFile) { // only one file is selected.
icon = fm_file_info_get_icon(fileInfo);
}
if(mimeType) {
if(!icon) // get an icon from mime type if needed
icon = fm_mime_type_get_icon(mimeType);
ui->fileType->setText(QString::fromUtf8(fm_mime_type_get_desc(mimeType)));
ui->mimeType->setText(QString::fromUtf8(fm_mime_type_get_type(mimeType)));
}
if(icon) {
ui->iconButton->setIcon(IconTheme::icon(icon));
}
if(singleFile && fm_file_info_is_symlink(fileInfo)) {
ui->target->setText(QString::fromUtf8(fm_file_info_get_target(fileInfo)));
}
else {
ui->target->hide();
ui->targetLabel->hide();
}
} // end if(singleType)
else { // not singleType, multiple files are selected at the same time
ui->fileType->setText(tr("Files of different types"));
ui->target->hide();
ui->targetLabel->hide();
}
// FIXME: check if all files has the same parent dir, mtime, or atime
if(singleFile) { // only one file is selected
FmPath* parent_path = fm_path_get_parent(fm_file_info_get_path(fileInfo));
char* parent_str = parent_path ? fm_path_display_name(parent_path, true) : NULL;
ui->fileName->setText(QString::fromUtf8(fm_file_info_get_disp_name(fileInfo)));
if(parent_str) {
ui->location->setText(QString::fromUtf8(parent_str));
g_free(parent_str);
}
else
ui->location->clear();
ui->lastModified->setText(QString::fromUtf8(fm_file_info_get_disp_mtime(fileInfo)));
// FIXME: need to encapsulate this in an libfm API.
time_t atime;
struct tm tm;
atime = fm_file_info_get_atime(fileInfo);
localtime_r(&atime, &tm);
char buf[128];
strftime(buf, sizeof(buf), "%x %R", &tm);
ui->lastAccessed->setText(QString::fromUtf8(buf));
}
else {
ui->fileName->setText(tr("Multiple Files"));
ui->fileName->setEnabled(false);
}
initApplications(); // init applications combo box
// calculate total file sizes
fileSizeTimer = new QTimer(this);
connect(fileSizeTimer, &QTimer::timeout, this, &FilePropsDialog::onFileSizeTimerTimeout);
fileSizeTimer->start(600);
g_signal_connect(deepCountJob, "finished", G_CALLBACK(onDeepCountJobFinished), this);
gboolean ret = fm_job_run_async(FM_JOB(deepCountJob));
}
/*static */ void FilePropsDialog::onDeepCountJobFinished(FmDeepCountJob* job, FilePropsDialog* pThis) {
pThis->onFileSizeTimerTimeout(); // update file size display
// free the job
g_object_unref(pThis->deepCountJob);
pThis->deepCountJob = NULL;
// stop the timer
if(pThis->fileSizeTimer) {
pThis->fileSizeTimer->stop();
delete pThis->fileSizeTimer;
pThis->fileSizeTimer = NULL;
}
}
void FilePropsDialog::onFileSizeTimerTimeout() {
if(deepCountJob && !fm_job_is_cancelled(FM_JOB(deepCountJob))) {
char size_str[128];
fm_file_size_to_str(size_str, sizeof(size_str), deepCountJob->total_size,
fm_config->si_unit);
// FIXME:
// OMG! It's really unbelievable that Qt developers only implement
// QObject::tr(... int n). GNU gettext developers are smarter and
// they use unsigned long instead of int.
// We cannot use Qt here to handle plural forms. So sad. :-(
QString str = QString::fromUtf8(size_str) %
QString(" (%1 B)").arg(deepCountJob->total_size);
// tr(" (%n) byte(s)", "", deepCountJob->total_size);
ui->fileSize->setText(str);
fm_file_size_to_str(size_str, sizeof(size_str), deepCountJob->total_ondisk_size,
fm_config->si_unit);
str = QString::fromUtf8(size_str) %
QString(" (%1 B)").arg(deepCountJob->total_ondisk_size);
// tr(" (%n) byte(s)", "", deepCountJob->total_ondisk_size);
ui->onDiskSize->setText(str);
}
}
void FilePropsDialog::accept() {
// applications
if(mimeType && ui->openWith->isChanged()) {
GAppInfo* currentApp = ui->openWith->selectedApp();
g_app_info_set_as_default_for_type(currentApp, fm_mime_type_get_type(mimeType), NULL);
}
// check if chown or chmod is needed
guint32 newUid = uidFromName(ui->owner->text());
guint32 newGid = gidFromName(ui->ownerGroup->text());
bool needChown = (newUid != -1 && newUid != uid) || (newGid != -1 && newGid != gid);
int newOwnerPermSel = ui->ownerPerm->currentIndex();
int newGroupPermSel = ui->groupPerm->currentIndex();
int newOtherPermSel = ui->otherPerm->currentIndex();
Qt::CheckState newExecCheckState = ui->executable->checkState();
bool needChmod = ((newOwnerPermSel != ownerPermSel) ||
(newGroupPermSel != groupPermSel) ||
(newOtherPermSel != otherPermSel) ||
(newExecCheckState != execCheckState));
if(needChmod || needChown) {
FmPathList* paths = fm_path_list_new_from_file_info_list(fileInfos_);
FileOperation* op = new FileOperation(FileOperation::ChangeAttr, paths);
fm_path_list_unref(paths);
if(needChown) {
// don't do chown if new uid/gid and the original ones are actually the same.
if(newUid == uid)
newUid = -1;
if(newGid == gid)
newGid = -1;
op->setChown(newUid, newGid);
}
if(needChmod) {
mode_t newMode = 0;
mode_t newModeMask = 0;
// FIXME: we need to make sure that folders with "r" permission also have "x"
// at the same time. Otherwise, it's not able to browse the folder later.
if(newOwnerPermSel != ownerPermSel && newOwnerPermSel != ACCESS_NO_CHANGE) {
// owner permission changed
newModeMask |= (S_IRUSR|S_IWUSR); // affect user bits
if(newOwnerPermSel == ACCESS_READ_ONLY)
newMode |= S_IRUSR;
else if(newOwnerPermSel == ACCESS_READ_WRITE)
newMode |= (S_IRUSR|S_IWUSR);
}
if(newGroupPermSel != groupPermSel && newGroupPermSel != ACCESS_NO_CHANGE) {
qDebug("newGroupPermSel: %d", newGroupPermSel);
// group permission changed
newModeMask |= (S_IRGRP|S_IWGRP); // affect group bits
if(newGroupPermSel == ACCESS_READ_ONLY)
newMode |= S_IRGRP;
else if(newGroupPermSel == ACCESS_READ_WRITE)
newMode |= (S_IRGRP|S_IWGRP);
}
if(newOtherPermSel != otherPermSel && newOtherPermSel != ACCESS_NO_CHANGE) {
// other permission changed
newModeMask |= (S_IROTH|S_IWOTH); // affect other bits
if(newOtherPermSel == ACCESS_READ_ONLY)
newMode |= S_IROTH;
else if(newOtherPermSel == ACCESS_READ_WRITE)
newMode |= (S_IROTH|S_IWOTH);
}
if(newExecCheckState != execCheckState && newExecCheckState != Qt::PartiallyChecked) {
// executable state changed
newModeMask |= (S_IXUSR|S_IXGRP|S_IXOTH);
if(newExecCheckState == Qt::Checked)
newMode |= (S_IXUSR|S_IXGRP|S_IXOTH);
}
op->setChmod(newMode, newModeMask);
if(hasDir) { // if there are some dirs in our selected files
QMessageBox::StandardButton r = QMessageBox::question(this,
tr("Apply changes"),
tr("Do you want to recursively apply these changes to all files and sub-folders?"),
QMessageBox::Yes|QMessageBox::No);
if(r == QMessageBox::Yes)
op->setRecursiveChattr(true);
}
}
op->setAutoDestroy(true);
op->run();
}
QDialog::accept();
}
void FilePropsDialog::initOwner() {
if(allNative) {
if(uid != DIFFERENT_UIDS)
ui->owner->setText(uidToName(uid));
if(gid != DIFFERENT_GIDS)
ui->ownerGroup->setText(gidToName(gid));
if(geteuid() != 0) { // on local filesystems, only root can do chown.
ui->owner->setEnabled(false);
ui->ownerGroup->setEnabled(false);
}
}
}
} // namespace Fm

@ -0,0 +1,97 @@
/*
* Copyright (C) 2012 - 2015 Hong Jen Yee (PCMan) <pcman.tw@gmail.com>
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*
*/
#ifndef FM_FILEPROPSDIALOG_H
#define FM_FILEPROPSDIALOG_H
#include "libfmqtglobals.h"
#include <QDialog>
#include <QTimer>
#include <libfm/fm.h>
namespace Ui {
class FilePropsDialog;
};
namespace Fm {
class LIBFM_QT_API FilePropsDialog : public QDialog {
Q_OBJECT
public:
explicit FilePropsDialog(FmFileInfoList* files, QWidget* parent = 0, Qt::WindowFlags f = 0);
virtual ~FilePropsDialog();
virtual void accept();
static FilePropsDialog* showForFile(FmFileInfo* file, QWidget* parent = 0) {
FmFileInfoList* files = fm_file_info_list_new();
fm_file_info_list_push_tail(files, file);
FilePropsDialog* dlg = showForFiles(files, parent);
fm_file_info_list_unref(files);
return dlg;
}
static FilePropsDialog* showForFiles(FmFileInfoList* files, QWidget* parent = 0) {
FilePropsDialog* dlg = new FilePropsDialog(files, parent);
dlg->show();
return dlg;
}
private:
void initGeneralPage();
void initApplications();
void initPermissionsPage();
void initOwner();
static void onDeepCountJobFinished(FmDeepCountJob* job, FilePropsDialog* pThis);
private Q_SLOTS:
void onFileSizeTimerTimeout();
private:
Ui::FilePropsDialog* ui;
FmFileInfoList* fileInfos_; // list of all file infos
FmFileInfo* fileInfo; // file info of the first file in the list
bool singleType; // all files are of the same type?
bool singleFile; // only one file is selected?
bool hasDir; // is there any dir in the files?
bool allNative; // all files are on native UNIX filesystems (not virtual or remote)
FmMimeType* mimeType; // mime type of the files
gint32 uid; // owner uid of the files, -1 means all files do not have the same uid
gint32 gid; // owner gid of the files, -1 means all files do not have the same uid
mode_t ownerPerm; // read permission of the files, -1 means not all files have the same value
int ownerPermSel;
mode_t groupPerm; // read permission of the files, -1 means not all files have the same value
int groupPermSel;
mode_t otherPerm; // read permission of the files, -1 means not all files have the same value
int otherPermSel;
mode_t execPerm; // exec permission of the files
Qt::CheckState execCheckState;
FmDeepCountJob* deepCountJob; // job used to count total size
QTimer* fileSizeTimer;
};
}
#endif // FM_FILEPROPSDIALOG_H

@ -0,0 +1,449 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<ui version="4.0">
<class>SearchDialog</class>
<widget class="QDialog" name="SearchDialog">
<property name="geometry">
<rect>
<x>0</x>
<y>0</y>
<width>512</width>
<height>420</height>
</rect>
</property>
<property name="windowTitle">
<string>Search Files</string>
</property>
<property name="windowIcon">
<iconset theme="system-search">
<normaloff/>
</iconset>
</property>
<layout class="QVBoxLayout" name="verticalLayout">
<item>
<widget class="QTabWidget" name="tabWidget">
<property name="currentIndex">
<number>0</number>
</property>
<widget class="QWidget" name="tab">
<attribute name="title">
<string>Name/Location</string>
</attribute>
<layout class="QVBoxLayout" name="verticalLayout_2" stretch="0,1">
<item>
<widget class="QGroupBox" name="groupBox">
<property name="title">
<string>File Name Patterns:</string>
</property>
<layout class="QVBoxLayout" name="verticalLayout_3">
<item>
<widget class="QLineEdit" name="namePatterns">
<property name="text">
<string>*</string>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item>
<widget class="QCheckBox" name="nameCaseInsensitive">
<property name="text">
<string>Case insensitive</string>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item>
<widget class="QCheckBox" name="nameRegExp">
<property name="text">
<string>Use regular expression</string>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
</layout>
</widget>
</item>
<item>
<widget class="QGroupBox" name="groupBox_2">
<property name="title">
<string>Places to Search:</string>
</property>
<layout class="QVBoxLayout" name="verticalLayout_5">
<item>
<layout class="QHBoxLayout" name="horizontalLayout">
<item>
<widget class="QListWidget" name="listView"/>
</item>
<item>
<layout class="QVBoxLayout" name="verticalLayout_4">
<item>
<widget class="QPushButton" name="addPath">
<property name="text">
<string>&amp;Add</string>
</property>
<property name="icon">
<iconset theme="list-add">
<normaloff/>
</iconset>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item>
<widget class="QPushButton" name="removePath">
<property name="text">
<string>&amp;Remove</string>
</property>
<property name="icon">
<iconset theme="list-remove">
<normaloff/>
</iconset>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item>
<spacer name="verticalSpacer">
<property name="orientation">
<enum>Qt::Vertical</enum>
</property>
<property name="sizeHint" stdset="0">
<size>
<width>20</width>
<height>40</height>
</size>
</property>
</spacer>
</item>
</layout>
</item>
</layout>
</item>
<item>
<widget class="QCheckBox" name="recursiveSearch">
<property name="text">
<string>Search in sub directories</string>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item>
<widget class="QCheckBox" name="searchHidden">
<property name="text">
<string>Search for hidden files</string>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
</layout>
</widget>
</item>
</layout>
</widget>
<widget class="QWidget" name="tab_2">
<attribute name="title">
<string>File Type</string>
</attribute>
<layout class="QVBoxLayout" name="verticalLayout_7">
<item>
<widget class="QGroupBox" name="groupBox_3">
<property name="title">
<string>Only search for files of following types:</string>
</property>
<layout class="QVBoxLayout" name="verticalLayout_6">
<item>
<widget class="QCheckBox" name="searchTextFiles">
<property name="text">
<string>Text files</string>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item>
<widget class="QCheckBox" name="searchImages">
<property name="text">
<string>Image files</string>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item>
<widget class="QCheckBox" name="searchAudio">
<property name="text">
<string>Audio files</string>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item>
<widget class="QCheckBox" name="searchVideo">
<property name="text">
<string>Video files</string>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item>
<widget class="QCheckBox" name="searchDocuments">
<property name="text">
<string>Documents</string>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item>
<widget class="QCheckBox" name="searchFolders">
<property name="text">
<string>Folders</string>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
</layout>
</widget>
</item>
<item>
<spacer name="verticalSpacer_2">
<property name="orientation">
<enum>Qt::Vertical</enum>
</property>
<property name="sizeHint" stdset="0">
<size>
<width>20</width>
<height>40</height>
</size>
</property>
</spacer>
</item>
</layout>
</widget>
<widget class="QWidget" name="tab_3">
<attribute name="title">
<string>Content</string>
</attribute>
<layout class="QVBoxLayout" name="verticalLayout_9">
<item>
<widget class="QGroupBox" name="groupBox_4">
<property name="title">
<string>File contains:</string>
</property>
<layout class="QVBoxLayout" name="verticalLayout_8">
<item>
<widget class="QLineEdit" name="contentPattern"/>
</item>
<item>
<widget class="QCheckBox" name="contentCaseInsensitive">
<property name="text">
<string>Case insensiti&amp;ve</string>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item>
<widget class="QCheckBox" name="contentRegExp">
<property name="text">
<string>&amp;Use regular expression</string>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
</layout>
</widget>
</item>
<item>
<spacer name="verticalSpacer_3">
<property name="orientation">
<enum>Qt::Vertical</enum>
</property>
<property name="sizeHint" stdset="0">
<size>
<width>20</width>
<height>186</height>
</size>
</property>
</spacer>
</item>
</layout>
</widget>
<widget class="QWidget" name="tab_4">
<attribute name="title">
<string>Properties</string>
</attribute>
<layout class="QVBoxLayout" name="verticalLayout_10">
<item>
<widget class="QGroupBox" name="groupBox_5">
<property name="title">
<string>File Size:</string>
</property>
<layout class="QFormLayout" name="formLayout">
<item row="0" column="0">
<widget class="QCheckBox" name="largerThan">
<property name="text">
<string>Larger than:</string>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="0" column="1">
<layout class="QHBoxLayout" name="horizontalLayout_2">
<item>
<widget class="QSpinBox" name="minSize"/>
</item>
<item>
<widget class="QComboBox" name="minSizeUnit">
<property name="currentIndex">
<number>2</number>
</property>
<item>
<property name="text">
<string>Bytes</string>
</property>
</item>
<item>
<property name="text">
<string>KiB</string>
</property>
</item>
<item>
<property name="text">
<string>MiB</string>
</property>
</item>
<item>
<property name="text">
<string>GiB</string>
</property>
</item>
</widget>
</item>
</layout>
</item>
<item row="1" column="0">
<widget class="QCheckBox" name="smallerThan">
<property name="text">
<string>Smaller than:</string>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="1" column="1">
<layout class="QHBoxLayout" name="horizontalLayout_3">
<item>
<widget class="QSpinBox" name="maxSize"/>
</item>
<item>
<widget class="QComboBox" name="maxSizeUnit">
<property name="currentIndex">
<number>2</number>
</property>
<item>
<property name="text">
<string>Bytes</string>
</property>
</item>
<item>
<property name="text">
<string>KiB</string>
</property>
</item>
<item>
<property name="text">
<string>MiB</string>
</property>
</item>
<item>
<property name="text">
<string>GiB</string>
</property>
</item>
</widget>
</item>
</layout>
</item>
</layout>
</widget>
</item>
<item>
<widget class="QGroupBox" name="groupBox_6">
<property name="title">
<string>Last Modified Time:</string>
</property>
<layout class="QFormLayout" name="formLayout_2">
<item row="0" column="0">
<widget class="QCheckBox" name="earlierThan">
<property name="text">
<string>Earlier than:</string>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="1" column="0">
<widget class="QCheckBox" name="laterThan">
<property name="text">
<string>Later than:</string>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="0" column="1">
<widget class="QDateEdit" name="maxTime">
<property name="calendarPopup">
<bool>true</bool>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="1" column="1">
<widget class="QDateEdit" name="minTime">
<property name="calendarPopup">
<bool>true</bool>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
</layout>
</widget>
</item>
<item>
<spacer name="verticalSpacer_4">
<property name="orientation">
<enum>Qt::Vertical</enum>
</property>
<property name="sizeHint" stdset="0">
<size>
<width>20</width>
<height>40</height>
</size>
</property>
</spacer>
</item>
</layout>
</widget>
</widget>
</item>
<item>
<widget class="QDialogButtonBox" name="buttonBox">
<property name="orientation">
<enum>Qt::Horizontal</enum>
</property>
<property name="standardButtons">
<set>QDialogButtonBox::Cancel|QDialogButtonBox::Ok</set>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
</layout>
</widget>
<resources/>
<connections>
<connection>
<sender>buttonBox</sender>
<signal>accepted()</signal>
<receiver>SearchDialog</receiver>
<slot>accept()</slot>
<hints>
<hint type="sourcelabel">
<x>248</x>
<y>254</y>
</hint>
<hint type="destinationlabel">
<x>157</x>
<y>274</y>
</hint>
</hints>
</connection>
<connection>
<sender>buttonBox</sender>
<signal>rejected()</signal>
<receiver>SearchDialog</receiver>
<slot>reject()</slot>
<hints>
<hint type="sourcelabel">
<x>316</x>
<y>260</y>
</hint>
<hint type="destinationlabel">
<x>286</x>
<y>274</y>
</hint>
</hints>
</connection>
</connections>
</ui>

@ -0,0 +1,143 @@
/*
* Copyright (C) 2015 Hong Jen Yee (PCMan) <pcman.tw@gmail.com>
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*
*/
#include "filesearchdialog.h"
#include <QMessageBox>
#include "fm-search.h"
#include "ui_filesearch.h"
#include <limits>
#include <QFileDialog>
namespace Fm {
FileSearchDialog::FileSearchDialog(QStringList paths, QWidget* parent, Qt::WindowFlags f):
QDialog(parent, f),
ui(new Ui::SearchDialog()) {
ui->setupUi(this);
ui->minSize->setMaximum(std::numeric_limits<int>().max());
ui->maxSize->setMaximum(std::numeric_limits<int>().max());
Q_FOREACH(const QString& path, paths) {
ui->listView->addItem(path);
}
ui->maxTime->setDate(QDate::currentDate());
ui->minTime->setDate(QDate::currentDate());
connect(ui->addPath, &QPushButton::clicked, this, &FileSearchDialog::onAddPath);
connect(ui->removePath, &QPushButton::clicked, this, &FileSearchDialog::onRemovePath);
}
FileSearchDialog::~FileSearchDialog() {
delete ui;
}
void FileSearchDialog::accept() {
// build the search:/// uri
int n = ui->listView->count();
if(n > 0) {
FmSearch* search = fm_search_new();
int i;
for(i = 0; i < n; ++i) { // add directories
QListWidgetItem* item = ui->listView->item(i);
fm_search_add_dir(search, item->text().toLocal8Bit().constData());
}
fm_search_set_recursive(search, ui->recursiveSearch->isChecked());
fm_search_set_show_hidden(search, ui->searchHidden->isChecked());
fm_search_set_name_patterns(search, ui->namePatterns->text().toUtf8().constData());
fm_search_set_name_ci(search, ui->nameCaseInsensitive->isChecked());
fm_search_set_name_regex(search, ui->nameRegExp->isChecked());
fm_search_set_content_pattern(search, ui->contentPattern->text().toUtf8().constData());
fm_search_set_content_ci(search, ui->contentCaseInsensitive->isChecked());
fm_search_set_content_regex(search, ui->contentRegExp->isChecked());
// search for the files of specific mime-types
if(ui->searchTextFiles->isChecked())
fm_search_add_mime_type(search, "text/plain");
if(ui->searchImages->isChecked())
fm_search_add_mime_type(search, "image/*");
if(ui->searchAudio->isChecked())
fm_search_add_mime_type(search, "audio/*");
if(ui->searchVideo->isChecked())
fm_search_add_mime_type(search, "video/*");
if(ui->searchFolders->isChecked())
fm_search_add_mime_type(search, "inode/directory");
if(ui->searchDocuments->isChecked()) {
const char* doc_types[] = {
"application/pdf",
/* "text/html;" */
"application/vnd.oasis.opendocument.*",
"application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.*",
"application/msword;application/vnd.ms-word",
"application/msexcel;application/vnd.ms-excel"
};
for(i = 0; i < sizeof(doc_types)/sizeof(char*); ++i)
fm_search_add_mime_type(search, doc_types[i]);
}
// search based on file size
const unsigned int unit_bytes[] = {1, (1024), (1024*1024), (1024*1024*1024)};
if(ui->largerThan->isChecked()) {
guint64 size = ui->minSize->value() * unit_bytes[ui->minSizeUnit->currentIndex()];
fm_search_set_min_size(search, size);
}
if(ui->smallerThan->isChecked()) {
guint64 size = ui->maxSize->value() * unit_bytes[ui->maxSizeUnit->currentIndex()];
fm_search_set_min_size(search, size);
}
// search based on file mtime (we only support date in YYYY-MM-DD format)
if(ui->earlierThan->isChecked()) {
fm_search_set_max_mtime(search, ui->maxTime->date().toString(QStringLiteral("yyyy-MM-dd")).toUtf8().constData());
}
if(ui->laterThan->isChecked()) {
fm_search_set_min_mtime(search, ui->minTime->date().toString(QStringLiteral("yyyy-MM-dd")).toUtf8().constData());
}
searchUri_.take(fm_search_dup_path(search));
fm_search_free(search);
}
else {
QMessageBox::critical(this, tr("Error"), tr("You should add at least add one directory to search."));
return;
}
QDialog::accept();
}
void FileSearchDialog::onAddPath() {
QString dir = QFileDialog::getExistingDirectory(this, tr("Select a folder"));
if(dir.isEmpty())
return;
// avoid adding duplicated items
if(ui->listView->findItems(dir, Qt::MatchFixedString|Qt::MatchCaseSensitive).isEmpty()) {
ui->listView->addItem(dir);
}
}
void FileSearchDialog::onRemovePath() {
// remove selected items
Q_FOREACH(QListWidgetItem* item, ui->listView->selectedItems()) {
delete item;
}
}
}

@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
/*
* Copyright (C) 2015 Hong Jen Yee (PCMan) <pcman.tw@gmail.com>
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*
*/
#ifndef FM_FILESEARCHDIALOG_H
#define FM_FILESEARCHDIALOG_H
#include "libfmqtglobals.h"
#include <QDialog>
#include "path.h"
namespace Ui {
class SearchDialog;
}
namespace Fm {
class LIBFM_QT_API FileSearchDialog : public QDialog
{
public:
FileSearchDialog(QStringList paths = QStringList(), QWidget * parent = 0, Qt::WindowFlags f = 0);
~FileSearchDialog();
Path searchUri() const {
return searchUri_;
}
virtual void accept();
private Q_SLOTS:
void onAddPath();
void onRemovePath();
private:
Ui::SearchDialog* ui;
Path searchUri_;
};
}
#endif // FM_FILESEARCHDIALOG_H

@ -0,0 +1,317 @@
/*
* fm-search-uri.c
*
* Copyright 2015 Hong Jen Yee (PCMan) <pcman.tw@gmail.com>
* Copyright 2012-2014 Andriy Grytsenko (LStranger) <andrej@rep.kiev.ua>
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*
*/
#include "fm-search.h"
#include <string.h>
struct _FmSearch
{
gboolean recursive;
gboolean show_hidden;
char* name_patterns;
gboolean name_ci;
gboolean name_regex;
char* content_pattern;
gboolean content_ci;
gboolean content_regex;
GList* mime_types;
GList* search_path_list;
guint64 max_size;
guint64 min_size;
char* max_mtime;
char* min_mtime;
};
FmSearch* fm_search_new (void)
{
FmSearch* search = (FmSearch*)g_slice_new0(FmSearch);
return search;
}
void fm_search_free(FmSearch* search)
{
g_list_free_full(search->mime_types, (GDestroyNotify)g_free);
g_list_free_full(search->search_path_list, (GDestroyNotify)g_free);
g_free(search->name_patterns);
g_free(search->content_pattern);
g_free(search->max_mtime);
g_free(search->min_mtime);
g_slice_free(FmSearch, search);
}
gboolean fm_search_get_recursive(FmSearch* search)
{
return search->recursive;
}
void fm_search_set_recursive(FmSearch* search, gboolean recursive)
{
search->recursive = recursive;
}
gboolean fm_search_get_show_hidden(FmSearch* search)
{
return search->show_hidden;
}
void fm_search_set_show_hidden(FmSearch* search, gboolean show_hidden)
{
search->show_hidden = show_hidden;
}
const char* fm_search_get_name_patterns(FmSearch* search)
{
return search->name_patterns;
}
void fm_search_set_name_patterns(FmSearch* search, const char* name_patterns)
{
g_free(search->name_patterns);
search->name_patterns = g_strdup(name_patterns);
}
gboolean fm_search_get_name_ci(FmSearch* search)
{
return search->name_ci;
}
void fm_search_set_name_ci(FmSearch* search, gboolean name_ci)
{
search->name_ci = name_ci;
}
gboolean fm_search_get_name_regex(FmSearch* search)
{
return search->name_regex;
}
void fm_search_set_name_regex(FmSearch* search, gboolean name_regex)
{
search->name_regex = name_regex;
}
const char* fm_search_get_content_pattern(FmSearch* search)
{
return search->content_pattern;
}
void fm_search_set_content_pattern(FmSearch* search, const char* content_pattern)
{
g_free(search->content_pattern);
search->content_pattern = g_strdup(content_pattern);
}
gboolean fm_search_get_content_ci(FmSearch* search)
{
return search->content_ci;
}
void fm_search_set_content_ci(FmSearch* search, gboolean content_ci)
{
search->content_ci = content_ci;
}
gboolean fm_search_get_content_regex(FmSearch* search)
{
return search->content_regex;
}
void fm_search_set_content_regex(FmSearch* search, gboolean content_regex)
{
search->content_regex = content_regex;
}
void fm_search_add_dir(FmSearch* search, const char* dir)
{
GList* l = g_list_find_custom(search->search_path_list, dir, (GCompareFunc)strcmp);
if(!l)
search->search_path_list = g_list_prepend(search->search_path_list, g_strdup(dir));
}
void fm_search_remove_dir(FmSearch* search, const char* dir)
{
GList* l = g_list_find_custom(search->search_path_list, dir, (GCompareFunc)strcmp);
if(G_LIKELY(l))
{
g_free(l->data);
search->search_path_list = g_list_delete_link(search->search_path_list, l);
}
}
GList* fm_search_get_dirs(FmSearch* search)
{
return search->search_path_list;
}
void fm_search_add_mime_type(FmSearch* search, const char* mime_type)
{
GList* l = g_list_find_custom(search->mime_types, mime_type, (GCompareFunc)strcmp);
if(!l)
search->mime_types = g_list_prepend(search->mime_types, g_strdup(mime_type));
}
void fm_search_remove_mime_type(FmSearch* search, const char* mime_type)
{
GList* l = g_list_find_custom(search->mime_types, mime_type, (GCompareFunc)strcmp);
if(G_LIKELY(l))
{
g_free(l->data);
search->mime_types = g_list_delete_link(search->mime_types, l);
}
}
GList* fm_search_get_mime_types(FmSearch* search)
{
return search->mime_types;
}
guint64 fm_search_get_max_size(FmSearch* search)
{
return search->max_size;
}
void fm_search_set_max_size(FmSearch* search, guint64 size)
{
search->max_size = size;
}
guint64 fm_search_get_min_size(FmSearch* search)
{
return search->min_size;
}
void fm_search_set_min_size(FmSearch* search, guint64 size)
{
search->min_size = size;
}
/* format of mtime: YYYY-MM-DD */
const char* fm_search_get_max_mtime(FmSearch* search)
{
return search->max_mtime;
}
void fm_search_set_max_mtime(FmSearch* search, const char* mtime)
{
g_free(search->max_mtime);
search->max_mtime = g_strdup(mtime);
}
/* format of mtime: YYYY-MM-DD */
const char* fm_search_get_min_mtime(FmSearch* search)
{
return search->min_mtime;
}
void fm_search_set_min_mtime(FmSearch* search, const char* mtime)
{
g_free(search->min_mtime);
search->min_mtime = g_strdup(mtime);
}
/* really build the path */
FmPath* fm_search_dup_path(FmSearch* search)
{
FmPath* search_path = NULL;
GString* search_str = g_string_sized_new(1024);
/* build the search:// URI to perform the search */
g_string_append(search_str, "search://");
if(search->search_path_list) /* we need to have at least one dir path */
{
char *escaped;
/* add paths */
GList* l;
for(l = search->search_path_list; ; )
{
char *path_str = (char*)l->data;
/* escape possible '?' and ',' */
escaped = g_uri_escape_string(path_str, "!$&'()*+:;=/@", TRUE);
g_string_append(search_str, escaped);
g_free(escaped);
l = l->next;
if(!l) /* no more items */
break;
g_string_append_c(search_str, ','); /* separator for paths */
}
g_string_append_c(search_str, '?');
g_string_append_printf(search_str, "recursive=%c", search->recursive ? '1' : '0');
g_string_append_printf(search_str, "&show_hidden=%c", search->show_hidden ? '1' : '0');
if(search->name_patterns && *search->name_patterns)
{
/* escape ampersands in pattern */
escaped = g_uri_escape_string(search->name_patterns, ":/?#[]@!$'()*+,;", TRUE);
if(search->name_regex)
g_string_append_printf(search_str, "&name_regex=%s", escaped);
else
g_string_append_printf(search_str, "&name=%s", escaped);
if(search->name_ci)
g_string_append_printf(search_str, "&name_ci=%c", search->name_ci ? '1' : '0');
g_free(escaped);
}
if(search->content_pattern && *search->content_pattern)
{
/* escape ampersands in pattern */
escaped = g_uri_escape_string(search->content_pattern, ":/?#[]@!$'()*+,;^<>{}", TRUE);
if(search->content_regex)
g_string_append_printf(search_str, "&content_regex=%s", escaped);
else
g_string_append_printf(search_str, "&content=%s", escaped);
g_free(escaped);
if(search->content_ci)
g_string_append_printf(search_str, "&content_ci=%c", search->content_ci ? '1' : '0');
}
/* search for the files of specific mime-types */
if(search->mime_types)
{
GList* l;
g_string_append(search_str, "&mime_types=");
for(l = search->mime_types; l; l=l->next)
{
const char* mime_type = (const char*)l->data;
g_string_append(search_str, mime_type);
if(l->next)
g_string_append_c(search_str, ';');
}
}
if(search->min_size)
g_string_append_printf(search_str, "&min_size=%llu", (unsigned long long)search->min_size);
if(search->max_size)
g_string_append_printf(search_str, "&max_size=%llu", (unsigned long long)search->max_size);
if(search->min_mtime)
g_string_append_printf(search_str, "&min_mtime=%s", search->min_mtime);
if(search->max_mtime)
g_string_append_printf(search_str, "&max_mtime=%s", search->max_mtime);
search_path = fm_path_new_for_uri(search_str->str);
g_string_free(search_str, TRUE);
}
return search_path;
}

@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
/*
* fm-search-uri.h
*
* Copyright 2015 Hong Jen Yee (PCMan) <pcman.tw@gmail.com>
* Copyright 2012-2014 Andriy Grytsenko (LStranger) <andrej@rep.kiev.ua>
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*
*/
/* FmSearch implements a tool used to generate a search:// URI used by libfm to search for files.
* This API might become part of libfm in the future.
*/
#ifndef _FM_SEARCH_H_
#define _FM_SEARCH_H_
#include <libfm/fm.h>
G_BEGIN_DECLS
typedef struct _FmSearch FmSearch;
FmSearch* fm_search_new(void);
void fm_search_free(FmSearch* search);
FmPath* fm_search_dup_path(FmSearch* search);
gboolean fm_search_get_recursive(FmSearch* search);
void fm_search_set_recursive(FmSearch* search, gboolean recursive);
gboolean fm_search_get_show_hidden(FmSearch* search);
void fm_search_set_show_hidden(FmSearch* search, gboolean show_hidden);
const char* fm_search_get_name_patterns(FmSearch* search);
void fm_search_set_name_patterns(FmSearch* search, const char* name_patterns);
gboolean fm_search_get_name_ci(FmSearch* search);
void fm_search_set_name_ci(FmSearch* search, gboolean name_ci);
gboolean fm_search_get_name_regex(FmSearch* search);
void fm_search_set_name_regex(FmSearch* search, gboolean name_regex);
const char* fm_search_get_content_pattern(FmSearch* search);
void fm_search_set_content_pattern(FmSearch* search, const char* content_pattern);
gboolean fm_search_get_content_ci(FmSearch* search);
void fm_search_set_content_ci(FmSearch* search, gboolean content_ci);
gboolean fm_search_get_content_regex(FmSearch* search);
void fm_search_set_content_regex(FmSearch* search, gboolean content_regex);
void fm_search_add_dir(FmSearch* search, const char* dir);
void fm_search_remove_dir(FmSearch* search, const char* dir);
GList* fm_search_get_dirs(FmSearch* search);
void fm_search_add_mime_type(FmSearch* search, const char* mime_type);
void fm_search_remove_mime_type(FmSearch* search, const char* mime_type);
GList* fm_search_get_mime_types(FmSearch* search);
guint64 fm_search_get_max_size(FmSearch* search);
void fm_search_set_max_size(FmSearch* search, guint64 size);
guint64 fm_search_get_min_size(FmSearch* search);
void fm_search_set_min_size(FmSearch* search, guint64 size);
/* format of mtime: YYYY-MM-DD */
const char* fm_search_get_max_mtime(FmSearch* search);
void fm_search_set_max_mtime(FmSearch* search, const char* mtime);
/* format of mtime: YYYY-MM-DD */
const char* fm_search_get_min_mtime(FmSearch* search);
void fm_search_set_min_mtime(FmSearch* search, const char* mtime);
G_END_DECLS
#endif /* _FM_SEARCH_H_ */

@ -0,0 +1,218 @@
/*
* Copyright (C) 2012 - 2015 Hong Jen Yee (PCMan) <pcman.tw@gmail.com>
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*
*/
#include "folderitemdelegate.h"
#include "foldermodel.h"
#include <QPainter>
#include <QModelIndex>
#include <QStyleOptionViewItemV4>
#include <QApplication>
#include <QIcon>
#include <QTextLayout>
#include <QTextOption>
#include <QTextLine>
#include <QDebug>
namespace Fm {
FolderItemDelegate::FolderItemDelegate(QAbstractItemView* view, QObject* parent):
QStyledItemDelegate(parent ? parent : view),
symlinkIcon_(QIcon::fromTheme("emblem-symbolic-link")),
view_(view) {
}
FolderItemDelegate::~FolderItemDelegate() {
}
QSize FolderItemDelegate::sizeHint(const QStyleOptionViewItem& option, const QModelIndex& index) const {
QVariant value = index.data(Qt::SizeHintRole);
if(value.isValid())
return qvariant_cast<QSize>(value);
if(option.decorationPosition == QStyleOptionViewItem::Top ||
option.decorationPosition == QStyleOptionViewItem::Bottom) {
QStyleOptionViewItemV4 opt = option;
initStyleOption(&opt, index);
opt.decorationAlignment = Qt::AlignHCenter|Qt::AlignTop;
opt.displayAlignment = Qt::AlignTop|Qt::AlignHCenter;
Q_ASSERT(gridSize_ != QSize());
QRectF textRect(0, 0, gridSize_.width(), gridSize_.height() - opt.decorationSize.height());
drawText(nullptr, opt, textRect); // passing NULL for painter will calculate the bounding rect only.
int width = qMax((int)textRect.width(), opt.decorationSize.width());
int height = opt.decorationSize.height() + textRect.height();
return QSize(width, height);
}
return QStyledItemDelegate::sizeHint(option, index);
}
QIcon::Mode FolderItemDelegate::iconModeFromState(const QStyle::State state) {
if(state & QStyle::State_Enabled)
return (state & QStyle::State_Selected) ? QIcon::Selected : QIcon::Normal;
return QIcon::Disabled;
}
// special thanks to Razor-qt developer Alec Moskvin(amoskvin) for providing the fix!
void FolderItemDelegate::paint(QPainter* painter, const QStyleOptionViewItem& option, const QModelIndex& index) const {
Q_ASSERT(index.isValid());
FmFileInfo* file = static_cast<FmFileInfo*>(index.data(FolderModel::FileInfoRole).value<void*>());
bool isSymlink = file && fm_file_info_is_symlink(file);
if(option.decorationPosition == QStyleOptionViewItem::Top ||
option.decorationPosition == QStyleOptionViewItem::Bottom) {
painter->save();
painter->setClipRect(option.rect);
QStyleOptionViewItemV4 opt = option;
initStyleOption(&opt, index);
opt.decorationAlignment = Qt::AlignHCenter|Qt::AlignTop;
opt.displayAlignment = Qt::AlignTop|Qt::AlignHCenter;
// draw the icon
QIcon::Mode iconMode = iconModeFromState(opt.state);
QPoint iconPos(opt.rect.x() + (opt.rect.width() - opt.decorationSize.width()) / 2, opt.rect.y());
QPixmap pixmap = opt.icon.pixmap(opt.decorationSize, iconMode);
painter->drawPixmap(iconPos, pixmap);
// draw some emblems for the item if needed
// we only support symlink emblem at the moment
if(isSymlink)
painter->drawPixmap(iconPos, symlinkIcon_.pixmap(opt.decorationSize / 2, iconMode));
// draw the text
// The text rect dimensions should be exactly as they were in sizeHint()
QRectF textRect(opt.rect.x() - (gridSize_.width() - opt.rect.width()) / 2,
opt.rect.y() + opt.decorationSize.height(),
gridSize_.width(),
gridSize_.height() - opt.decorationSize.height());
drawText(painter, opt, textRect);
painter->restore();
}
else {
// let QStyledItemDelegate does its default painting
QStyledItemDelegate::paint(painter, option, index);
// draw emblems if needed
if(isSymlink) {
QStyleOptionViewItemV4 opt = option;
initStyleOption(&opt, index);
QIcon::Mode iconMode = iconModeFromState(opt.state);
QPoint iconPos(opt.rect.x(), opt.rect.y() + (opt.rect.height() - opt.decorationSize.height()) / 2);
// draw some emblems for the item if needed
// we only support symlink emblem at the moment
painter->drawPixmap(iconPos, symlinkIcon_.pixmap(opt.decorationSize / 2, iconMode));
}
}
}
// if painter is nullptr, the method calculate the bounding rectangle of the text and save it to textRect
void FolderItemDelegate::drawText(QPainter* painter, QStyleOptionViewItemV4& opt, QRectF& textRect) const {
QTextLayout layout(opt.text, opt.font);
QTextOption textOption;
textOption.setAlignment(opt.displayAlignment);
textOption.setWrapMode(QTextOption::WrapAtWordBoundaryOrAnywhere);
textOption.setTextDirection(opt.direction);
layout.setTextOption(textOption);
qreal height = 0;
qreal width = 0;
int visibleLines = 0;
layout.beginLayout();
QString elidedText;
textRect.adjust(2, 2, -2, -2); // a 2-px margin is considered at FolderView::updateGridSize()
for(;;) {
QTextLine line = layout.createLine();
if(!line.isValid())
break;
line.setLineWidth(textRect.width());
height += opt.fontMetrics.leading();
line.setPosition(QPointF(0, height));
if((height + line.height() + textRect.y()) > textRect.bottom()) {
// if part of this line falls outside the textRect, ignore it and quit.
QTextLine lastLine = layout.lineAt(visibleLines - 1);
elidedText = opt.text.mid(lastLine.textStart());
elidedText = opt.fontMetrics.elidedText(elidedText, opt.textElideMode, textRect.width());
if(visibleLines == 1) // this is the only visible line
width = textRect.width();
break;
}
height += line.height();
width = qMax(width, line.naturalTextWidth());
++ visibleLines;
}
layout.endLayout();
width = qMax(width, (qreal)opt.fontMetrics.width(elidedText));
// draw background for selected item
QRectF boundRect = layout.boundingRect();
//qDebug() << "bound rect: " << boundRect << "width: " << width;
boundRect.setWidth(width);
boundRect.setHeight(height);
boundRect.moveTo(textRect.x() + (textRect.width() - width)/2, textRect.y());
QRectF selRect = boundRect.adjusted(-2, -2, 2, 2);
if(!painter) { // no painter, calculate the bounding rect only
textRect = selRect;
return;
}
QPalette::ColorGroup cg = opt.state & QStyle::State_Enabled ? QPalette::Normal : QPalette::Disabled;
if(opt.state & QStyle::State_Selected) {
painter->fillRect(selRect, opt.palette.highlight());
painter->setPen(opt.palette.color(cg, QPalette::HighlightedText));
}
else
painter->setPen(opt.palette.color(cg, QPalette::Text));
// draw text
for(int i = 0; i < visibleLines; ++i) {
QTextLine line = layout.lineAt(i);
if(i == (visibleLines - 1) && !elidedText.isEmpty()) { // the last line, draw elided text
QPointF pos(boundRect.x() + line.position().x(), boundRect.y() + line.y() + line.ascent());
painter->drawText(pos, elidedText);
}
else {
line.draw(painter, textRect.topLeft());
}
}
if(opt.state & QStyle::State_HasFocus) {
// draw focus rect
QStyleOptionFocusRect o;
o.QStyleOption::operator=(opt);
o.rect = selRect.toRect(); // subElementRect(SE_ItemViewItemFocusRect, vopt, widget);
o.state |= QStyle::State_KeyboardFocusChange;
o.state |= QStyle::State_Item;
QPalette::ColorGroup cg = (opt.state & QStyle::State_Enabled)
? QPalette::Normal : QPalette::Disabled;
o.backgroundColor = opt.palette.color(cg, (opt.state & QStyle::State_Selected)
? QPalette::Highlight : QPalette::Window);
if (const QWidget* widget = opt.widget) {
QStyle* style = widget->style() ? widget->style() : qApp->style();
style->drawPrimitive(QStyle::PE_FrameFocusRect, &o, painter, widget);
}
}
}
} // namespace Fm

@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
/*
* Copyright (C) 2012 - 2015 Hong Jen Yee (PCMan) <pcman.tw@gmail.com>
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*
*/
#ifndef FM_FOLDERITEMDELEGATE_H
#define FM_FOLDERITEMDELEGATE_H
#include "libfmqtglobals.h"
#include <QStyledItemDelegate>
#include <QAbstractItemView>
namespace Fm {
class LIBFM_QT_API FolderItemDelegate : public QStyledItemDelegate {
Q_OBJECT
public:
explicit FolderItemDelegate(QAbstractItemView* view, QObject* parent = nullptr);
virtual ~FolderItemDelegate();
inline void setGridSize(QSize size) {
gridSize_ = size;
}
inline QSize gridSize() const {
return gridSize_;
}
virtual QSize sizeHint(const QStyleOptionViewItem & option, const QModelIndex & index) const;
virtual void paint(QPainter* painter, const QStyleOptionViewItem& option, const QModelIndex& index) const;
private:
void drawText(QPainter* painter, QStyleOptionViewItemV4& opt, QRectF& textRect) const;
static QIcon::Mode iconModeFromState(QStyle::State state);
private:
QAbstractItemView* view_;
QIcon symlinkIcon_;
QSize gridSize_;
};
}
#endif // FM_FOLDERITEMDELEGATE_H

@ -0,0 +1,232 @@
/*
* Copyright (C) 2012 - 2015 Hong Jen Yee (PCMan) <pcman.tw@gmail.com>
* Copyright (C) 2012 - 2014 Andriy Grytsenko (LStranger) <andrej@rep.kiev.ua>
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*
*/
#include "foldermenu.h"
#include "createnewmenu.h"
#include "filepropsdialog.h"
#include "folderview.h"
#include "utilities.h"
#include <cstring> // for memset
namespace Fm {
FolderMenu::FolderMenu(FolderView* view, QWidget* parent):
QMenu(parent),
view_(view) {
ProxyFolderModel* model = view_->model();
createAction_ = new QAction(tr("Create &New"), this);
addAction(createAction_);
createAction_->setMenu(new CreateNewMenu(view_, view_->path(), this));
separator1_ = addSeparator();
pasteAction_ = new QAction(QIcon::fromTheme("edit-paste"), tr("&Paste"), this);
addAction(pasteAction_);
connect(pasteAction_, &QAction::triggered, this, &FolderMenu::onPasteActionTriggered);
separator2_ = addSeparator();
selectAllAction_ = new QAction(tr("Select &All"), this);
addAction(selectAllAction_);
connect(selectAllAction_, &QAction::triggered, this, &FolderMenu::onSelectAllActionTriggered);
invertSelectionAction_ = new QAction(tr("Invert Selection"), this);
addAction(invertSelectionAction_);
connect(invertSelectionAction_, &QAction::triggered, this, &FolderMenu::onInvertSelectionActionTriggered);
separator3_ = addSeparator();
sortAction_ = new QAction(tr("Sorting"), this);
addAction(sortAction_);
createSortMenu();
sortAction_->setMenu(sortMenu_);
showHiddenAction_ = new QAction(tr("Show Hidden"), this);
addAction(showHiddenAction_);
showHiddenAction_->setCheckable(true);
showHiddenAction_->setChecked(model->showHidden());
connect(showHiddenAction_, &QAction::triggered, this, &FolderMenu::onShowHiddenActionTriggered);
separator4_ = addSeparator();
propertiesAction_ = new QAction(tr("Folder Pr&operties"), this);
addAction(propertiesAction_);
connect(propertiesAction_, &QAction::triggered, this, &FolderMenu::onPropertiesActionTriggered);
}
FolderMenu::~FolderMenu() {
}
void FolderMenu::addSortMenuItem(QString title, int id) {
QAction* action = new QAction(title, this);
sortMenu_->addAction(action);
action->setCheckable(true);
sortActionGroup_->addAction(action);
connect(action, &QAction::triggered, this, &FolderMenu::onSortActionTriggered);
sortActions_[id] = action;
}
void FolderMenu::createSortMenu() {
ProxyFolderModel* model = view_->model();
sortMenu_ = new QMenu(this);
sortActionGroup_ = new QActionGroup(sortMenu_);
sortActionGroup_->setExclusive(true);
std::memset(sortActions_, 0, sizeof(sortActions_));
addSortMenuItem(tr("By File Name"), FolderModel::ColumnFileName);
addSortMenuItem(tr("By Modification Time"), FolderModel::ColumnFileMTime);
addSortMenuItem(tr("By File Size"), FolderModel::ColumnFileSize);
addSortMenuItem(tr("By File Type"), FolderModel::ColumnFileType);
addSortMenuItem(tr("By File Owner"), FolderModel::ColumnFileOwner);
int col = model->sortColumn();
if(col >= 0 && col < FolderModel::NumOfColumns) {
sortActions_[col]->setChecked(true);;
}
sortMenu_->addSeparator();
QActionGroup* group = new QActionGroup(this);
group->setExclusive(true);
actionAscending_ = new QAction(tr("Ascending"), this);
actionAscending_->setCheckable(true);
sortMenu_->addAction(actionAscending_);
group->addAction(actionAscending_);
actionDescending_ = new QAction(tr("Descending"), this);
actionDescending_->setCheckable(true);
sortMenu_->addAction(actionDescending_);
group->addAction(actionDescending_);
if(model->sortOrder() == Qt::AscendingOrder)
actionAscending_->setChecked(true);
else
actionDescending_->setChecked(true);
connect(actionAscending_, &QAction::triggered, this, &FolderMenu::onSortOrderActionTriggered);
connect(actionDescending_, &QAction::triggered, this, &FolderMenu::onSortOrderActionTriggered);
sortMenu_->addSeparator();
QAction* actionFolderFirst = new QAction(tr("Folder First"), this);
sortMenu_->addAction(actionFolderFirst);
actionFolderFirst->setCheckable(true);
if(model->folderFirst())
actionFolderFirst->setChecked(true);
connect(actionFolderFirst, &QAction::triggered, this, &FolderMenu::onFolderFirstActionTriggered);
QAction* actionCaseSensitive = new QAction(tr("Case Sensitive"), this);
sortMenu_->addAction(actionCaseSensitive);
actionCaseSensitive->setCheckable(true);
if(model->sortCaseSensitivity() == Qt::CaseSensitive)
actionCaseSensitive->setChecked(true);
connect(actionCaseSensitive, &QAction::triggered, this, &FolderMenu::onCaseSensitiveActionTriggered);
}
void FolderMenu::onPasteActionTriggered() {
FmPath* folderPath = view_->path();
if(folderPath)
pasteFilesFromClipboard(folderPath);
}
void FolderMenu::onSelectAllActionTriggered() {
view_->selectAll();
}
void FolderMenu::onInvertSelectionActionTriggered() {
view_->invertSelection();
}
void FolderMenu::onSortActionTriggered(bool checked) {
ProxyFolderModel* model = view_->model();
if(model) {
QAction* action = static_cast<QAction*>(sender());
for(int col = 0; col < FolderModel::NumOfColumns; ++col) {
if(action == sortActions_[col]) {
model->sort(col, model->sortOrder());
break;
}
}
}
}
void FolderMenu::onSortOrderActionTriggered(bool checked) {
ProxyFolderModel* model = view_->model();
if(model) {
QAction* action = static_cast<QAction*>(sender());
Qt::SortOrder order;
if(action == actionAscending_)
order = Qt::AscendingOrder;
else
order = Qt::DescendingOrder;
model->sort(model->sortColumn(), order);
}
}
void FolderMenu::onShowHiddenActionTriggered(bool checked) {
ProxyFolderModel* model = view_->model();
if(model) {
qDebug("show hidden: %d", checked);
model->setShowHidden(checked);
}
}
void FolderMenu::onCaseSensitiveActionTriggered(bool checked) {
ProxyFolderModel* model = view_->model();
if(model) {
model->setSortCaseSensitivity(checked ? Qt::CaseSensitive : Qt::CaseInsensitive);
}
}
void FolderMenu::onFolderFirstActionTriggered(bool checked) {
ProxyFolderModel* model = view_->model();
if(model) {
model->setFolderFirst(checked);
}
}
void FolderMenu::onPropertiesActionTriggered() {
FmFileInfo* folderInfo = view_->folderInfo();
if(folderInfo)
FilePropsDialog::showForFile(folderInfo);
}
} // namespace Fm

@ -0,0 +1,127 @@
/*
* Copyright (C) 2012 - 2015 Hong Jen Yee (PCMan) <pcman.tw@gmail.com>
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*
*/
#ifndef FM_FOLDERMENU_H
#define FM_FOLDERMENU_H
#include "libfmqtglobals.h"
#include <QMenu>
#include <libfm/fm.h>
#include "foldermodel.h"
class QAction;
namespace Fm {
class FolderView;
class LIBFM_QT_API FolderMenu : public QMenu {
Q_OBJECT
public:
explicit FolderMenu(FolderView* view, QWidget* parent = 0);
virtual ~FolderMenu();
QAction* createAction() {
return createAction_;
}
QAction* separator1() {
return separator1_;
}
QAction* pasteAction() {
return pasteAction_;
}
QAction* separator2() {
return separator2_;
}
QAction* selectAllAction() {
return selectAllAction_;
}
QAction* invertSelectionAction() {
return invertSelectionAction_;
}
QAction* separator3() {
return separator3_;
}
QAction* sortAction() {
return sortAction_;
}
QAction* showHiddenAction() {
return showHiddenAction_;
}
QAction* separator4() {
return separator4_;
}
QAction* propertiesAction() {
return propertiesAction_;
}
FolderView* view() {
return view_;
}
protected Q_SLOTS:
void onPasteActionTriggered();
void onSelectAllActionTriggered();
void onInvertSelectionActionTriggered();
void onSortActionTriggered(bool checked);
void onSortOrderActionTriggered(bool checked);
void onShowHiddenActionTriggered(bool checked);
void onCaseSensitiveActionTriggered(bool checked);
void onFolderFirstActionTriggered(bool checked);
void onPropertiesActionTriggered();
private:
void createSortMenu();
void addSortMenuItem(QString title, int id);
private:
FolderView* view_;
QAction* createAction_;
QAction* separator1_;
QAction* pasteAction_;
QAction* separator2_;
QAction* selectAllAction_;
QAction* invertSelectionAction_;
QAction* separator3_;
QAction* sortAction_;
QActionGroup* sortActionGroup_;
QMenu* sortMenu_;
QAction* sortActions_[FolderModel::NumOfColumns];
QAction* actionAscending_;
QAction* actionDescending_;
QAction* showHiddenAction_;
QAction* separator4_;
QAction* propertiesAction_;
};
}
#endif // FM_FOLDERMENU_H

@ -0,0 +1,554 @@
/*
* Copyright (C) 2012 - 2015 Hong Jen Yee (PCMan) <pcman.tw@gmail.com>
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*
*/
#include "foldermodel.h"
#include "icontheme.h"
#include <iostream>
#include <QtAlgorithms>
#include <QVector>
#include <qmimedata.h>
#include <QMimeData>
#include <QByteArray>
#include <QPixmap>
#include <QPainter>
#include "utilities.h"
#include "fileoperation.h"
#include "thumbnailloader.h"
namespace Fm {
FolderModel::FolderModel() :
folder_(nullptr) {
/*
ColumnIcon,
ColumnName,
ColumnFileType,
ColumnMTime,
NumOfColumns
*/
thumbnailRefCounts.reserve(4);
// reload all icons when the icon theme is changed
connect(IconTheme::instance(), &IconTheme::changed, this, &FolderModel::updateIcons);
}
FolderModel::~FolderModel() {
qDebug("delete FolderModel");
if(folder_)
setFolder(nullptr);
// if the thumbnail requests list is not empty, cancel them
if(!thumbnailResults.empty()) {
Q_FOREACH(FmThumbnailLoader* res, thumbnailResults) {
ThumbnailLoader::cancel(res);
}
}
}
void FolderModel::setFolder(FmFolder* new_folder) {
if(folder_) {
removeAll(); // remove old items
g_signal_handlers_disconnect_by_func(folder_, gpointer(onStartLoading), this);
g_signal_handlers_disconnect_by_func(folder_, gpointer(onFinishLoading), this);
g_signal_handlers_disconnect_by_func(folder_, gpointer(onFilesAdded), this);
g_signal_handlers_disconnect_by_func(folder_, gpointer(onFilesChanged), this);
g_signal_handlers_disconnect_by_func(folder_, gpointer(onFilesRemoved), this);
g_object_unref(folder_);
}
if(new_folder) {
folder_ = FM_FOLDER(g_object_ref(new_folder));
g_signal_connect(folder_, "start-loading", G_CALLBACK(onStartLoading), this);
g_signal_connect(folder_, "finish-loading", G_CALLBACK(onFinishLoading), this);
g_signal_connect(folder_, "files-added", G_CALLBACK(onFilesAdded), this);
g_signal_connect(folder_, "files-changed", G_CALLBACK(onFilesChanged), this);
g_signal_connect(folder_, "files-removed", G_CALLBACK(onFilesRemoved), this);
// handle the case if the folder is already loaded
if(fm_folder_is_loaded(folder_))
insertFiles(0, fm_folder_get_files(folder_));
}
else
folder_ = nullptr;
}
void FolderModel::onStartLoading(FmFolder* folder, gpointer user_data) {
FolderModel* model = static_cast<FolderModel*>(user_data);
// remove all items
model->removeAll();
}
void FolderModel::onFinishLoading(FmFolder* folder, gpointer user_data) {
Q_UNUSED(folder)
Q_UNUSED(user_data)
}
void FolderModel::onFilesAdded(FmFolder* folder, GSList* files, gpointer user_data) {
FolderModel* model = static_cast<FolderModel*>(user_data);
int n_files = g_slist_length(files);
model->beginInsertRows(QModelIndex(), model->items.count(), model->items.count() + n_files - 1);
for(GSList* l = files; l; l = l->next) {
FmFileInfo* info = FM_FILE_INFO(l->data);
FolderModelItem item(info);
/*
if(fm_file_info_is_hidden(info)) {
model->hiddenItems.append(item);
continue;
}
*/
model->items.append(item);
}
model->endInsertRows();
}
//static
void FolderModel::onFilesChanged(FmFolder* folder, GSList* files, gpointer user_data) {
FolderModel* model = static_cast<FolderModel*>(user_data);
for(GSList* l = files; l; l = l->next) {
FmFileInfo* info = FM_FILE_INFO(l->data);
int row;
QList<FolderModelItem>::iterator it = model->findItemByFileInfo(info, &row);
if(it != model->items.end()) {
FolderModelItem& item = *it;
// try to update the item
item.displayName = QString::fromUtf8(fm_file_info_get_disp_name(info));
item.updateIcon();
item.thumbnails.clear();
QModelIndex index = model->createIndex(row, 0, &item);
Q_EMIT model->dataChanged(index, index);
}
}
}
//static
void FolderModel::onFilesRemoved(FmFolder* folder, GSList* files, gpointer user_data) {
FolderModel* model = static_cast<FolderModel*>(user_data);
for(GSList* l = files; l; l = l->next) {
FmFileInfo* info = FM_FILE_INFO(l->data);
const char* name = fm_file_info_get_name(info);
int row;
QList<FolderModelItem>::iterator it = model->findItemByName(name, &row);
if(it != model->items.end()) {
model->beginRemoveRows(QModelIndex(), row, row);
model->items.erase(it);
model->endRemoveRows();
}
}
}
void FolderModel::insertFiles(int row, FmFileInfoList* files) {
int n_files = fm_file_info_list_get_length(files);
beginInsertRows(QModelIndex(), row, row + n_files - 1);
for(GList* l = fm_file_info_list_peek_head_link(files); l; l = l->next) {
FolderModelItem item(FM_FILE_INFO(l->data));
items.append(item);
}
endInsertRows();
}
void FolderModel::removeAll() {
if(items.empty())
return;
beginRemoveRows(QModelIndex(), 0, items.size() - 1);
items.clear();
endRemoveRows();
}
int FolderModel::rowCount(const QModelIndex & parent) const {
if(parent.isValid())
return 0;
return items.size();
}
int FolderModel::columnCount (const QModelIndex & parent = QModelIndex()) const {
if(parent.isValid())
return 0;
return NumOfColumns;
}
FolderModelItem* FolderModel::itemFromIndex(const QModelIndex& index) const {
return reinterpret_cast<FolderModelItem*>(index.internalPointer());
}
FmFileInfo* FolderModel::fileInfoFromIndex(const QModelIndex& index) const {
FolderModelItem* item = itemFromIndex(index);
return item ? item->info : nullptr;
}
QVariant FolderModel::data(const QModelIndex & index, int role/* = Qt::DisplayRole*/) const {
if(!index.isValid() || index.row() > items.size() || index.column() >= NumOfColumns) {
return QVariant();
}
FolderModelItem* item = itemFromIndex(index);
FmFileInfo* info = item->info;
switch(role) {
case Qt::ToolTipRole:
return QVariant(item->displayName);
case Qt::DisplayRole: {
switch(index.column()) {
case ColumnFileName: {
return QVariant(item->displayName);
}
case ColumnFileType: {
FmMimeType* mime = fm_file_info_get_mime_type(info);
const char* desc = fm_mime_type_get_desc(mime);
return QString::fromUtf8(desc);
}
case ColumnFileMTime: {
const char* name = fm_file_info_get_disp_mtime(info);
return QString::fromUtf8(name);
}
case ColumnFileSize: {
const char* name = fm_file_info_get_disp_size(info);
return QString::fromUtf8(name);
}
case ColumnFileOwner: {
const char* name = fm_file_info_get_disp_owner(info);
return QString::fromUtf8(name);
}
}
}
case Qt::DecorationRole: {
if(index.column() == 0) {
// QPixmap pix = IconTheme::loadIcon(fm_file_info_get_icon(info), iconSize_);
return QVariant(item->icon);
// return QVariant(pix);
}
break;
}
case FileInfoRole:
return qVariantFromValue((void*)info);
}
return QVariant();
}
QVariant FolderModel::headerData(int section, Qt::Orientation orientation, int role/* = Qt::DisplayRole*/) const {
if(role == Qt::DisplayRole) {
if(orientation == Qt::Horizontal) {
QString title;
switch(section) {
case ColumnFileName:
title = tr("Name");
break;
case ColumnFileType:
title = tr("Type");
break;
case ColumnFileSize:
title = tr("Size");
break;
case ColumnFileMTime:
title = tr("Modified");
break;
case ColumnFileOwner:
title = tr("Owner");
break;
}
return QVariant(title);
}
}
return QVariant();
}
QModelIndex FolderModel::index(int row, int column, const QModelIndex & parent) const {
if(row <0 || row >= items.size() || column < 0 || column >= NumOfColumns)
return QModelIndex();
const FolderModelItem& item = items.at(row);
return createIndex(row, column, (void*)&item);
}
QModelIndex FolderModel::parent(const QModelIndex & index) const {
return QModelIndex();
}
Qt::ItemFlags FolderModel::flags(const QModelIndex& index) const {
// FIXME: should not return same flags unconditionally for all columns
Qt::ItemFlags flags;
if(index.isValid()) {
flags = Qt::ItemIsEnabled|Qt::ItemIsSelectable;
if(index.column() == ColumnFileName)
flags |= (Qt::ItemIsDragEnabled|Qt::ItemIsDropEnabled);
}
else {
flags = Qt::ItemIsDropEnabled;
}
return flags;
}
// FIXME: this is very inefficient and should be replaced with a
// more reasonable implementation later.
QList<FolderModelItem>::iterator FolderModel::findItemByPath(FmPath* path, int* row) {
QList<FolderModelItem>::iterator it = items.begin();
int i = 0;
while(it != items.end()) {
FolderModelItem& item = *it;
FmPath* item_path = fm_file_info_get_path(item.info);
if(fm_path_equal(item_path, path)) {
*row = i;
return it;
}
++it;
++i;
}
return items.end();
}
// FIXME: this is very inefficient and should be replaced with a
// more reasonable implementation later.
QList<FolderModelItem>::iterator FolderModel::findItemByName(const char* name, int* row) {
QList<FolderModelItem>::iterator it = items.begin();
int i = 0;
while(it != items.end()) {
FolderModelItem& item = *it;
const char* item_name = fm_file_info_get_name(item.info);
if(strcmp(name, item_name) == 0) {
*row = i;
return it;
}
++it;
++i;
}
return items.end();
}
QList< FolderModelItem >::iterator FolderModel::findItemByFileInfo(FmFileInfo* info, int* row) {
QList<FolderModelItem>::iterator it = items.begin();
int i = 0;
while(it != items.end()) {
FolderModelItem& item = *it;
if(item.info == info) {
*row = i;
return it;
}
++it;
++i;
}
return items.end();
}
QStringList FolderModel::mimeTypes() const {
qDebug("FolderModel::mimeTypes");
QStringList types = QAbstractItemModel::mimeTypes();
// now types contains "application/x-qabstractitemmodeldatalist"
types << "text/uri-list";
// types << "x-special/gnome-copied-files";
return types;
}
QMimeData* FolderModel::mimeData(const QModelIndexList& indexes) const {
QMimeData* data = QAbstractItemModel::mimeData(indexes);
qDebug("FolderModel::mimeData");
// build a uri list
QByteArray urilist;
urilist.reserve(4096);
for(const auto &index : indexes) {
FolderModelItem* item = itemFromIndex(index);
if(item) {
FmPath* path = fm_file_info_get_path(item->info);
char* uri = fm_path_to_uri(path);
urilist.append(uri);
urilist.append('\n');
g_free(uri);
}
}
data->setData("text/uri-list", urilist);
return data;
}
bool FolderModel::dropMimeData(const QMimeData* data, Qt::DropAction action, int row, int column, const QModelIndex& parent) {
qDebug("FolderModel::dropMimeData");
if(!folder_)
return false;
FmPath* destPath;
if(parent.isValid()) { // drop on an item
FmFileInfo* info;
if(row == -1 && column == -1)
info = fileInfoFromIndex(parent);
else {
QModelIndex itemIndex = parent.child(row, column);
info = fileInfoFromIndex(itemIndex);
}
if(info)
destPath = fm_file_info_get_path(info);
else
return false;
}
else { // drop on blank area of the folder
destPath = path();
}
// FIXME: should we put this in dropEvent handler of FolderView instead?
if(data->hasUrls()) {
qDebug("drop action: %d", action);
FmPathList* srcPaths = pathListFromQUrls(data->urls());
switch(action) {
case Qt::CopyAction:
FileOperation::copyFiles(srcPaths, destPath);
break;
case Qt::MoveAction:
FileOperation::moveFiles(srcPaths, destPath);
break;
case Qt::LinkAction:
FileOperation::symlinkFiles(srcPaths, destPath);
default:
fm_path_list_unref(srcPaths);
return false;
}
fm_path_list_unref(srcPaths);
return true;
}
else if(data->hasFormat("application/x-qabstractitemmodeldatalist")) {
return true;
}
return QAbstractListModel::dropMimeData(data, action, row, column, parent);
}
Qt::DropActions FolderModel::supportedDropActions() const {
qDebug("FolderModel::supportedDropActions");
return Qt::CopyAction|Qt::MoveAction|Qt::LinkAction;
}
// ask the model to load thumbnails of the specified size
void FolderModel::cacheThumbnails(const int size) {
QVector<QPair<int, int>>::iterator it = thumbnailRefCounts.begin();
while (it != thumbnailRefCounts.end()) {
if (it->first == size) {
++it->second;
return;
} else ++it;
}
thumbnailRefCounts.append(QPair<int, int>(size, 1));
}
// ask the model to free cached thumbnails of the specified size
void FolderModel::releaseThumbnails(int size) {
QVector<QPair<int, int> >::iterator it;
for(it = thumbnailRefCounts.begin(); it != thumbnailRefCounts.end(); ++it) {
if(it->first == size) {
break;
}
}
if(it != thumbnailRefCounts.end()) {
--it->second;
if(it->second == 0) {
thumbnailRefCounts.erase(it);
// remove thumbnails that ara queued for loading from thumbnailResults
QLinkedList<FmThumbnailLoader*>::iterator it;
for(it = thumbnailResults.begin(); it != thumbnailResults.end();) {
QLinkedList<FmThumbnailLoader*>::iterator next = it + 1;
FmThumbnailLoader* res = *it;
if(ThumbnailLoader::size(res) == size) {
ThumbnailLoader::cancel(res);
thumbnailResults.erase(it);
}
it = next;
}
// remove all cached thumbnails of the specified size
QList<FolderModelItem>::iterator itemIt;
for(itemIt = items.begin(); itemIt != items.end(); ++itemIt) {
FolderModelItem& item = *itemIt;
item.removeThumbnail(size);
}
}
}
}
void FolderModel::onThumbnailLoaded(FmThumbnailLoader* res, gpointer user_data) {
FolderModel* pThis = reinterpret_cast<FolderModel*>(user_data);
QLinkedList<FmThumbnailLoader*>::iterator it;
for(it = pThis->thumbnailResults.begin(); it != pThis->thumbnailResults.end(); ++it) {
if(*it == res) { // the thumbnail result is in our list
pThis->thumbnailResults.erase(it); // remove it from the list
FmFileInfo* info = ThumbnailLoader::fileInfo(res);
int row = -1;
// find the model item this thumbnail belongs to
QList<FolderModelItem>::iterator it = pThis->findItemByFileInfo(info, &row);
if(it != pThis->items.end()) {
// the file is found in our model
FolderModelItem& item = *it;
QModelIndex index = pThis->createIndex(row, 0, (void*)&item);
// store the image in the folder model item.
int size = ThumbnailLoader::size(res);
QImage image = ThumbnailLoader::image(res);
FolderModelItem::Thumbnail* thumbnail = item.findThumbnail(size);
thumbnail->image = image;
// qDebug("thumbnail loaded for: %s, size: %d", item.displayName.toUtf8().constData(), size);
if(image.isNull())
thumbnail->status = FolderModelItem::ThumbnailFailed;
else {
thumbnail->status = FolderModelItem::ThumbnailLoaded;
// FIXME: due to bugs in Qt's QStyledItemDelegate, if the image width and height
// are not the same, painting errors will happen. It's quite unfortunate.
// Let's do some padding to make its width and height equals.
// This greatly decrease performance :-(
// Later if we can re-implement our own item delegate, this can be avoided.
QPixmap pixmap = QPixmap(size, size);
pixmap.fill(QColor(0, 0, 0, 0)); // fill the pixmap with transparent color (alpha:0)
QPainter painter(&pixmap);
int x = (size - image.width()) / 2;
int y = (size - image.height()) / 2;
painter.drawImage(QPoint(x, y), image); // draw the image to the pixmap at center.
// FIXME: should we cache QPixmap instead for performance reason?
thumbnail->image = pixmap.toImage(); // convert it back to image
// tell the world that we have the thumbnail loaded
Q_EMIT pThis->thumbnailLoaded(index, size);
}
}
break;
}
}
}
// get a thumbnail of size at the index
// if a thumbnail is not yet loaded, this will initiate loading of the thumbnail.
QImage FolderModel::thumbnailFromIndex(const QModelIndex& index, int size) {
FolderModelItem* item = itemFromIndex(index);
if(item) {
FolderModelItem::Thumbnail* thumbnail = item->findThumbnail(size);
// qDebug("FolderModel::thumbnailFromIndex: %d, %s", thumbnail->status, item->displayName.toUtf8().data());
switch(thumbnail->status) {
case FolderModelItem::ThumbnailNotChecked: {
// load the thumbnail
FmThumbnailLoader* res = ThumbnailLoader::load(item->info, size, onThumbnailLoaded, this);
thumbnailResults.push_back(res);
thumbnail->status = FolderModelItem::ThumbnailLoading;
break;
}
case FolderModelItem::ThumbnailLoaded:
return thumbnail->image;
default:;
}
}
return QImage();
}
void FolderModel::updateIcons() {
QList<FolderModelItem>::iterator it = items.begin();
for(;it != items.end(); ++it) {
(*it).updateIcon();
}
}
} // namespace Fm

@ -0,0 +1,121 @@
/*
* Copyright (C) 2012 - 2015 Hong Jen Yee (PCMan) <pcman.tw@gmail.com>
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*
*/
#ifndef FM_FOLDERMODEL_H
#define FM_FOLDERMODEL_H
#include "libfmqtglobals.h"
#include <QAbstractListModel>
#include <QIcon>
#include <QImage>
#include <libfm/fm.h>
#include <QList>
#include <QVector>
#include <QLinkedList>
#include <QPair>
#include "foldermodelitem.h"
namespace Fm {
class LIBFM_QT_API FolderModel : public QAbstractListModel {
Q_OBJECT
public:
enum Role {
FileInfoRole = Qt::UserRole
};
enum ColumnId {
ColumnFileName,
ColumnFileType,
ColumnFileSize,
ColumnFileMTime,
ColumnFileOwner,
NumOfColumns
};
public:
FolderModel();
virtual ~FolderModel();
FmFolder* folder() {
return folder_;
}
void setFolder(FmFolder* new_folder);
FmPath* path() {
return folder_ ? fm_folder_get_path(folder_) : NULL;
}
int rowCount(const QModelIndex & parent = QModelIndex()) const;
int columnCount (const QModelIndex & parent) const;
QVariant data(const QModelIndex & index, int role) const;
QVariant headerData(int section, Qt::Orientation orientation, int role) const;
QModelIndex index(int row, int column, const QModelIndex & parent = QModelIndex()) const;
QModelIndex parent( const QModelIndex & index ) const;
// void sort(int column, Qt::SortOrder order = Qt::AscendingOrder);
Qt::ItemFlags flags(const QModelIndex & index) const;
virtual QStringList mimeTypes() const;
virtual QMimeData* mimeData(const QModelIndexList & indexes) const;
virtual Qt::DropActions supportedDropActions() const;
virtual bool dropMimeData(const QMimeData* data, Qt::DropAction action, int row, int column, const QModelIndex& parent);
FmFileInfo* fileInfoFromIndex(const QModelIndex& index) const;
FolderModelItem* itemFromIndex(const QModelIndex& index) const;
QImage thumbnailFromIndex(const QModelIndex& index, int size);
void cacheThumbnails(int size);
void releaseThumbnails(int size);
Q_SIGNALS:
void thumbnailLoaded(const QModelIndex& index, int size);
public Q_SLOTS:
void updateIcons();
protected:
static void onStartLoading(FmFolder* folder, gpointer user_data);
static void onFinishLoading(FmFolder* folder, gpointer user_data);
static void onFilesAdded(FmFolder* folder, GSList* files, gpointer user_data);
static void onFilesChanged(FmFolder* folder, GSList* files, gpointer user_data);
static void onFilesRemoved(FmFolder* folder, GSList* files, gpointer user_data);
static void onThumbnailLoaded(FmThumbnailLoader *res, gpointer user_data);
void insertFiles(int row, FmFileInfoList* files);
void removeAll();
QList<FolderModelItem>::iterator findItemByPath(FmPath* path, int* row);
QList<FolderModelItem>::iterator findItemByName(const char* name, int* row);
QList<FolderModelItem>::iterator findItemByFileInfo(FmFileInfo* info, int* row);
private:
FmFolder* folder_;
// FIXME: should we use a hash table here so item lookup becomes much faster?
QList<FolderModelItem> items;
// record what size of thumbnails we should cache in an array of <size, refCount> pairs.
QVector<QPair<int, int> > thumbnailRefCounts;
QLinkedList<FmThumbnailLoader*> thumbnailResults;
};
}
#endif // FM_FOLDERMODEL_H

@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
/*
* Copyright (C) 2012 - 2015 Hong Jen Yee (PCMan) <pcman.tw@gmail.com>
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*
*/
#include "foldermodelitem.h"
namespace Fm {
FolderModelItem::FolderModelItem(FmFileInfo* _info):
info(fm_file_info_ref(_info)) {
displayName = QString::fromUtf8(fm_file_info_get_disp_name(info));
icon = IconTheme::icon(fm_file_info_get_icon(_info));
thumbnails.reserve(2);
}
FolderModelItem::FolderModelItem(const FolderModelItem& other) {
info = other.info ? fm_file_info_ref(other.info) : NULL;
displayName = QString::fromUtf8(fm_file_info_get_disp_name(info));
icon = other.icon;
thumbnails = other.thumbnails;
}
FolderModelItem::~FolderModelItem() {
if(info)
fm_file_info_unref(info);
}
// find thumbnail of the specified size
// The returned thumbnail item is temporary and short-lived
// If you need to use the struct later, copy it to your own struct to keep it.
FolderModelItem::Thumbnail* FolderModelItem::findThumbnail(int size) {
QVector<Thumbnail>::iterator it;
for(it = thumbnails.begin(); it != thumbnails.end(); ++it) {
if(it->size == size) { // an image of the same size is found
return it;
}
}
if(it == thumbnails.end()) {
Thumbnail thumbnail;
thumbnail.status = ThumbnailNotChecked;
thumbnail.size = size;
thumbnails.append(thumbnail);
}
return &thumbnails.back();
}
// remove cached thumbnail of the specified size
void FolderModelItem::removeThumbnail(int size) {
QVector<Thumbnail>::iterator it;
for(it = thumbnails.begin(); it != thumbnails.end(); ++it) {
if(it->size == size) { // an image of the same size is found
thumbnails.erase(it);
break;
}
}
}
#if 0
// cache the thumbnail of the specified size in the folder item
void FolderModelItem::setThumbnail(int size, QImage image) {
QVector<Thumbnail>::iterator it;
for(it = thumbnails.begin(); it != thumbnails.end(); ++it) {
if(it->size == size) { // an image of the same size already exists
it->image = image; // replace it
it->status = ThumbnailLoaded;
break;
}
}
if(it == thumbnails.end()) { // the image is not found
Thumbnail thumbnail;
thumbnail.size = size;
thumbnail.status = ThumbnailLoaded;
thumbnail.image = image;
thumbnails.append(thumbnail); // add a new entry
}
}
#endif
} // namespace Fm

@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
/*
* Copyright (C) 2012 - 2015 Hong Jen Yee (PCMan) <pcman.tw@gmail.com>
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*
*/
#ifndef FM_FOLDERMODELITEM_H
#define FM_FOLDERMODELITEM_H
#include "libfmqtglobals.h"
#include <libfm/fm.h>
#include <QImage>
#include <QString>
#include <QIcon>
#include <QVector>
#include "icontheme.h"
namespace Fm {
class LIBFM_QT_API FolderModelItem {
public:
enum ThumbnailStatus {
ThumbnailNotChecked,
ThumbnailLoading,
ThumbnailLoaded,
ThumbnailFailed
};
struct Thumbnail {
int size;
ThumbnailStatus status;
QImage image;
};
public:
FolderModelItem(FmFileInfo* _info);
FolderModelItem(const FolderModelItem& other);
virtual ~FolderModelItem();
Thumbnail* findThumbnail(int size);
// void setThumbnail(int size, QImage image);
void removeThumbnail(int size);
void updateIcon() {
icon = IconTheme::icon(fm_file_info_get_icon(info));
}
QString displayName;
QIcon icon;
FmFileInfo* info;
QVector<Thumbnail> thumbnails;
};
}
#endif // FM_FOLDERMODELITEM_H

@ -0,0 +1,984 @@
/*
* Copyright (C) 2012 - 2015 Hong Jen Yee (PCMan) <pcman.tw@gmail.com>
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*
*/
#include "folderview.h"
#include "foldermodel.h"
#include <QHeaderView>
#include <QVBoxLayout>
#include <QContextMenuEvent>
#include "proxyfoldermodel.h"
#include "folderitemdelegate.h"
#include "dndactionmenu.h"
#include "filemenu.h"
#include "foldermenu.h"
#include "filelauncher.h"
#include <QTimer>
#include <QDate>
#include <QDebug>
#include <QMimeData>
#include <QHoverEvent>
#include <QApplication>
#include <QScrollBar>
#include <QMetaType>
#include "folderview_p.h"
Q_DECLARE_OPAQUE_POINTER(FmFileInfo*)
using namespace Fm;
FolderViewListView::FolderViewListView(QWidget* parent):
QListView(parent),
activationAllowed_(true) {
connect(this, &QListView::activated, this, &FolderViewListView::activation);
}
FolderViewListView::~FolderViewListView() {
}
void FolderViewListView::startDrag(Qt::DropActions supportedActions) {
if(movement() != Static)
QListView::startDrag(supportedActions);
else
QAbstractItemView::startDrag(supportedActions);
}
void FolderViewListView::mousePressEvent(QMouseEvent* event) {
QListView::mousePressEvent(event);
static_cast<FolderView*>(parent())->childMousePressEvent(event);
}
QModelIndex FolderViewListView::indexAt(const QPoint& point) const {
QModelIndex index = QListView::indexAt(point);
// NOTE: QListView has a severe design flaw here. It does hit-testing based on the
// total bound rect of the item. The width of an item is determined by max(icon_width, text_width).
// So if the text label is much wider than the icon, when you click outside the icon but
// the point is still within the outer bound rect, the item is still selected.
// This results in very poor usability. Let's do precise hit-testing here.
// An item is hit only when the point is in the icon or text label.
// If the point is in the bound rectangle but outside the icon or text, it should not be selected.
if(viewMode() == QListView::IconMode && index.isValid()) {
// FIXME: this hack only improves the usability partially. We still need more precise sizeHint handling.
// FolderItemDelegate* delegate = static_cast<FolderItemDelegate*>(itemDelegateForColumn(FolderModel::ColumnFileName));
// Q_ASSERT(delegate != nullptr);
// We use the grid size - (2, 2) as the size of the bounding rectangle of the whole item.
// The width of the text label hence is gridSize.width - 2, and the width and height of the icon is from iconSize().
QRect visRect = visualRect(index); // visibal area on the screen
QSize itemSize = gridSize();
itemSize.setWidth(itemSize.width() - 2);
itemSize.setHeight(itemSize.height() - 2);
QSize _iconSize = iconSize();
int textHeight = itemSize.height() - _iconSize.height();
if(point.y() < visRect.bottom() - textHeight) {
// the point is in the icon area, not over the text label
int iconXMargin = (itemSize.width() - _iconSize.width()) / 2;
if(point.x() < (visRect.left() + iconXMargin) || point.x() > (visRect.right() - iconXMargin))
return QModelIndex();
}
// qDebug() << "visualRect: " << visRect << "point:" << point;
}
return index;
}
// NOTE:
// QListView has a problem which I consider a bug or a design flaw.
// When you set movement property to Static, theoratically the icons
// should not be movable. However, if you turned on icon mode,
// the icons becomes freely movable despite the value of movement is Static.
// To overcome this bug, we override all drag handling methods, and
// call QAbstractItemView directly, bypassing QListView.
// In this way, we can workaround the buggy behavior.
// The drag handlers of QListView basically does the same things
// as its parent QAbstractItemView, but it also stores the currently
// dragged item and paint them in the view as needed.
// TODO: I really should file a bug report to Qt developers.
void FolderViewListView::dragEnterEvent(QDragEnterEvent* event) {
if(movement() != Static)
QListView::dragEnterEvent(event);
else
QAbstractItemView::dragEnterEvent(event);
qDebug("dragEnterEvent");
//static_cast<FolderView*>(parent())->childDragEnterEvent(event);
}
void FolderViewListView::dragLeaveEvent(QDragLeaveEvent* e) {
if(movement() != Static)
QListView::dragLeaveEvent(e);
else
QAbstractItemView::dragLeaveEvent(e);
static_cast<FolderView*>(parent())->childDragLeaveEvent(e);
}
void FolderViewListView::dragMoveEvent(QDragMoveEvent* e) {
if(movement() != Static)
QListView::dragMoveEvent(e);
else
QAbstractItemView::dragMoveEvent(e);
static_cast<FolderView*>(parent())->childDragMoveEvent(e);
}
void FolderViewListView::dropEvent(QDropEvent* e) {
static_cast<FolderView*>(parent())->childDropEvent(e);
if(movement() != Static)
QListView::dropEvent(e);
else
QAbstractItemView::dropEvent(e);
}
void FolderViewListView::mouseReleaseEvent(QMouseEvent* event) {
bool activationWasAllowed = activationAllowed_;
if ((!style()->styleHint(QStyle::SH_ItemView_ActivateItemOnSingleClick, nullptr, this)) || (event->button() != Qt::LeftButton)) {
activationAllowed_ = false;
}
QListView::mouseReleaseEvent(event);
activationAllowed_ = activationWasAllowed;
}
void FolderViewListView::mouseDoubleClickEvent(QMouseEvent* event) {
bool activationWasAllowed = activationAllowed_;
if ((style()->styleHint(QStyle::SH_ItemView_ActivateItemOnSingleClick, nullptr, this)) || (event->button() != Qt::LeftButton)) {
activationAllowed_ = false;
}
QListView::mouseDoubleClickEvent(event);
activationAllowed_ = activationWasAllowed;
}
void FolderViewListView::activation(const QModelIndex &index) {
if (activationAllowed_) {
Q_EMIT activatedFiltered(index);
}
}
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
FolderViewTreeView::FolderViewTreeView(QWidget* parent):
QTreeView(parent),
layoutTimer_(nullptr),
doingLayout_(false),
activationAllowed_(true) {
header()->setStretchLastSection(true);
setIndentation(0);
connect(this, &QTreeView::activated, this, &FolderViewTreeView::activation);
}
FolderViewTreeView::~FolderViewTreeView() {
if(layoutTimer_)
delete layoutTimer_;
}
void FolderViewTreeView::setModel(QAbstractItemModel* model) {
QTreeView::setModel(model);
layoutColumns();
if(ProxyFolderModel* proxyModel = qobject_cast<ProxyFolderModel*>(model)) {
connect(proxyModel, &ProxyFolderModel::sortFilterChanged, this, &FolderViewTreeView::onSortFilterChanged,
Qt::UniqueConnection);
onSortFilterChanged();
}
}
void FolderViewTreeView::mousePressEvent(QMouseEvent* event) {
QTreeView::mousePressEvent(event);
static_cast<FolderView*>(parent())->childMousePressEvent(event);
}
void FolderViewTreeView::dragEnterEvent(QDragEnterEvent* event) {
QTreeView::dragEnterEvent(event);
static_cast<FolderView*>(parent())->childDragEnterEvent(event);
}
void FolderViewTreeView::dragLeaveEvent(QDragLeaveEvent* e) {
QTreeView::dragLeaveEvent(e);
static_cast<FolderView*>(parent())->childDragLeaveEvent(e);
}
void FolderViewTreeView::dragMoveEvent(QDragMoveEvent* e) {
QTreeView::dragMoveEvent(e);
static_cast<FolderView*>(parent())->childDragMoveEvent(e);
}
void FolderViewTreeView::dropEvent(QDropEvent* e) {
static_cast<FolderView*>(parent())->childDropEvent(e);
QTreeView::dropEvent(e);
}
// the default list mode of QListView handles column widths
// very badly (worse than gtk+) and it's not very flexible.
// so, let's handle column widths outselves.
void FolderViewTreeView::layoutColumns() {
// qDebug("layoutColumns");
if(!model())
return;
doingLayout_ = true;
QHeaderView* headerView = header();
// the width that's available for showing the columns.
int availWidth = viewport()->contentsRect().width();
int desiredWidth = 0;
// get the width that every column want
int numCols = headerView->count();
if(numCols > 0) {
int* widths = new int[numCols]; // array to store the widths every column needs
int column;
for(column = 0; column < numCols; ++column) {
int columnId = headerView->logicalIndex(column);
// get the size that the column needs
widths[column] = sizeHintForColumn(columnId);
// compute the total width needed
desiredWidth += widths[column];
}
int filenameColumn = headerView->visualIndex(FolderModel::ColumnFileName);
// if the total witdh we want exceeds the available space
if(desiredWidth > availWidth) {
// Compute the width available for the filename column
int filenameAvailWidth = availWidth - desiredWidth + widths[filenameColumn];
// Compute the minimum acceptable width for the filename column
int filenameMinWidth = qMin(200, sizeHintForColumn(filenameColumn));
if (filenameAvailWidth > filenameMinWidth) {
// Shrink the filename column to the available width
widths[filenameColumn] = filenameAvailWidth;
}
else {
// Set the filename column to its minimum width
widths[filenameColumn] = filenameMinWidth;
}
}
else {
// Fill the extra available space with the filename column
widths[filenameColumn] += availWidth - desiredWidth;
}
// really do the resizing for every column
for(int column = 0; column < numCols; ++column) {
headerView->resizeSection(column, widths[column]);
}
delete []widths;
}
doingLayout_ = false;
if(layoutTimer_) {
delete layoutTimer_;
layoutTimer_ = nullptr;
}
}
void FolderViewTreeView::resizeEvent(QResizeEvent* event) {
QAbstractItemView::resizeEvent(event);
// prevent endless recursion.
// When manually resizing columns, at the point where a horizontal scroll
// bar has to be inserted or removed, the vertical size changes, a resize
// event occurs and the column headers are flickering badly if the column
// layout is modified at this point. Therefore only layout the columns if
// the horizontal size changes.
if(!doingLayout_ && event->size().width() != event->oldSize().width())
layoutColumns(); // layoutColumns() also triggers resizeEvent
}
void FolderViewTreeView::rowsInserted(const QModelIndex& parent, int start, int end) {
QTreeView::rowsInserted(parent, start, end);
queueLayoutColumns();
}
void FolderViewTreeView::rowsAboutToBeRemoved(const QModelIndex& parent, int start, int end) {
QTreeView::rowsAboutToBeRemoved(parent, start, end);
queueLayoutColumns();
}
void FolderViewTreeView::dataChanged(const QModelIndex& topLeft, const QModelIndex& bottomRight) {
QTreeView::dataChanged(topLeft, bottomRight);
// FIXME: this will be very inefficient
// queueLayoutColumns();
}
void FolderViewTreeView::reset() {
// Sometimes when the content of the model is radically changed, Qt does reset()
// on the model rather than doing large amount of insertion and deletion.
// This is for performance reason so in this case rowsInserted() and rowsAboutToBeRemoved()
// might not be called. Hence we also have to re-layout the columns when the model is reset.
// This fixes bug #190
// https://github.com/lxde/pcmanfm-qt/issues/190
QTreeView::reset();
queueLayoutColumns();
}
void FolderViewTreeView::queueLayoutColumns() {
// qDebug("queueLayoutColumns");
if(!layoutTimer_) {
layoutTimer_ = new QTimer();
layoutTimer_->setSingleShot(true);
layoutTimer_->setInterval(0);
connect(layoutTimer_, &QTimer::timeout, this, &FolderViewTreeView::layoutColumns);
}
layoutTimer_->start();
}
void FolderViewTreeView::mouseReleaseEvent(QMouseEvent* event) {
bool activationWasAllowed = activationAllowed_;
if ((!style()->styleHint(QStyle::SH_ItemView_ActivateItemOnSingleClick, nullptr, this)) || (event->button() != Qt::LeftButton)) {
activationAllowed_ = false;
}
QTreeView::mouseReleaseEvent(event);
activationAllowed_ = activationWasAllowed;
}
void FolderViewTreeView::mouseDoubleClickEvent(QMouseEvent* event) {
bool activationWasAllowed = activationAllowed_;
if ((style()->styleHint(QStyle::SH_ItemView_ActivateItemOnSingleClick, nullptr, this)) || (event->button() != Qt::LeftButton)) {
activationAllowed_ = false;
}
QTreeView::mouseDoubleClickEvent(event);
activationAllowed_ = activationWasAllowed;
}
void FolderViewTreeView::activation(const QModelIndex &index) {
if (activationAllowed_) {
Q_EMIT activatedFiltered(index);
}
}
void FolderViewTreeView::onSortFilterChanged() {
if(QSortFilterProxyModel* proxyModel = qobject_cast<QSortFilterProxyModel*>(model())) {
header()->setSortIndicatorShown(true);
header()->setSortIndicator(proxyModel->sortColumn(), proxyModel->sortOrder());
if (!isSortingEnabled()) {
setSortingEnabled(true);
}
}
}
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
FolderView::FolderView(ViewMode _mode, QWidget* parent):
QWidget(parent),
view(nullptr),
mode((ViewMode)0),
autoSelectionDelay_(600),
autoSelectionTimer_(nullptr),
selChangedTimer_(nullptr),
fileLauncher_(nullptr),
model_(nullptr) {
iconSize_[IconMode - FirstViewMode] = QSize(48, 48);
iconSize_[CompactMode - FirstViewMode] = QSize(24, 24);
iconSize_[ThumbnailMode - FirstViewMode] = QSize(128, 128);
iconSize_[DetailedListMode - FirstViewMode] = QSize(24, 24);
QVBoxLayout* layout = new QVBoxLayout();
layout->setMargin(0);
setLayout(layout);
setViewMode(_mode);
setSizePolicy(QSizePolicy::Expanding, QSizePolicy::Expanding);
connect(this, &FolderView::clicked, this, &FolderView::onFileClicked);
}
FolderView::~FolderView() {
}
void FolderView::onItemActivated(QModelIndex index) {
if(index.isValid() && index.model()) {
QVariant data = index.model()->data(index, FolderModel::FileInfoRole);
FmFileInfo* info = (FmFileInfo*)data.value<void*>();
if(info) {
if (!(QApplication::keyboardModifiers() & (Qt::ShiftModifier | Qt::ControlModifier | Qt::AltModifier | Qt::MetaModifier))) {
Q_EMIT clicked(ActivatedClick, info);
}
}
}
}
void FolderView::onSelChangedTimeout() {
selChangedTimer_->deleteLater();
selChangedTimer_ = nullptr;
QItemSelectionModel* selModel = selectionModel();
int nSel = 0;
if(viewMode() == DetailedListMode)
nSel = selModel->selectedRows().count();
else {
nSel = selModel->selectedIndexes().count();
}
// qDebug()<<"selected:" << nSel;
Q_EMIT selChanged(nSel); // FIXME: this is inefficient
}
void FolderView::onSelectionChanged(const QItemSelection& selected, const QItemSelection& deselected) {
// It's possible that the selected items change too often and this slot gets called for thousands of times.
// For example, when you select thousands of files and delete them, we will get one selectionChanged() event
// for every deleted file. So, we use a timer to delay the handling to avoid too frequent updates of the UI.
if(!selChangedTimer_) {
selChangedTimer_ = new QTimer(this);
selChangedTimer_->setSingleShot(true);
connect(selChangedTimer_, &QTimer::timeout, this, &FolderView::onSelChangedTimeout);
selChangedTimer_->start(200);
}
}
void FolderView::setViewMode(ViewMode _mode) {
if(_mode == mode) // if it's the same more, ignore
return;
// FIXME: retain old selection
// since only detailed list mode uses QTreeView, and others
// all use QListView, it's wise to preserve QListView when possible.
bool recreateView = false;
if(view && (mode == DetailedListMode || _mode == DetailedListMode)) {
delete view; // FIXME: no virtual dtor?
view = nullptr;
recreateView = true;
}
mode = _mode;
QSize iconSize = iconSize_[mode - FirstViewMode];
if(mode == DetailedListMode) {
FolderViewTreeView* treeView = new FolderViewTreeView(this);
connect(treeView, &FolderViewTreeView::activatedFiltered, this, &FolderView::onItemActivated);
view = treeView;
treeView->setItemsExpandable(false);
treeView->setRootIsDecorated(false);
treeView->setAllColumnsShowFocus(false);
// set our own custom delegate
FolderItemDelegate* delegate = new FolderItemDelegate(treeView);
treeView->setItemDelegateForColumn(FolderModel::ColumnFileName, delegate);
}
else {
FolderViewListView* listView;
if(view)
listView = static_cast<FolderViewListView*>(view);
else {
listView = new FolderViewListView(this);
connect(listView, &FolderViewListView::activatedFiltered, this, &FolderView::onItemActivated);
view = listView;
}
// set our own custom delegate
FolderItemDelegate* delegate = new FolderItemDelegate(listView);
listView->setItemDelegateForColumn(FolderModel::ColumnFileName, delegate);
// FIXME: should we expose the delegate?
listView->setMovement(QListView::Static);
listView->setResizeMode(QListView::Adjust);
listView->setWrapping(true);
switch(mode) {
case IconMode: {
listView->setViewMode(QListView::IconMode);
listView->setWordWrap(true);
listView->setFlow(QListView::LeftToRight);
break;
}
case CompactMode: {
listView->setViewMode(QListView::ListMode);
listView->setWordWrap(false);
listView->setFlow(QListView::QListView::TopToBottom);
break;
}
case ThumbnailMode: {
listView->setViewMode(QListView::IconMode);
listView->setWordWrap(true);
listView->setFlow(QListView::LeftToRight);
break;
}
default:;
}
updateGridSize();
}
if(view) {
// we have to install the event filter on the viewport instead of the view itself.
view->viewport()->installEventFilter(this);
// we want the QEvent::HoverMove event for single click + auto-selection support
view->viewport()->setAttribute(Qt::WA_Hover, true);
view->setContextMenuPolicy(Qt::NoContextMenu); // defer the context menu handling to parent widgets
view->setSizePolicy(QSizePolicy::Expanding, QSizePolicy::Expanding);
view->setIconSize(iconSize);
view->setSelectionMode(QAbstractItemView::ExtendedSelection);
layout()->addWidget(view);
// enable dnd
view->setDragEnabled(true);
view->setAcceptDrops(true);
view->setDragDropMode(QAbstractItemView::DragDrop);
view->setDropIndicatorShown(true);
if(model_) {
// FIXME: preserve selections
model_->setThumbnailSize(iconSize.width());
view->setModel(model_);
if(recreateView)
connect(view->selectionModel(), &QItemSelectionModel::selectionChanged, this, &FolderView::onSelectionChanged);
}
}
}
// set proper grid size for the QListView based on current view mode, icon size, and font size.
void FolderView::updateGridSize() {
if(mode == DetailedListMode || !view)
return;
FolderViewListView* listView = static_cast<FolderViewListView*>(view);
QSize icon = iconSize(mode); // size of the icon
QFontMetrics fm = fontMetrics(); // size of current font
QSize grid; // the final grid size
switch(mode) {
case IconMode:
case ThumbnailMode: {
// NOTE by PCMan about finding the optimal text label size:
// The average filename length on my root filesystem is roughly 18-20 chars.
// So, a reasonable size for the text label is about 10 chars each line since string of this length
// can be shown in two lines. If you consider word wrap, then the result is around 10 chars per word.
// In average, 10 char per line should be enough to display a "word" in the filename without breaking.
// The values can be estimated with this command:
// > find / | xargs basename -a | sed -e s'/[_-]/ /g' | wc -mcw
// However, this average only applies to English. For some Asian characters, such as Chinese chars,
// each char actually takes doubled space. To be safe, we use 13 chars per line x average char width
// to get a nearly optimal width for the text label. As most of the filenames have less than 40 chars
// 13 chars x 3 lines should be enough to show the full filenames for most files.
int textWidth = fm.averageCharWidth() * 13;
int textHeight = fm.lineSpacing() * 3;
grid.setWidth(qMax(icon.width(), textWidth) + 4); // a margin of 2 px for selection rects
grid.setHeight(icon.height() + textHeight + 4); // a margin of 2 px for selection rects
break;
}
default:
; // do not use grid size
}
if(mode == IconMode || mode == ThumbnailMode)
listView->setGridSize(grid + QSize(6, 6)); // a margin of 6 px for every cell
else
listView->setGridSize(grid);
FolderItemDelegate* delegate = static_cast<FolderItemDelegate*>(listView->itemDelegateForColumn(FolderModel::ColumnFileName));
delegate->setGridSize(grid);
}
void FolderView::setIconSize(ViewMode mode, QSize size) {
Q_ASSERT(mode >= FirstViewMode && mode <= LastViewMode);
iconSize_[mode - FirstViewMode] = size;
if(viewMode() == mode) {
view->setIconSize(size);
if(model_)
model_->setThumbnailSize(size.width());
updateGridSize();
}
}
QSize FolderView::iconSize(ViewMode mode) const {
Q_ASSERT(mode >= FirstViewMode && mode <= LastViewMode);
return iconSize_[mode - FirstViewMode];
}
FolderView::ViewMode FolderView::viewMode() const {
return mode;
}
void FolderView::setAutoSelectionDelay(int delay) {
autoSelectionDelay_ = delay;
}
QAbstractItemView* FolderView::childView() const {
return view;
}
ProxyFolderModel* FolderView::model() const {
return model_;
}
void FolderView::setModel(ProxyFolderModel* model) {
if(view) {
view->setModel(model);
QSize iconSize = iconSize_[mode - FirstViewMode];
model->setThumbnailSize(iconSize.width());
if(view->selectionModel())
connect(view->selectionModel(), &QItemSelectionModel::selectionChanged, this, &FolderView::onSelectionChanged);
}
if(model_)
delete model_;
model_ = model;
}
bool FolderView::event(QEvent* event) {
switch(event->type()) {
case QEvent::StyleChange:
break;
case QEvent::FontChange:
updateGridSize();
break;
};
return QWidget::event(event);
}
void FolderView::contextMenuEvent(QContextMenuEvent* event) {
QWidget::contextMenuEvent(event);
QPoint pos = event->pos();
QPoint view_pos = view->mapFromParent(pos);
QPoint viewport_pos = view->viewport()->mapFromParent(view_pos);
emitClickedAt(ContextMenuClick, viewport_pos);
}
void FolderView::childMousePressEvent(QMouseEvent* event) {
// called from mousePressEvent() of child view
Qt::MouseButton button = event->button();
if(button == Qt::MiddleButton) {
emitClickedAt(MiddleClick, event->pos());
} else if (button == Qt::BackButton) {
Q_EMIT clickedBack();
} else if (button == Qt::ForwardButton) {
Q_EMIT clickedForward();
}
}
void FolderView::emitClickedAt(ClickType type, const QPoint& pos) {
// indexAt() needs a point in "viewport" coordinates.
QModelIndex index = view->indexAt(pos);
if(index.isValid()) {
QVariant data = index.data(FolderModel::FileInfoRole);
FmFileInfo* info = reinterpret_cast<FmFileInfo*>(data.value<void*>());
Q_EMIT clicked(type, info);
}
else {
// FIXME: should we show popup menu for the selected files instead
// if there are selected files?
if(type == ContextMenuClick) {
// clear current selection if clicked outside selected files
view->clearSelection();
Q_EMIT clicked(type, nullptr);
}
}
}
QModelIndexList FolderView::selectedRows(int column) const {
QItemSelectionModel* selModel = selectionModel();
if(selModel) {
return selModel->selectedRows(column);
}
return QModelIndexList();
}
// This returns all selected "cells", which means all cells of the same row are returned.
QModelIndexList FolderView::selectedIndexes() const {
QItemSelectionModel* selModel = selectionModel();
if(selModel) {
return selModel->selectedIndexes();
}
return QModelIndexList();
}
QItemSelectionModel* FolderView::selectionModel() const {
return view ? view->selectionModel() : nullptr;
}
FmPathList* FolderView::selectedFilePaths() const {
if(model_) {
QModelIndexList selIndexes = mode == DetailedListMode ? selectedRows() : selectedIndexes();
if(!selIndexes.isEmpty()) {
FmPathList* paths = fm_path_list_new();
QModelIndexList::const_iterator it;
for(it = selIndexes.begin(); it != selIndexes.end(); ++it) {
FmFileInfo* file = model_->fileInfoFromIndex(*it);
fm_path_list_push_tail(paths, fm_file_info_get_path(file));
}
return paths;
}
}
return nullptr;
}
QModelIndex FolderView::indexFromFolderPath(FmPath* folderPath) const {
if(!model_ || !folderPath) return QModelIndex();
QModelIndex index;
int count = model_->rowCount();
for(int row = 0; row < count; ++row) {
index = model_->index(row, 0);
FmFileInfo* info = model_->fileInfoFromIndex(index);
if(info && fm_file_info_is_dir(info) && fm_path_equal(folderPath,fm_file_info_get_path(info)))
return index;
}
return QModelIndex();
}
FmFileInfoList* FolderView::selectedFiles() const {
if(model_) {
QModelIndexList selIndexes = mode == DetailedListMode ? selectedRows() : selectedIndexes();
if(!selIndexes.isEmpty()) {
FmFileInfoList* files = fm_file_info_list_new();
QModelIndexList::const_iterator it;
for(it = selIndexes.constBegin(); it != selIndexes.constEnd(); ++it) {
FmFileInfo* file = model_->fileInfoFromIndex(*it);
fm_file_info_list_push_tail(files, file);
}
return files;
}
}
return nullptr;
}
void FolderView::selectAll() {
if(mode == DetailedListMode)
view->selectAll();
else {
// NOTE: By default QListView::selectAll() selects all columns in the model.
// However, QListView only show the first column. Normal selection by mouse
// can only select the first column of every row. I consider this discripancy yet
// another design flaw of Qt. To make them consistent, we do it ourselves by only
// selecting the first column of every row and do not select all columns as Qt does.
// This will trigger one selectionChanged event per row, which is very inefficient,
// but we have no other choices to workaround the Qt bug.
// I'll report a Qt bug for this later.
if(model_) {
int rowCount = model_->rowCount();
for(int row = 0; row < rowCount; ++row) {
QModelIndex index = model_->index(row, 0);
selectionModel()->select(index, QItemSelectionModel::Select);
}
}
}
}
void FolderView::invertSelection() {
if(model_) {
QItemSelectionModel* selModel = view->selectionModel();
int rows = model_->rowCount();
QItemSelectionModel::SelectionFlags flags = QItemSelectionModel::Toggle;
if(mode == DetailedListMode)
flags |= QItemSelectionModel::Rows;
for(int row = 0; row < rows; ++row) {
QModelIndex index = model_->index(row, 0);
selModel->select(index, flags);
}
}
}
void FolderView::childDragEnterEvent(QDragEnterEvent* event) {
qDebug("drag enter");
if(event->mimeData()->hasFormat("text/uri-list")) {
event->accept();
}
else
event->ignore();
}
void FolderView::childDragLeaveEvent(QDragLeaveEvent* e) {
qDebug("drag leave");
e->accept();
}
void FolderView::childDragMoveEvent(QDragMoveEvent* e) {
qDebug("drag move");
}
void FolderView::childDropEvent(QDropEvent* e) {
qDebug("drop");
if(e->keyboardModifiers() == Qt::NoModifier) {
// if no key modifiers are used, popup a menu
// to ask the user for the action he/she wants to perform.
Qt::DropAction action = DndActionMenu::askUser(e->possibleActions(), QCursor::pos());
e->setDropAction(action);
}
}
bool FolderView::eventFilter(QObject* watched, QEvent* event) {
// NOTE: Instead of simply filtering the drag and drop events of the child view in
// the event filter, we overrided each event handler virtual methods in
// both QListView and QTreeView and added some childXXXEvent() callbacks.
// We did this because of a design flaw of Qt.
// All QAbstractScrollArea derived widgets, including QAbstractItemView
// contains an internal child widget, which is called a viewport.
// The events actually comes from the child viewport, not the parent view itself.
// Qt redirects the events of viewport to the viewportEvent() method of
// QAbstractScrollArea and let the parent widget handle the events.
// Qt implemented this using a event filter installed on the child viewport widget.
// That means, when we try to install an event filter on the viewport,
// there is already a filter installed by Qt which will be called before ours.
// So we can never intercept the event handling of QAbstractItemView by using a filter.
// That's why we override respective virtual methods for different events.
if(view && watched == view->viewport()) {
switch(event->type()) {
case QEvent::HoverMove:
// activate items on single click
if(style()->styleHint(QStyle::SH_ItemView_ActivateItemOnSingleClick)) {
QHoverEvent* hoverEvent = static_cast<QHoverEvent*>(event);
QModelIndex index = view->indexAt(hoverEvent->pos()); // find out the hovered item
if(index.isValid()) { // change the cursor to a hand when hovering on an item
setCursor(Qt::PointingHandCursor);
if(!selectionModel()->hasSelection())
selectionModel()->setCurrentIndex(index, QItemSelectionModel::Current);
}
else
setCursor(Qt::ArrowCursor);
// turn on auto-selection for hovered item when single click mode is used.
if(autoSelectionDelay_ > 0 && model_) {
if(!autoSelectionTimer_) {
autoSelectionTimer_ = new QTimer(this);
connect(autoSelectionTimer_, &QTimer::timeout, this, &FolderView::onAutoSelectionTimeout);
lastAutoSelectionIndex_ = QModelIndex();
}
autoSelectionTimer_->start(autoSelectionDelay_);
}
break;
}
case QEvent::HoverLeave:
if(style()->styleHint(QStyle::SH_ItemView_ActivateItemOnSingleClick))
setCursor(Qt::ArrowCursor);
break;
case QEvent::Wheel:
// This is to fix #85: Scrolling doesn't work in compact view
// Actually, I think it's the bug of Qt, not ours.
// When in compact mode, only the horizontal scroll bar is used and the vertical one is hidden.
// So, when a user scroll his mouse wheel, it's reasonable to scroll the horizontal scollbar.
// Qt does not implement such a simple feature, unfortunately.
// We do it by forwarding the scroll event in the viewport to the horizontal scrollbar.
// FIXME: if someday Qt supports this, we have to disable the workaround.
if(mode == CompactMode) {
QScrollBar* scroll = view->horizontalScrollBar();
if(scroll) {
QApplication::sendEvent(scroll, event);
return true;
}
}
break;
}
}
return QObject::eventFilter(watched, event);
}
// this slot handles auto-selection of items.
void FolderView::onAutoSelectionTimeout() {
if(QApplication::mouseButtons() != Qt::NoButton)
return;
Qt::KeyboardModifiers mods = QApplication::keyboardModifiers();
QPoint pos = view->viewport()->mapFromGlobal(QCursor::pos()); // convert to viewport coordinates
QModelIndex index = view->indexAt(pos); // find out the hovered item
QItemSelectionModel::SelectionFlags flags = (mode == DetailedListMode ? QItemSelectionModel::Rows : QItemSelectionModel::NoUpdate);
QItemSelectionModel* selModel = view->selectionModel();
if(mods & Qt::ControlModifier) { // Ctrl key is pressed
if(selModel->isSelected(index) && index != lastAutoSelectionIndex_) {
// unselect a previously selected item
selModel->select(index, flags|QItemSelectionModel::Deselect);
lastAutoSelectionIndex_ = QModelIndex();
}
else {
// select an unselected item
selModel->select(index, flags|QItemSelectionModel::Select);
lastAutoSelectionIndex_ = index;
}
selModel->setCurrentIndex(index, QItemSelectionModel::NoUpdate); // move the cursor
}
else if(mods & Qt::ShiftModifier) { // Shift key is pressed
// select all items between current index and the hovered index.
QModelIndex current = selModel->currentIndex();
if(selModel->hasSelection() && current.isValid()) {
selModel->clear(); // clear old selection
selModel->setCurrentIndex(current, QItemSelectionModel::NoUpdate);
int begin = current.row();
int end = index.row();
if(begin > end)
qSwap(begin, end);
for(int row = begin; row <= end; ++row) {
QModelIndex sel = model_->index(row, 0);
selModel->select(sel, flags|QItemSelectionModel::Select);
}
}
else { // no items are selected, select the hovered item.
if(index.isValid()) {
selModel->select(index, flags|QItemSelectionModel::SelectCurrent);
selModel->setCurrentIndex(index, QItemSelectionModel::NoUpdate);
}
}
lastAutoSelectionIndex_ = index;
}
else if(mods == Qt::NoModifier) { // no modifier keys are pressed.
if(index.isValid()) {
// select the hovered item
view->clearSelection();
selModel->select(index, flags|QItemSelectionModel::SelectCurrent);
selModel->setCurrentIndex(index, QItemSelectionModel::NoUpdate);
}
lastAutoSelectionIndex_ = index;
}
autoSelectionTimer_->deleteLater();
autoSelectionTimer_ = nullptr;
}
void FolderView::onFileClicked(int type, FmFileInfo* fileInfo) {
if(type == ActivatedClick) {
if(fileLauncher_) {
GList* files = g_list_append(nullptr, fileInfo);
fileLauncher_->launchFiles(nullptr, files);
g_list_free(files);
}
}
else if(type == ContextMenuClick) {
FmPath* folderPath = nullptr;
FmFileInfoList* files = selectedFiles();
if (files) {
FmFileInfo* first = fm_file_info_list_peek_head(files);
if (fm_file_info_list_get_length(files) == 1 && fm_file_info_is_dir(first))
folderPath = fm_file_info_get_path(first);
}
if (!folderPath)
folderPath = path();
QMenu* menu = nullptr;
if(fileInfo) {
// show context menu
if (FmFileInfoList* files = selectedFiles()) {
Fm::FileMenu* fileMenu = new Fm::FileMenu(files, fileInfo, folderPath);
fileMenu->setFileLauncher(fileLauncher_);
prepareFileMenu(fileMenu);
fm_file_info_list_unref(files);
menu = fileMenu;
}
}
else {
Fm::FolderMenu* folderMenu = new Fm::FolderMenu(this);
prepareFolderMenu(folderMenu);
menu = folderMenu;
}
if (menu) {
menu->exec(QCursor::pos());
delete menu;
}
}
}
void FolderView::prepareFileMenu(FileMenu* menu) {
}
void FolderView::prepareFolderMenu(FolderMenu* menu) {
}

@ -0,0 +1,169 @@
/*
* Copyright (C) 2012 - 2015 Hong Jen Yee (PCMan) <pcman.tw@gmail.com>
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*
*/
#ifndef FM_FOLDERVIEW_H
#define FM_FOLDERVIEW_H
#include "libfmqtglobals.h"
#include <QWidget>
#include <QListView>
#include <QTreeView>
#include <QMouseEvent>
#include <libfm/fm.h>
#include "foldermodel.h"
#include "proxyfoldermodel.h"
class QTimer;
namespace Fm {
class FileMenu;
class FolderMenu;
class FileLauncher;
class FolderViewStyle;
class LIBFM_QT_API FolderView : public QWidget {
Q_OBJECT
public:
enum ViewMode {
FirstViewMode = 1,
IconMode = FirstViewMode,
CompactMode,
DetailedListMode,
ThumbnailMode,
LastViewMode = ThumbnailMode,
NumViewModes = (LastViewMode - FirstViewMode + 1)
};
enum ClickType {
ActivatedClick,
MiddleClick,
ContextMenuClick
};
friend class FolderViewTreeView;
friend class FolderViewListView;
explicit FolderView(ViewMode _mode = IconMode, QWidget* parent = 0);
virtual ~FolderView();
void setViewMode(ViewMode _mode);
ViewMode viewMode() const;
void setIconSize(ViewMode mode, QSize size);
QSize iconSize(ViewMode mode) const;
QAbstractItemView* childView() const;
ProxyFolderModel* model() const;
void setModel(ProxyFolderModel* _model);
FmFolder* folder() {
return model_ ? static_cast<FolderModel*>(model_->sourceModel())->folder() : NULL;
}
FmFileInfo* folderInfo() {
FmFolder* _folder = folder();
return _folder ? fm_folder_get_info(_folder) : NULL;
}
FmPath* path() {
FmFolder* _folder = folder();
return _folder ? fm_folder_get_path(_folder) : NULL;
}
QItemSelectionModel* selectionModel() const;
FmFileInfoList* selectedFiles() const;
FmPathList* selectedFilePaths() const;
QModelIndex indexFromFolderPath(FmPath* folderPath) const;
void selectAll();
void invertSelection();
void setFileLauncher(FileLauncher* launcher) {
fileLauncher_ = launcher;
}
FileLauncher* fileLauncher() {
return fileLauncher_;
}
int autoSelectionDelay() const {
return autoSelectionDelay_;
}
void setAutoSelectionDelay(int delay);
protected:
virtual bool event(QEvent* event);
virtual void contextMenuEvent(QContextMenuEvent* event);
virtual void childMousePressEvent(QMouseEvent* event);
virtual void childDragEnterEvent(QDragEnterEvent* event);
virtual void childDragMoveEvent(QDragMoveEvent* e);
virtual void childDragLeaveEvent(QDragLeaveEvent* e);
virtual void childDropEvent(QDropEvent* e);
void emitClickedAt(ClickType type, const QPoint& pos);
QModelIndexList selectedRows ( int column = 0 ) const;
QModelIndexList selectedIndexes() const;
virtual void prepareFileMenu(Fm::FileMenu* menu);
virtual void prepareFolderMenu(Fm::FolderMenu* menu);
virtual bool eventFilter(QObject* watched, QEvent* event);
void updateGridSize(); // called when view mode, icon size, or font size is changed
public Q_SLOTS:
void onItemActivated(QModelIndex index);
void onSelectionChanged(const QItemSelection & selected, const QItemSelection & deselected);
virtual void onFileClicked(int type, FmFileInfo* fileInfo);
private Q_SLOTS:
void onAutoSelectionTimeout();
void onSelChangedTimeout();
Q_SIGNALS:
void clicked(int type, FmFileInfo* file);
void clickedBack();
void clickedForward();
void selChanged(int n_sel);
void sortChanged();
private:
QAbstractItemView* view;
ProxyFolderModel* model_;
ViewMode mode;
QSize iconSize_[NumViewModes];
FileLauncher* fileLauncher_;
int autoSelectionDelay_;
QTimer* autoSelectionTimer_;
QModelIndex lastAutoSelectionIndex_;
QTimer* selChangedTimer_;
};
}
#endif // FM_FOLDERVIEW_H

@ -0,0 +1,113 @@
/*
* Copyright (C) 2012 - 2015 Hong Jen Yee (PCMan) <pcman.tw@gmail.com>
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*
*/
#ifndef FM_FOLDERVIEW_P_H
#define FM_FOLDERVIEW_P_H
#include <QListView>
#include <QTreeView>
#include <QMouseEvent>
#include "folderview.h"
class QTimer;
namespace Fm {
// override these classes for implementing FolderView
class FolderViewListView : public QListView {
Q_OBJECT
public:
friend class FolderView;
FolderViewListView(QWidget* parent = 0);
virtual ~FolderViewListView();
virtual void startDrag(Qt::DropActions supportedActions);
virtual void mousePressEvent(QMouseEvent* event);
virtual void mouseReleaseEvent(QMouseEvent* event);
virtual void mouseDoubleClickEvent(QMouseEvent* event);
virtual void dragEnterEvent(QDragEnterEvent* event);
virtual void dragMoveEvent(QDragMoveEvent* e);
virtual void dragLeaveEvent(QDragLeaveEvent* e);
virtual void dropEvent(QDropEvent* e);
virtual QModelIndex indexAt(const QPoint & point) const;
inline void setPositionForIndex(const QPoint & position, const QModelIndex & index) {
QListView::setPositionForIndex(position, index);
}
inline QRect rectForIndex(const QModelIndex & index) const {
return QListView::rectForIndex(index);
}
inline QStyleOptionViewItem getViewOptions() {
return viewOptions();
}
Q_SIGNALS:
void activatedFiltered(const QModelIndex &index);
private Q_SLOTS:
void activation(const QModelIndex &index);
private:
bool activationAllowed_;
};
class FolderViewTreeView : public QTreeView {
Q_OBJECT
public:
friend class FolderView;
FolderViewTreeView(QWidget* parent = 0);
virtual ~FolderViewTreeView();
virtual void setModel(QAbstractItemModel* model);
virtual void mousePressEvent(QMouseEvent* event);
virtual void mouseReleaseEvent(QMouseEvent* event);
virtual void mouseDoubleClickEvent(QMouseEvent* event);
virtual void dragEnterEvent(QDragEnterEvent* event);
virtual void dragMoveEvent(QDragMoveEvent* e);
virtual void dragLeaveEvent(QDragLeaveEvent* e);
virtual void dropEvent(QDropEvent* e);
virtual void rowsInserted(const QModelIndex& parent,int start, int end);
virtual void rowsAboutToBeRemoved(const QModelIndex& parent,int start, int end);
virtual void dataChanged(const QModelIndex& topLeft, const QModelIndex& bottomRight);
virtual void reset();
virtual void resizeEvent(QResizeEvent* event);
void queueLayoutColumns();
Q_SIGNALS:
void activatedFiltered(const QModelIndex &index);
private Q_SLOTS:
void layoutColumns();
void activation(const QModelIndex &index);
void onSortFilterChanged();
private:
bool doingLayout_;
QTimer* layoutTimer_;
bool activationAllowed_;
};
} // namespace Fm
#endif // FM_FOLDERVIEW_P_H

@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
/*
* Copyright (C) 2013 - 2015 Hong Jen Yee (PCMan) <pcman.tw@gmail.com>
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*
*/
#include "fontbutton.h"
#include <QFontDialog>
#include <X11/X.h>
namespace Fm {
FontButton::FontButton(QWidget* parent): QPushButton(parent) {
connect(this, &QPushButton::clicked, this, &FontButton::onClicked);
}
FontButton::~FontButton() {
}
void FontButton::onClicked() {
QFontDialog dlg(font_);
if(dlg.exec() == QDialog::Accepted) {
setFont(dlg.selectedFont());
}
}
void FontButton::setFont(QFont font) {
font_ = font;
QString text = font.family();
if(font.bold()) {
text += " ";
text += tr("Bold");
}
if(font.italic()) {
text += " ";
text += tr("Italic");
}
text += QString(" %1").arg(font.pointSize());
setText(text);
Q_EMIT changed();
}
} // namespace Fm

@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
/*
* Copyright (C) 2013 - 2015 Hong Jen Yee (PCMan) <pcman.tw@gmail.com>
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*
*/
#ifndef FM_FONTBUTTON_H
#define FM_FONTBUTTON_H
#include "libfmqtglobals.h"
#include <QPushButton>
namespace Fm {
class LIBFM_QT_API FontButton : public QPushButton {
Q_OBJECT
public:
explicit FontButton(QWidget* parent = 0);
virtual ~FontButton();
QFont font() {
return font_;
}
void setFont(QFont font);
Q_SIGNALS:
void changed();
private Q_SLOTS:
void onClicked();
private:
QFont font_;
};
}
#endif // FM_FONTBUTTON_H

@ -0,0 +1,146 @@
/*
* Copyright (C) 2012 - 2015 Hong Jen Yee (PCMan) <pcman.tw@gmail.com>
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*
*/
#include "icontheme.h"
#include <libfm/fm.h>
#include <QList>
#include <QIcon>
#include <QtGlobal>
#include <QApplication>
#include <QDesktopWidget>
namespace Fm {
static IconTheme* theIconTheme = NULL; // the global single instance of IconTheme.
static const char* fallbackNames[] = {"unknown", "application-octet-stream", NULL};
static void fmIconDataDestroy(gpointer data) {
QIcon* picon = reinterpret_cast<QIcon*>(data);
delete picon;
}
IconTheme::IconTheme():
currentThemeName_(QIcon::themeName()) {
// NOTE: only one instance is allowed
Q_ASSERT(theIconTheme == NULL);
Q_ASSERT(qApp != NULL); // QApplication should exists before contructing IconTheme.
theIconTheme = this;
fm_icon_set_user_data_destroy(reinterpret_cast<GDestroyNotify>(fmIconDataDestroy));
fallbackIcon_ = iconFromNames(fallbackNames);
// We need to get notified when there is a QEvent::StyleChange event so
// we can check if the current icon theme name is changed.
// To do this, we can filter QApplication object itself to intercept
// signals of all widgets, but this may be too inefficient.
// So, we only filter the events on QDesktopWidget instead.
qApp->desktop()->installEventFilter(this);
}
IconTheme::~IconTheme() {
}
IconTheme* IconTheme::instance() {
return theIconTheme;
}
// check if the icon theme name is changed and emit "changed()" signal if any change is detected.
void IconTheme::checkChanged() {
if(QIcon::themeName() != theIconTheme->currentThemeName_) {
// if the icon theme is changed
theIconTheme->currentThemeName_ = QIcon::themeName();
// invalidate the cached data
fm_icon_reset_user_data_cache(fm_qdata_id);
theIconTheme->fallbackIcon_ = iconFromNames(fallbackNames);
Q_EMIT theIconTheme->changed();
}
}
QIcon IconTheme::iconFromNames(const char* const* names) {
const gchar* const* name;
// qDebug("names: %p", names);
for(name = names; *name; ++name) {
// qDebug("icon name=%s", *name);
QString qname = *name;
QIcon qicon = QIcon::fromTheme(qname);
if(!qicon.isNull()) {
return qicon;
}
}
return QIcon();
}
QIcon IconTheme::convertFromGIcon(GIcon* gicon) {
if(G_IS_THEMED_ICON(gicon)) {
const gchar * const * names = g_themed_icon_get_names(G_THEMED_ICON(gicon));
QIcon icon = iconFromNames(names);
if(!icon.isNull())
return icon;
}
else if(G_IS_FILE_ICON(gicon)) {
GFile* file = g_file_icon_get_file(G_FILE_ICON(gicon));
char* fpath = g_file_get_path(file);
QString path = fpath;
g_free(fpath);
return QIcon(path);
}
return theIconTheme->fallbackIcon_;
}
//static
QIcon IconTheme::icon(FmIcon* fmicon) {
// check if we have a cached version
QIcon* picon = reinterpret_cast<QIcon*>(fm_icon_get_user_data(fmicon));
if(!picon) { // we don't have a cache yet
picon = new QIcon(); // what a waste!
*picon = convertFromGIcon(G_ICON(fmicon));
fm_icon_set_user_data(fmicon, picon); // store it in FmIcon
}
return *picon;
}
//static
QIcon IconTheme::icon(GIcon* gicon) {
if(G_IS_THEMED_ICON(gicon)) {
FmIcon* fmicon = fm_icon_from_gicon(gicon);
QIcon qicon = icon(fmicon);
fm_icon_unref(fmicon);
return qicon;
}
else if(G_IS_FILE_ICON(gicon)) {
// we do not map GFileIcon to FmIcon deliberately.
return convertFromGIcon(gicon);
}
return theIconTheme->fallbackIcon_;
}
// this method is called whenever there is an event on the QDesktopWidget object.
bool IconTheme::eventFilter(QObject* obj, QEvent* event) {
// we're only interested in the StyleChange event.
if(event->type() == QEvent::StyleChange) {
checkChanged(); // check if the icon theme is changed
}
return QObject::eventFilter(obj, event);
}
} // namespace Fm

@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
/*
* Copyright (C) 2012 - 2015 Hong Jen Yee (PCMan) <pcman.tw@gmail.com>
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*
*/
#ifndef FM_ICONTHEME_H
#define FM_ICONTHEME_H
#include "libfmqtglobals.h"
#include <QIcon>
#include <QString>
#include "libfm/fm.h"
namespace Fm {
// NOTE:
// Qt seems to has its own QIcon pixmap caching mechanism internally.
// Besides, it also caches QIcon objects created by QIcon::fromTheme().
// So maybe we should not duplicate the work.
// See http://qt.gitorious.org/qt/qt/blobs/4.8/src/gui/image/qicon.cpp
// QPixmap QPixmapIconEngine::pixmap(const QSize &size, QIcon::Mode mode, QIcon::State state).
// In addition, QPixmap is actually stored in X11 server, not client side.
// Hence maybe we should not cache too many pixmaps, I guess?
// Let's have Qt do its work and only translate GIcon to QIcon here.
// Nice article about QPixmap from KDE: http://techbase.kde.org/Development/Tutorials/Graphics/Performance
class LIBFM_QT_API IconTheme: public QObject {
Q_OBJECT
public:
IconTheme();
~IconTheme();
static IconTheme* instance();
static QIcon icon(FmIcon* fmicon);
static QIcon icon(GIcon* gicon);
static void checkChanged(); // check if current icon theme name is changed
Q_SIGNALS:
void changed(); // emitted when the name of current icon theme is changed
protected:
bool eventFilter(QObject *obj, QEvent *event);
static QIcon convertFromGIcon(GIcon* gicon);
static QIcon iconFromNames(const char * const * names);
protected:
QIcon fallbackIcon_;
QString currentThemeName_;
};
}
#endif // FM_ICONTHEME_H

@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
prefix=@CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX@
exec_prefix=${prefix}
libdir=${exec_prefix}/lib
includedir=${prefix}/include
Name: libfm-qt
Description: A Qt/glib/gio-based lib used to develop file managers providing some file management utilities. (This is a Qt port of the original libfm library)
URL: http://pcmanfm.sourceforge.net/
Requires: @REQUIRED_QT@ libfm >= 1.2.0
Version: @LIBFM_QT_VERSION@
Libs: -L${libdir} -lfm -l@LIBFM_QT_LIBRARY_NAME@
Cflags: -I${includedir}

@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
/*
* Copyright (C) 2013 - 2015 Hong Jen Yee (PCMan) <pcman.tw@gmail.com>
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*
*/
#include <libfm/fm.h>
#include "libfmqt.h"
#include <QLocale>
#include "icontheme.h"
#include "thumbnailloader.h"
namespace Fm {
struct LibFmQtData {
LibFmQtData();
~LibFmQtData();
IconTheme* iconTheme;
ThumbnailLoader* thumbnailLoader;
QTranslator translator;
int refCount;
Q_DISABLE_COPY(LibFmQtData)
};
static LibFmQtData* theLibFmData = NULL;
LibFmQtData::LibFmQtData(): refCount(1) {
#if !GLIB_CHECK_VERSION(2, 36, 0)
g_type_init();
#endif
fm_init(NULL);
// turn on glib debug message
// g_setenv("G_MESSAGES_DEBUG", "all", true);
iconTheme = new IconTheme();
thumbnailLoader = new ThumbnailLoader();
translator.load("libfm-qt_" + QLocale::system().name(), LIBFM_DATA_DIR "/translations");
}
LibFmQtData::~LibFmQtData() {
delete iconTheme;
delete thumbnailLoader;
fm_finalize();
}
LibFmQt::LibFmQt() {
if(!theLibFmData) {
theLibFmData = new LibFmQtData();
}
else
++theLibFmData->refCount;
d = theLibFmData;
}
LibFmQt::~LibFmQt() {
if(--d->refCount == 0) {
delete d;
theLibFmData = NULL;
}
}
QTranslator* LibFmQt::translator() {
return &d->translator;
}
} // namespace Fm

@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
/*
* Copyright (C) 2013 - 2015 Hong Jen Yee (PCMan) <pcman.tw@gmail.com>
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*
*/
#ifndef FM_APPLICATION_H
#define FM_APPLICATION_H
#include "libfmqtglobals.h"
#include <QtGlobal>
#include <QTranslator>
#include <libfm/fm.h>
namespace Fm {
struct LibFmQtData;
class LIBFM_QT_API LibFmQt {
public:
LibFmQt();
~LibFmQt();
QTranslator* translator();
private:
LibFmQt(LibFmQt& other); // disable copy
LibFmQtData* d;
};
}
#endif // FM_APPLICATION_H

@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
/*
* Copyright (C) 2013 - 2015 Hong Jen Yee (PCMan) <pcman.tw@gmail.com>
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*
*/
#ifndef _LIBFM_QT_GLOBALS_
#define _LIBFM_QT_GLOBALS_
#include "fm-qt_export.h"
#endif

@ -0,0 +1,205 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<ui version="4.0">
<class>MountOperationPasswordDialog</class>
<widget class="QDialog" name="MountOperationPasswordDialog">
<property name="geometry">
<rect>
<x>0</x>
<y>0</y>
<width>244</width>
<height>302</height>
</rect>
</property>
<property name="sizePolicy">
<sizepolicy hsizetype="Preferred" vsizetype="Preferred">
<horstretch>0</horstretch>
<verstretch>0</verstretch>
</sizepolicy>
</property>
<property name="windowTitle">
<string>Mount</string>
</property>
<property name="windowIcon">
<iconset theme="dialog-password"/>
</property>
<property name="sizeGripEnabled">
<bool>false</bool>
</property>
<property name="modal">
<bool>false</bool>
</property>
<layout class="QVBoxLayout" name="verticalLayout">
<item>
<widget class="QLabel" name="message">
<property name="sizePolicy">
<sizepolicy hsizetype="Preferred" vsizetype="Fixed">
<horstretch>0</horstretch>
<verstretch>0</verstretch>
</sizepolicy>
</property>
<property name="text">
<string/>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item>
<widget class="QRadioButton" name="Anonymous">
<property name="text">
<string>Connect &amp;anonymously</string>
</property>
<attribute name="buttonGroup">
<string notr="true">usernameGroup</string>
</attribute>
</widget>
</item>
<item>
<widget class="QRadioButton" name="asUser">
<property name="text">
<string>Connect as u&amp;ser:</string>
</property>
<attribute name="buttonGroup">
<string notr="true">usernameGroup</string>
</attribute>
</widget>
</item>
<item>
<layout class="QGridLayout" name="gridLayout">
<item row="0" column="1">
<widget class="QLineEdit" name="username"/>
</item>
<item row="0" column="0">
<widget class="QLabel" name="label">
<property name="sizePolicy">
<sizepolicy hsizetype="Fixed" vsizetype="Fixed">
<horstretch>0</horstretch>
<verstretch>0</verstretch>
</sizepolicy>
</property>
<property name="text">
<string>&amp;Username:</string>
</property>
<property name="buddy">
<cstring>username</cstring>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="3" column="1">
<widget class="QLineEdit" name="password">
<property name="echoMode">
<enum>QLineEdit::Password</enum>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="3" column="0">
<widget class="QLabel" name="label_2">
<property name="sizePolicy">
<sizepolicy hsizetype="Fixed" vsizetype="Fixed">
<horstretch>0</horstretch>
<verstretch>0</verstretch>
</sizepolicy>
</property>
<property name="text">
<string>&amp;Password:</string>
</property>
<property name="buddy">
<cstring>password</cstring>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="2" column="0">
<widget class="QLabel" name="domainLabel">
<property name="text">
<string>&amp;Domain:</string>
</property>
<property name="buddy">
<cstring>domain</cstring>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="2" column="1">
<widget class="QLineEdit" name="domain"/>
</item>
</layout>
</item>
<item>
<widget class="QRadioButton" name="forgetPassword">
<property name="text">
<string>Forget password &amp;immediately</string>
</property>
<attribute name="buttonGroup">
<string notr="true">passwordGroup</string>
</attribute>
</widget>
</item>
<item>
<widget class="QRadioButton" name="sessionPassword">
<property name="text">
<string>Remember password until you &amp;logout</string>
</property>
<attribute name="buttonGroup">
<string notr="true">passwordGroup</string>
</attribute>
</widget>
</item>
<item>
<widget class="QRadioButton" name="storePassword">
<property name="text">
<string>Remember &amp;forever</string>
</property>
<attribute name="buttonGroup">
<string notr="true">passwordGroup</string>
</attribute>
</widget>
</item>
<item>
<widget class="QDialogButtonBox" name="buttonBox">
<property name="orientation">
<enum>Qt::Horizontal</enum>
</property>
<property name="standardButtons">
<set>QDialogButtonBox::Cancel|QDialogButtonBox::Ok</set>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
</layout>
</widget>
<resources/>
<connections>
<connection>
<sender>buttonBox</sender>
<signal>accepted()</signal>
<receiver>MountOperationPasswordDialog</receiver>
<slot>accept()</slot>
<hints>
<hint type="sourcelabel">
<x>248</x>
<y>254</y>
</hint>
<hint type="destinationlabel">
<x>157</x>
<y>274</y>
</hint>
</hints>
</connection>
<connection>
<sender>buttonBox</sender>
<signal>rejected()</signal>
<receiver>MountOperationPasswordDialog</receiver>
<slot>reject()</slot>
<hints>
<hint type="sourcelabel">
<x>316</x>
<y>260</y>
</hint>
<hint type="destinationlabel">
<x>286</x>
<y>274</y>
</hint>
</hints>
</connection>
</connections>
<buttongroups>
<buttongroup name="usernameGroup"/>
<buttongroup name="passwordGroup"/>
</buttongroups>
</ui>

@ -0,0 +1,227 @@
/*
* Copyright (C) 2013 - 2015 Hong Jen Yee (PCMan) <pcman.tw@gmail.com>
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*
*/
#include "mountoperation.h"
#include <glib/gi18n.h> // for _()
#include <QMessageBox>
#include <QPushButton>
#include <QEventLoop>
#include "mountoperationpassworddialog_p.h"
#include "mountoperationquestiondialog_p.h"
#include "ui_mount-operation-password.h"
namespace Fm {
MountOperation::MountOperation(bool interactive, QWidget* parent):
QObject(parent),
interactive_(interactive),
running(false),
op(g_mount_operation_new()),
cancellable_(g_cancellable_new()),
eventLoop(NULL),
autoDestroy_(true) {
g_signal_connect(op, "ask-password", G_CALLBACK(onAskPassword), this);
g_signal_connect(op, "ask-question", G_CALLBACK(onAskQuestion), this);
// g_signal_connect(op, "reply", G_CALLBACK(onReply), this);
#if GLIB_CHECK_VERSION(2, 20, 0)
g_signal_connect(op, "aborted", G_CALLBACK(onAbort), this);
#endif
#if GLIB_CHECK_VERSION(2, 22, 0)
g_signal_connect(op, "show-processes", G_CALLBACK(onShowProcesses), this);
#endif
#if GLIB_CHECK_VERSION(2, 34, 0)
g_signal_connect(op, "show-unmount-progress", G_CALLBACK(onShowUnmountProgress), this);
#endif
}
MountOperation::~MountOperation() {
qDebug("delete MountOperation");
if(cancellable_) {
cancel();
g_object_unref(cancellable_);
}
if(eventLoop) { // if wait() is called to block the main loop, but the event loop is still running
// NOTE: is this possible?
eventLoop->exit(1);
}
if(op) {
g_signal_handlers_disconnect_by_func(op, (gpointer)G_CALLBACK(onAskPassword), this);
g_signal_handlers_disconnect_by_func(op, (gpointer)G_CALLBACK(onAskQuestion), this);
#if GLIB_CHECK_VERSION(2, 20, 0)
g_signal_handlers_disconnect_by_func(op, (gpointer)G_CALLBACK(onAbort), this);
#endif
#if GLIB_CHECK_VERSION(2, 22, 0)
g_signal_handlers_disconnect_by_func(op, (gpointer)G_CALLBACK(onShowProcesses), this);
#endif
#if GLIB_CHECK_VERSION(2, 34, 0)
g_signal_handlers_disconnect_by_func(op, (gpointer)G_CALLBACK(onShowUnmountProgress), this);
#endif
g_object_unref(op);
}
// qDebug("MountOperation deleted");
}
void MountOperation::onAbort(GMountOperation* _op, MountOperation* pThis) {
}
void MountOperation::onAskPassword(GMountOperation* _op, gchar* message, gchar* default_user, gchar* default_domain, GAskPasswordFlags flags, MountOperation* pThis) {
qDebug("ask password");
MountOperationPasswordDialog dlg(pThis, flags);
dlg.setMessage(QString::fromUtf8(message));
dlg.setDefaultUser(QString::fromUtf8(default_user));
dlg.setDefaultDomain(QString::fromUtf8(default_domain));
dlg.exec();
}
void MountOperation::onAskQuestion(GMountOperation* _op, gchar* message, GStrv choices, MountOperation* pThis) {
qDebug("ask question");
MountOperationQuestionDialog dialog(pThis, message, choices);
dialog.exec();
}
/*
void MountOperation::onReply(GMountOperation* _op, GMountOperationResult result, MountOperation* pThis) {
qDebug("reply");
}
*/
void MountOperation::onShowProcesses(GMountOperation* _op, gchar* message, GArray* processes, GStrv choices, MountOperation* pThis) {
qDebug("show processes");
}
void MountOperation::onShowUnmountProgress(GMountOperation* _op, gchar* message, gint64 time_left, gint64 bytes_left, MountOperation* pThis) {
qDebug("show unmount progress");
}
void MountOperation::onEjectMountFinished(GMount* mount, GAsyncResult* res, QPointer< MountOperation >* pThis) {
if(*pThis) {
GError* error = NULL;
g_mount_eject_with_operation_finish(mount, res, &error);
(*pThis)->handleFinish(error);
}
delete pThis;
}
void MountOperation::onEjectVolumeFinished(GVolume* volume, GAsyncResult* res, QPointer< MountOperation >* pThis) {
if(*pThis) {
GError* error = NULL;
g_volume_eject_with_operation_finish(volume, res, &error);
(*pThis)->handleFinish(error);
}
delete pThis;
}
void MountOperation::onMountFileFinished(GFile* file, GAsyncResult* res, QPointer< MountOperation >* pThis) {
if(*pThis) {
GError* error = NULL;
g_file_mount_enclosing_volume_finish(file, res, &error);
(*pThis)->handleFinish(error);
}
delete pThis;
}
void MountOperation::onMountVolumeFinished(GVolume* volume, GAsyncResult* res, QPointer< MountOperation >* pThis) {
if(*pThis) {
GError* error = NULL;
g_volume_mount_finish(volume, res, &error);
(*pThis)->handleFinish(error);
}
delete pThis;
}
void MountOperation::onUnmountMountFinished(GMount* mount, GAsyncResult* res, QPointer< MountOperation >* pThis) {
if(*pThis) {
GError* error = NULL;
g_mount_unmount_with_operation_finish(mount, res, &error);
(*pThis)->handleFinish(error);
}
delete pThis;
}
void MountOperation::handleFinish(GError* error) {
qDebug("operation finished: %p", error);
if(error) {
bool showError = interactive_;
if(error->domain == G_IO_ERROR) {
if(error->code == G_IO_ERROR_FAILED) {
// Generate a more human-readable error message instead of using a gvfs one.
// The original error message is something like:
// Error unmounting: umount exited with exit code 1:
// helper failed with: umount: only root can unmount
// UUID=18cbf00c-e65f-445a-bccc-11964bdea05d from /media/sda4 */
// Why they pass this back to us? This is not human-readable for the users at all.
if(strstr(error->message, "only root can ")) {
g_free(error->message);
error->message = g_strdup(_("Only system administrators have the permission to do this."));
}
}
else if(error->code == G_IO_ERROR_FAILED_HANDLED)
showError = false;
}
if(showError)
QMessageBox::critical(NULL, QObject::tr("Error"), QString::fromUtf8(error->message));
}
Q_EMIT finished(error);
if(eventLoop) { // if wait() is called to block the main loop
eventLoop->exit(error != NULL ? 1 : 0);
eventLoop = NULL;
}
if(error)
g_error_free(error);
// free ourself here!!
if(autoDestroy_)
deleteLater();
}
void MountOperation::prepareUnmount(GMount* mount) {
/* ensure that CWD is not on the mounted filesystem. */
char* cwd_str = g_get_current_dir();
GFile* cwd = g_file_new_for_path(cwd_str);
GFile* root = g_mount_get_root(mount);
g_free(cwd_str);
/* FIXME: This cannot cover 100% cases since symlinks are not checked.
* There may be other cases that cwd is actually under mount root
* but checking prefix is not enough. We already did our best, though. */
if(g_file_has_prefix(cwd, root))
g_chdir("/");
g_object_unref(cwd);
g_object_unref(root);
}
// block the operation used an internal QEventLoop and returns
// only after the whole operation is finished.
bool MountOperation::wait() {
QEventLoop loop;
eventLoop = &loop;
int exitCode = loop.exec();
return exitCode == 0 ? true : false;
}
} // namespace Fm

@ -0,0 +1,155 @@
/*
* Copyright (C) 2013 - 2015 Hong Jen Yee (PCMan) <pcman.tw@gmail.com>
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*
*/
#ifndef FM_MOUNTOPERATION_H
#define FM_MOUNTOPERATION_H
#include "libfmqtglobals.h"
#include <QWidget>
#include <QDialog>
#include <libfm/fm.h>
#include <gio/gio.h>
#include <QPointer>
class QEventLoop;
namespace Fm {
// FIXME: the original APIs in gtk+ version of libfm for mounting devices is poor.
// Need to find a better API design which make things fully async and cancellable.
// FIXME: parent_ does not work. All dialogs shown by the mount operation has no parent window assigned.
// FIXME: Need to reconsider the propery way of API design. Blocking sync calls are handy, but
// indeed causes some problems. :-(
class LIBFM_QT_API MountOperation: public QObject {
Q_OBJECT
public:
explicit MountOperation(bool interactive = true, QWidget* parent = 0);
~MountOperation();
void mount(FmPath* path) {
GFile* gf = fm_path_to_gfile(path);
g_file_mount_enclosing_volume(gf, G_MOUNT_MOUNT_NONE, op, cancellable_, (GAsyncReadyCallback)onMountFileFinished, new QPointer<MountOperation>(this));
g_object_unref(gf);
}
void mount(GVolume* volume) {
g_volume_mount(volume, G_MOUNT_MOUNT_NONE, op, cancellable_, (GAsyncReadyCallback)onMountVolumeFinished, new QPointer<MountOperation>(this));
}
void unmount(GMount* mount) {
prepareUnmount(mount);
g_mount_unmount_with_operation(mount, G_MOUNT_UNMOUNT_NONE, op, cancellable_, (GAsyncReadyCallback)onUnmountMountFinished, new QPointer<MountOperation>(this));
}
void unmount(GVolume* volume) {
GMount* mount = g_volume_get_mount(volume);
if(!mount)
return;
unmount(mount);
g_object_unref(mount);
}
void eject(GMount* mount) {
prepareUnmount(mount);
g_mount_eject_with_operation(mount, G_MOUNT_UNMOUNT_NONE, op, cancellable_, (GAsyncReadyCallback)onEjectMountFinished, new QPointer<MountOperation>(this));
}
void eject(GVolume* volume) {
GMount* mnt = g_volume_get_mount(volume);
prepareUnmount(mnt);
g_object_unref(mnt);
g_volume_eject_with_operation(volume, G_MOUNT_UNMOUNT_NONE, op, cancellable_, (GAsyncReadyCallback)onEjectVolumeFinished, new QPointer<MountOperation>(this));
}
QWidget* parent() const {
return parent_;
}
void setParent(QWidget* parent) {
parent_ = parent;
}
GCancellable* cancellable() const {
return cancellable_;
}
GMountOperation* mountOperation() {
return op;
}
void cancel() {
g_cancellable_cancel(cancellable_);
}
bool isRunning() const {
return running;
}
// block the operation used an internal QEventLoop and returns
// only after the whole operation is finished.
bool wait();
bool autoDestroy() {
return autoDestroy_;
}
void setAutoDestroy(bool destroy = true) {
autoDestroy_ = destroy;
}
Q_SIGNALS:
void finished(GError* error = NULL);
private:
void prepareUnmount(GMount* mount);
static void onAskPassword(GMountOperation *_op, gchar* message, gchar* default_user, gchar* default_domain, GAskPasswordFlags flags, MountOperation* pThis);
static void onAskQuestion(GMountOperation *_op, gchar* message, GStrv choices, MountOperation* pThis);
// static void onReply(GMountOperation *_op, GMountOperationResult result, MountOperation* pThis);
static void onAbort(GMountOperation *_op, MountOperation* pThis);
static void onShowProcesses(GMountOperation *_op, gchar* message, GArray* processes, GStrv choices, MountOperation* pThis);
static void onShowUnmountProgress(GMountOperation *_op, gchar* message, gint64 time_left, gint64 bytes_left, MountOperation* pThis);
// it's possible that this object is freed when the callback is called by gio, so guarding with QPointer is needed here.
static void onMountFileFinished(GFile* file, GAsyncResult *res, QPointer<MountOperation>* pThis);
static void onMountVolumeFinished(GVolume* volume, GAsyncResult *res, QPointer<MountOperation>* pThis);
static void onUnmountMountFinished(GMount* mount, GAsyncResult *res, QPointer<MountOperation>* pThis);
static void onEjectMountFinished(GMount* mount, GAsyncResult *res, QPointer<MountOperation>* pThis);
static void onEjectVolumeFinished(GVolume* volume, GAsyncResult *res, QPointer<MountOperation>* pThis);
void handleFinish(GError* error);
private:
GMountOperation* op;
GCancellable* cancellable_;
QWidget* parent_;
bool running;
bool interactive_;
QEventLoop* eventLoop;
bool autoDestroy_;
};
}
#endif // FM_MOUNTOPERATION_H

@ -0,0 +1,125 @@
/*
* Copyright (C) 2013 - 2015 Hong Jen Yee (PCMan) <pcman.tw@gmail.com>
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*
*/
#include "mountoperationpassworddialog_p.h"
#include "ui_mount-operation-password.h"
#include "mountoperation.h"
namespace Fm {
MountOperationPasswordDialog::MountOperationPasswordDialog(MountOperation* op, GAskPasswordFlags flags):
QDialog(),
mountOperation(op),
canAnonymous(flags & G_ASK_PASSWORD_ANONYMOUS_SUPPORTED ? true : false),
canSavePassword(flags & G_ASK_PASSWORD_SAVING_SUPPORTED ? true : false),
needUserName(flags & G_ASK_PASSWORD_NEED_USERNAME ? true : false),
needPassword(flags & G_ASK_PASSWORD_NEED_PASSWORD ? true : false),
needDomain(flags & G_ASK_PASSWORD_NEED_DOMAIN ? true : false) {
ui = new Ui::MountOperationPasswordDialog();
ui->setupUi(this);
// change the text of Ok button to Connect
ui->buttonBox->buttons().first()->setText(tr("&Connect"));
connect(ui->Anonymous, &QAbstractButton::toggled, this, &MountOperationPasswordDialog::onAnonymousToggled);
if(canAnonymous) {
// select ananymous by default if applicable.
ui->Anonymous->setChecked(true);
}
else {
ui->Anonymous->setEnabled(false);
}
if(!needUserName) {
ui->username->setEnabled(false);
}
if(!needPassword) {
ui->password->setEnabled(false);
}
if(!needDomain) {
ui->domain->hide();
ui->domainLabel->hide();
}
if(canSavePassword) {
ui->sessionPassword->setChecked(true);
}
else {
ui->storePassword->setEnabled(false);
ui->sessionPassword->setEnabled(false);
ui->forgetPassword->setChecked(true);
}
}
MountOperationPasswordDialog::~MountOperationPasswordDialog() {
delete ui;
}
void MountOperationPasswordDialog::onAnonymousToggled(bool checked) {
// disable username/password entries if anonymous mode is used
bool useUserPassword = !checked;
if(needUserName)
ui->username->setEnabled(useUserPassword);
if(needPassword)
ui->password->setEnabled(useUserPassword);
if(needDomain)
ui->domain->setEnabled(useUserPassword);
if(canSavePassword) {
ui->forgetPassword->setEnabled(useUserPassword);
ui->sessionPassword->setEnabled(useUserPassword);
ui->storePassword->setEnabled(useUserPassword);
}
}
void MountOperationPasswordDialog::setMessage(QString message) {
ui->message->setText(message);
}
void MountOperationPasswordDialog::setDefaultDomain(QString domain) {
ui->domain->setText(domain);
}
void MountOperationPasswordDialog::setDefaultUser(QString user) {
ui->username->setText(user);
}
void MountOperationPasswordDialog::done(int r) {
GMountOperation* gmop = mountOperation->mountOperation();
if(r == QDialog::Accepted) {
if(needUserName)
g_mount_operation_set_username(gmop, ui->username->text().toUtf8());
if(needDomain)
g_mount_operation_set_domain(gmop, ui->domain->text().toUtf8());
if(needPassword)
g_mount_operation_set_password(gmop, ui->password->text().toUtf8());
if(canAnonymous)
g_mount_operation_set_anonymous(gmop, ui->Anonymous->isChecked());
g_mount_operation_reply(gmop, G_MOUNT_OPERATION_HANDLED);
}
else {
g_mount_operation_reply(gmop, G_MOUNT_OPERATION_ABORTED);
}
QDialog::done(r);
}
} // namespace Fm

@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
/*
* Copyright (C) 2013 - 2015 Hong Jen Yee (PCMan) <pcman.tw@gmail.com>
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*
*/
#ifndef FM_MOUNTOPERATIONPASSWORDDIALOG_H
#define FM_MOUNTOPERATIONPASSWORDDIALOG_H
#include "libfmqtglobals.h"
#include <QDialog>
#include <gio/gio.h>
namespace Ui {
class MountOperationPasswordDialog;
};
namespace Fm {
class MountOperation;
class MountOperationPasswordDialog : public QDialog {
Q_OBJECT
public:
explicit MountOperationPasswordDialog(MountOperation* op, GAskPasswordFlags flags);
virtual ~MountOperationPasswordDialog();
void setMessage(QString message);
void setDefaultUser(QString user);
void setDefaultDomain(QString domain);
virtual void done(int r);
private Q_SLOTS:
void onAnonymousToggled(bool checked);
private:
Ui::MountOperationPasswordDialog* ui;
MountOperation* mountOperation;
bool needPassword;
bool needUserName;
bool needDomain;
bool canSavePassword;
bool canAnonymous;
};
}
#endif // FM_MOUNTOPERATIONPASSWORDDIALOG_H

@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
/*
* Copyright (C) 2013 - 2015 Hong Jen Yee (PCMan) <pcman.tw@gmail.com>
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*
*/
#include "mountoperationquestiondialog_p.h"
#include "mountoperation.h"
#include <QPushButton>
namespace Fm {
MountOperationQuestionDialog::MountOperationQuestionDialog(MountOperation* op, gchar* message, GStrv choices):
QMessageBox(),
mountOperation(op) {
setIcon(QMessageBox::Question);
setText(QString::fromUtf8(message));
choiceCount = g_strv_length(choices);
choiceButtons = new QAbstractButton*[choiceCount];
for(int i = 0; i < choiceCount; ++i) {
// It's not allowed to add custom buttons without standard roles
// to QMessageBox. So we set role of all buttons to AcceptRole and
// handle their clicked() signals in our own slots.
// When anyone of the buttons is clicked, exec() always returns "accept".
QPushButton* button = new QPushButton(QString::fromUtf8(choices[i]));
addButton(button, QMessageBox::AcceptRole);
choiceButtons[i] = button;
}
connect(this, &MountOperationQuestionDialog::buttonClicked, this, &MountOperationQuestionDialog::onButtonClicked);
}
MountOperationQuestionDialog::~MountOperationQuestionDialog() {
delete []choiceButtons;
}
void MountOperationQuestionDialog::done(int r) {
if(r != QDialog::Accepted) {
GMountOperation* op = mountOperation->mountOperation();
g_mount_operation_reply(op, G_MOUNT_OPERATION_ABORTED);
}
QDialog::done(r);
}
void MountOperationQuestionDialog::onButtonClicked(QAbstractButton* button) {
GMountOperation* op = mountOperation->mountOperation();
for(int i = 0; i < choiceCount; ++i) {
if(choiceButtons[i] == button) {
g_mount_operation_set_choice(op, i);
g_mount_operation_reply(op, G_MOUNT_OPERATION_HANDLED);
break;
}
}
}
} // namespace Fm

@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
/*
* Copyright (C) 2013 - 2015 Hong Jen Yee (PCMan) <pcman.tw@gmail.com>
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*
*/
#ifndef FM_MOUNTOPERATIONQUESTIONDIALOG_H
#define FM_MOUNTOPERATIONQUESTIONDIALOG_H
#include "libfmqtglobals.h"
#include <QMessageBox>
#include <gio/gio.h>
namespace Fm {
class MountOperation;
class MountOperationQuestionDialog : public QMessageBox {
Q_OBJECT
public:
MountOperationQuestionDialog(MountOperation* op, gchar* message, GStrv choices);
virtual ~MountOperationQuestionDialog();
virtual void done(int r);
private Q_SLOTS:
void onButtonClicked(QAbstractButton* button);
private:
MountOperation* mountOperation;
QAbstractButton** choiceButtons;
int choiceCount;
};
}
#endif // FM_MOUNTOPERATIONQUESTIONDIALOG_H

@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
/*
* Copyright (C) 2013 - 2015 Hong Jen Yee (PCMan) <pcman.tw@gmail.com>
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*
*/
#include "path.h"
using namespace Fm;

@ -0,0 +1,247 @@
/*
* Copyright (C) 2013 - 2015 Hong Jen Yee (PCMan) <pcman.tw@gmail.com>
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*
*/
#ifndef FM_PATH_H
#define FM_PATH_H
#include "libfmqtglobals.h"
#include <libfm/fm.h>
#include <QString>
#include <QMetaType>
namespace Fm {
class LIBFM_QT_API Path {
public:
Path(): data_(nullptr) {
}
Path(FmPath* path, bool takeOwnership = false): data_(path) {
if(path && !takeOwnership)
fm_path_ref(data_);
}
Path(const Path& other): data_(other.data_ ? fm_path_ref(other.data_) : nullptr) {
}
Path(GFile* gf): data_(fm_path_new_for_gfile(gf)) {
}
~Path() {
if(data_)
fm_path_unref(data_);
}
static Path fromPathName(const char* path_name) {
return Path(fm_path_new_for_path(path_name), true);
}
static Path fromUri(const char* uri) {
return Path(fm_path_new_for_uri(uri), true);
}
static Path fromDisplayName(const char* path_name) {
return Path(fm_path_new_for_display_name(path_name), true);
}
static Path fromString(const char* path_str) {
return Path(fm_path_new_for_str(path_str), true);
}
static Path fromCommandlineArg(const char* arg) {
return Path(fm_path_new_for_commandline_arg(arg), true);
}
Path child(const char* basename) {
return Path(fm_path_new_child(data_, basename), true);
}
Path child(const char* basename, int name_len) {
return Path(fm_path_new_child_len(data_, basename, name_len), true);
}
Path relative(const char* rel) {
return Path(fm_path_new_relative(data_, rel), true);
}
/* predefined paths */
static Path root(void) { /* / */
return Path(fm_path_get_root(), false);
}
static Path home(void) { /* home directory */
return Path(fm_path_get_home(), false);
}
static Path desktop(void) { /* $HOME/Desktop */
return Path(fm_path_get_desktop(), false);
}
static Path trash(void) { /* trash:/// */
return Path(fm_path_get_trash(), false);
}
static Path appsMenu(void) { /* menu://applications.menu/ */
return Path(fm_path_get_apps_menu(), false);
}
Path parent() {
return Path(data_ != nullptr ? fm_path_get_parent(data_) : nullptr, false);
}
const char* basename() {
return fm_path_get_basename(data_);
}
FmPathFlags flags() {
return fm_path_get_flags(data_);
}
bool hasPrefix(FmPath* prefix) {
return fm_path_has_prefix(data_, prefix);
}
Path schemePath() {
return Path(fm_path_get_scheme_path(data_), true);
}
bool isNative() {
return fm_path_is_native(data_);
}
bool isTrash() {
return fm_path_is_trash(data_);
}
bool isTrashRoot() {
return fm_path_is_trash_root(data_);
}
bool isNativeOrTrash() {
return fm_path_is_native_or_trash(data_);
}
char* toString() {
return fm_path_to_str(data_);
}
QByteArray toByteArray() {
char* s = fm_path_to_str(data_);
QByteArray str(s);
g_free(s);
return str;
}
char* toUri() {
return fm_path_to_uri(data_);
}
GFile* toGfile() {
return fm_path_to_gfile(data_);
}
/*
char* displayName(bool human_readable = true) {
return fm_path_display_name(data_, human_readable);
}
*/
QString displayName(bool human_readable = true) {
char* dispname = fm_path_display_name(data_, human_readable);
QString str = QString::fromUtf8(dispname);
g_free(dispname);
return str;
}
/*
char* displayBasename() {
return fm_path_display_basename(data_);
}
*/
QString displayBasename() {
char* basename = fm_path_display_basename(data_);
QString s = QString::fromUtf8(basename);
g_free(basename);
return s;
}
/* For used in hash tables */
guint hash() {
return fm_path_hash(data_);
}
void take(FmPath* path) { // take the ownership of the "path"
if(data_)
fm_path_unref(data_);
data_ = path;
}
Path& operator = (const Path& other) {
if(data_)
fm_path_unref(data_);
data_ = fm_path_ref(other.data_);
return *this;
}
bool operator == (const Path& other) const {
return fm_path_equal(data_, other.data_);
}
bool operator != (const Path& other) const {
return !fm_path_equal(data_, other.data_);
}
bool operator < (const Path& other) const {
return compare(other);
}
bool operator > (const Path& other) const {
return (other < *this);
}
/* can be used for sorting */
int compare(const Path& other) const {
return fm_path_compare(data_, other.data_);
}
/* used for completion in entry */
bool equal(const gchar *str, int n) const {
return fm_path_equal_str(data_, str, n);
}
/* calculate how many elements are in this path. */
int depth() const {
return fm_path_depth(data_);
}
FmPath* data() const {
return data_;
}
private:
FmPath* data_;
};
}
Q_DECLARE_OPAQUE_POINTER(FmPath*)
#endif // FM_PATH_H

@ -0,0 +1,181 @@
/*
* Copyright (C) 2013 - 2015 Hong Jen Yee (PCMan) <pcman.tw@gmail.com>
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*
*/
#include "pathedit.h"
#include "pathedit_p.h"
#include <QCompleter>
#include <QStringListModel>
#include <QStringBuilder>
#include <QThread>
#include <QDebug>
#include <libfm/fm.h>
namespace Fm {
void PathEditJob::runJob() {
GError *err = NULL;
GFileEnumerator* enu = g_file_enumerate_children(dirName,
// G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_NAME","
G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_DISPLAY_NAME","
G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_TYPE,
G_FILE_QUERY_INFO_NONE, cancellable,
&err);
if(enu) {
while(!g_cancellable_is_cancelled(cancellable)) {
GFileInfo* inf = g_file_enumerator_next_file(enu, cancellable, &err);
if(inf) {
GFileType type = g_file_info_get_file_type(inf);
if(type == G_FILE_TYPE_DIRECTORY) {
const char* name = g_file_info_get_display_name(inf);
// FIXME: encoding conversion here?
subDirs.append(QString::fromUtf8(name));
}
g_object_unref(inf);
}
else {
if(err) {
g_error_free(err);
err = NULL;
}
else /* EOF */
break;
}
}
g_file_enumerator_close(enu, cancellable, NULL);
g_object_unref(enu);
}
// finished! let's update the UI in the main thread
Q_EMIT finished();
}
PathEdit::PathEdit(QWidget* parent):
QLineEdit(parent),
cancellable_(NULL),
model_(new QStringListModel()),
completer_(new QCompleter()) {
setCompleter(completer_);
completer_->setModel(model_);
connect(this, &PathEdit::textChanged, this, &PathEdit::onTextChanged);
}
PathEdit::~PathEdit() {
delete completer_;
if(model_)
delete model_;
if(cancellable_) {
g_cancellable_cancel(cancellable_);
g_object_unref(cancellable_);
}
}
void PathEdit::focusInEvent(QFocusEvent* e) {
QLineEdit::focusInEvent(e);
// build the completion list only when we have the keyboard focus
reloadCompleter(true);
}
void PathEdit::focusOutEvent(QFocusEvent* e) {
QLineEdit::focusOutEvent(e);
// free the completion list since we don't need it anymore
freeCompleter();
}
void PathEdit::onTextChanged(const QString& text) {
int pos = text.lastIndexOf('/');
if(pos >= 0)
++pos;
else
pos = text.length();
QString newPrefix = text.left(pos);
if(currentPrefix_ != newPrefix) {
currentPrefix_ = newPrefix;
// only build the completion list if we have the keyboard focus
// if we don't have the focus now, then we'll rebuild the completion list
// when focusInEvent happens. this avoid unnecessary dir loading.
if(hasFocus())
reloadCompleter(false);
}
}
void PathEdit::reloadCompleter(bool triggeredByFocusInEvent) {
// parent dir has been changed, reload dir list
// if(currentPrefix_[0] == "~") { // special case for home dir
// cancel running dir-listing jobs, if there's any
if(cancellable_) {
g_cancellable_cancel(cancellable_);
g_object_unref(cancellable_);
}
// create a new job to do dir listing
PathEditJob* job = new PathEditJob();
job->edit = this;
job->triggeredByFocusInEvent = triggeredByFocusInEvent;
// need to use fm_file_new_for_commandline_arg() rather than g_file_new_for_commandline_arg().
// otherwise, our own vfs, such as menu://, won't be loaded.
job->dirName = fm_file_new_for_commandline_arg(currentPrefix_.toLocal8Bit().constData());
// qDebug("load: %s", g_file_get_uri(data->dirName));
cancellable_ = g_cancellable_new();
job->cancellable = (GCancellable*)g_object_ref(cancellable_);
// launch a new worker thread to handle the job
QThread* thread = new QThread();
job->moveToThread(thread);
connect(thread, &QThread::started, job, &PathEditJob::runJob);
connect(thread, &QThread::finished, thread, &QObject::deleteLater);
connect(thread, &QThread::finished, job, &QObject::deleteLater);
connect(job, &PathEditJob::finished, this, &PathEdit::onJobFinished);
thread->start(QThread::LowPriority);
}
void PathEdit::freeCompleter() {
if(cancellable_) {
g_cancellable_cancel(cancellable_);
g_object_unref(cancellable_);
cancellable_ = NULL;
}
model_->setStringList(QStringList());
}
// This slot is called from main thread so it's safe to access the GUI
void PathEdit::onJobFinished() {
PathEditJob* data = static_cast<PathEditJob*>(sender());
if(!g_cancellable_is_cancelled(data->cancellable)) {
// update the completer only if the job is not cancelled
QStringList::iterator it;
for(it = data->subDirs.begin(); it != data->subDirs.end(); ++it) {
// qDebug("%s", it->toUtf8().constData());
*it = (currentPrefix_ % *it);
}
model_->setStringList(data->subDirs);
// trigger completion manually
if(hasFocus() && !data->triggeredByFocusInEvent)
completer_->complete();
}
else
model_->setStringList(QStringList());
if(cancellable_) {
g_object_unref(cancellable_);
cancellable_ = NULL;
}
}
} // namespace Fm

@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
/*
* Copyright (C) 2013 - 2015 Hong Jen Yee (PCMan) <pcman.tw@gmail.com>
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*
*/
#ifndef FM_PATHEDIT_H
#define FM_PATHEDIT_H
#include "libfmqtglobals.h"
#include <QLineEdit>
#include <gio/gio.h>
class QCompleter;
class QStringListModel;
namespace Fm {
class PathEditJob;
class LIBFM_QT_API PathEdit : public QLineEdit {
Q_OBJECT
public:
explicit PathEdit(QWidget* parent = 0);
virtual ~PathEdit();
protected:
virtual void focusInEvent(QFocusEvent* e);
virtual void focusOutEvent(QFocusEvent* e);
private Q_SLOTS:
void onTextChanged(const QString & text);
private:
void reloadCompleter(bool triggeredByFocusInEvent = false);
void freeCompleter();
void onJobFinished();
private:
QCompleter* completer_;
QStringListModel* model_;
QString currentPrefix_;
GCancellable* cancellable_;
};
}
#endif // FM_PATHEDIT_H

@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
/*
* Copyright (C) 2013 - 2015 Hong Jen Yee (PCMan) <pcman.tw@gmail.com>
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*
*/
#ifndef FM_PATHEDIT_P_H
#define FM_PATHEDIT_P_H
#include <QObject>
#include <libfm/fm.h>
namespace Fm {
class PathEdit;
class PathEditJob : public QObject {
Q_OBJECT
public:
GCancellable* cancellable;
GFile* dirName;
QStringList subDirs;
PathEdit* edit;
bool triggeredByFocusInEvent;
~PathEditJob() {
g_object_unref(dirName);
g_object_unref(cancellable);
}
Q_SIGNALS:
void finished();
public Q_SLOTS:
void runJob();
};
}
#endif // FM_PATHEDIT_P_H

@ -0,0 +1,608 @@
/*
* Copyright (C) 2013 - 2015 Hong Jen Yee (PCMan) <pcman.tw@gmail.com>
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*
*/
#include "placesmodel.h"
#include "icontheme.h"
#include <gio/gio.h>
#include <QDebug>
#include <QMimeData>
#include <QTimer>
#include <QPointer>
#include "utilities.h"
#include "placesmodelitem.h"
namespace Fm {
PlacesModel::PlacesModel(QObject* parent):
QStandardItemModel(parent),
showApplications_(true),
showDesktop_(true),
ejectIcon_(QIcon::fromTheme("media-eject")) {
setColumnCount(2);
placesRoot = new QStandardItem(tr("Places"));
placesRoot->setSelectable(false);
placesRoot->setColumnCount(2);
appendRow(placesRoot);
homeItem = new PlacesModelItem("user-home", g_get_user_name(), fm_path_get_home());
placesRoot->appendRow(homeItem);
desktopItem = new PlacesModelItem("user-desktop", tr("Desktop"), fm_path_get_desktop());
placesRoot->appendRow(desktopItem);
createTrashItem();
FmPath* path;
// FIXME: add an option to hide network:///
if(true) {
path = fm_path_new_for_uri("computer:///");
computerItem = new PlacesModelItem("computer", tr("Computer"), path);
fm_path_unref(path);
placesRoot->appendRow(computerItem);
}
else
computerItem = NULL;
// FIXME: add an option to hide applications:///
const char* applicaion_icon_names[] = {"system-software-install", "applications-accessories", "application-x-executable"};
// NOTE: g_themed_icon_new_from_names() accepts char**, but actually const char** is OK.
GIcon* gicon = g_themed_icon_new_from_names((char**)applicaion_icon_names, G_N_ELEMENTS(applicaion_icon_names));
FmIcon* fmicon = fm_icon_from_gicon(gicon);
g_object_unref(gicon);
applicationsItem = new PlacesModelItem(fmicon, tr("Applications"), fm_path_get_apps_menu());
fm_icon_unref(fmicon);
placesRoot->appendRow(applicationsItem);
// FIXME: add an option to hide network:///
if(true) {
const char* network_icon_names[] = {"network", "folder-network", "folder"};
// NOTE: g_themed_icon_new_from_names() accepts char**, but actually const char** is OK.
gicon = g_themed_icon_new_from_names((char**)network_icon_names, G_N_ELEMENTS(network_icon_names));
fmicon = fm_icon_from_gicon(gicon);
g_object_unref(gicon);
path = fm_path_new_for_uri("network:///");
networkItem = new PlacesModelItem(fmicon, tr("Network"), path);
fm_icon_unref(fmicon);
fm_path_unref(path);
placesRoot->appendRow(networkItem);
}
else
networkItem = NULL;
devicesRoot = new QStandardItem(tr("Devices"));
devicesRoot->setSelectable(false);
devicesRoot->setColumnCount(2);
appendRow(devicesRoot);
// volumes
volumeMonitor = g_volume_monitor_get();
if(volumeMonitor) {
g_signal_connect(volumeMonitor, "volume-added", G_CALLBACK(onVolumeAdded), this);
g_signal_connect(volumeMonitor, "volume-removed", G_CALLBACK(onVolumeRemoved), this);
g_signal_connect(volumeMonitor, "volume-changed", G_CALLBACK(onVolumeChanged), this);
g_signal_connect(volumeMonitor, "mount-added", G_CALLBACK(onMountAdded), this);
g_signal_connect(volumeMonitor, "mount-changed", G_CALLBACK(onMountChanged), this);
g_signal_connect(volumeMonitor, "mount-removed", G_CALLBACK(onMountRemoved), this);
// add volumes to side-pane
GList* vols = g_volume_monitor_get_volumes(volumeMonitor);
GList* l;
for(l = vols; l; l = l->next) {
GVolume* volume = G_VOLUME(l->data);
onVolumeAdded(volumeMonitor, volume, this);
g_object_unref(volume);
}
g_list_free(vols);
/* add mounts to side-pane */
vols = g_volume_monitor_get_mounts(volumeMonitor);
for(l = vols; l; l = l->next) {
GMount* mount = G_MOUNT(l->data);
GVolume* volume = g_mount_get_volume(mount);
if(volume)
g_object_unref(volume);
else { /* network mounts or others */
gboolean shadowed = FALSE;
#if GLIB_CHECK_VERSION(2, 20, 0)
shadowed = g_mount_is_shadowed(mount);
#endif
// according to gio API doc, a shadowed mount should not be visible to the user
if(shadowed) {
shadowedMounts_.push_back(mount);
continue;
}
else {
PlacesModelItem* item = new PlacesModelMountItem(mount);
devicesRoot->appendRow(item);
}
}
g_object_unref(mount);
}
g_list_free(vols);
}
// bookmarks
bookmarksRoot = new QStandardItem(tr("Bookmarks"));
bookmarksRoot->setSelectable(false);
bookmarksRoot->setColumnCount(2);
appendRow(bookmarksRoot);
bookmarks = fm_bookmarks_dup();
loadBookmarks();
g_signal_connect(bookmarks, "changed", G_CALLBACK(onBookmarksChanged), this);
// update some icons when the icon theme is changed
connect(IconTheme::instance(), &IconTheme::changed, this, &PlacesModel::updateIcons);
}
void PlacesModel::loadBookmarks() {
GList* allBookmarks = fm_bookmarks_get_all(bookmarks);
for(GList* l = allBookmarks; l; l = l->next) {
FmBookmarkItem* bm_item = (FmBookmarkItem*)l->data;
PlacesModelBookmarkItem* item = new PlacesModelBookmarkItem(bm_item);
bookmarksRoot->appendRow(item);
}
g_list_free_full(allBookmarks, (GDestroyNotify)fm_bookmark_item_unref);
}
PlacesModel::~PlacesModel() {
if(bookmarks) {
g_signal_handlers_disconnect_by_func(bookmarks, (gpointer)onBookmarksChanged, this);
g_object_unref(bookmarks);
}
if(volumeMonitor) {
g_signal_handlers_disconnect_by_func(volumeMonitor, (gpointer)G_CALLBACK(onVolumeAdded), this);
g_signal_handlers_disconnect_by_func(volumeMonitor, (gpointer)G_CALLBACK(onVolumeRemoved), this);
g_signal_handlers_disconnect_by_func(volumeMonitor, (gpointer)G_CALLBACK(onVolumeChanged), this);
g_signal_handlers_disconnect_by_func(volumeMonitor, (gpointer)G_CALLBACK(onMountAdded), this);
g_signal_handlers_disconnect_by_func(volumeMonitor, (gpointer)G_CALLBACK(onMountChanged), this);
g_signal_handlers_disconnect_by_func(volumeMonitor, (gpointer)G_CALLBACK(onMountRemoved), this);
g_object_unref(volumeMonitor);
}
if(trashMonitor_) {
g_signal_handlers_disconnect_by_func(trashMonitor_, (gpointer)G_CALLBACK(onTrashChanged), this);
g_object_unref(trashMonitor_);
}
Q_FOREACH(GMount* mount, shadowedMounts_) {
g_object_unref(mount);
}
}
// static
void PlacesModel::onTrashChanged(GFileMonitor* monitor, GFile* gf, GFile* other, GFileMonitorEvent evt, PlacesModel* pThis) {
QTimer::singleShot(0, pThis, SLOT(updateTrash()));
}
void PlacesModel::updateTrash() {
struct UpdateTrashData {
QPointer<PlacesModel> model;
GFile* gf;
UpdateTrashData(PlacesModel* _model) : model(_model) {
gf = fm_file_new_for_uri("trash:///");
}
~UpdateTrashData() {
g_object_unref(gf);
}
};
if(trashItem_) {
UpdateTrashData* data = new UpdateTrashData(this);
g_file_query_info_async(data->gf, G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TRASH_ITEM_COUNT, G_FILE_QUERY_INFO_NONE, G_PRIORITY_LOW, NULL,
[](GObject *source_object, GAsyncResult *res, gpointer user_data) {
// the callback lambda function is called when the asyn query operation is finished
UpdateTrashData* data = reinterpret_cast<UpdateTrashData*>(user_data);
PlacesModel* _this = data->model.data();
if(_this != nullptr) { // ensure that our model object is not deleted yet
GFileInfo* inf = g_file_query_info_finish(data->gf, res, NULL);
if(inf) {
if(_this->trashItem_ != nullptr) { // it's possible that when we finish, the trash item is removed
guint32 n = g_file_info_get_attribute_uint32(inf, G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TRASH_ITEM_COUNT);
const char* icon_name = n > 0 ? "user-trash-full" : "user-trash";
FmIcon* icon = fm_icon_from_name(icon_name);
_this->trashItem_->setIcon(icon);
fm_icon_unref(icon);
}
g_object_unref(inf);
}
}
delete data; // free the data used for this async operation.
}, data);
}
}
void PlacesModel::createTrashItem() {
GFile* gf;
gf = fm_file_new_for_uri("trash:///");
// check if trash is supported by the current vfs
// if gvfs is not installed, this can be unavailable.
if(!g_file_query_exists(gf, NULL)) {
g_object_unref(gf);
trashItem_ = NULL;
trashMonitor_ = NULL;
return;
}
trashItem_ = new PlacesModelItem("user-trash", tr("Trash"), fm_path_get_trash());
trashMonitor_ = fm_monitor_directory(gf, NULL);
if(trashMonitor_)
g_signal_connect(trashMonitor_, "changed", G_CALLBACK(onTrashChanged), this);
g_object_unref(gf);
placesRoot->insertRow(desktopItem->row() + 1, trashItem_);
QTimer::singleShot(0, this, SLOT(updateTrash()));
}
void PlacesModel::setShowApplications(bool show) {
if(showApplications_ != show) {
showApplications_ = show;
}
}
void PlacesModel::setShowDesktop(bool show) {
if(showDesktop_ != show) {
showDesktop_ = show;
}
}
void PlacesModel::setShowTrash(bool show) {
if(show) {
if(!trashItem_)
createTrashItem();
}
else {
if(trashItem_) {
if(trashMonitor_) {
g_signal_handlers_disconnect_by_func(trashMonitor_, (gpointer)G_CALLBACK(onTrashChanged), this);
g_object_unref(trashMonitor_);
trashMonitor_ = NULL;
}
placesRoot->removeRow(trashItem_->row()); // delete trashItem_;
trashItem_ = NULL;
}
}
}
PlacesModelItem* PlacesModel::itemFromPath(FmPath* path) {
PlacesModelItem* item = itemFromPath(placesRoot, path);
if(!item)
item = itemFromPath(devicesRoot, path);
if(!item)
item = itemFromPath(bookmarksRoot, path);
return item;
}
PlacesModelItem* PlacesModel::itemFromPath(QStandardItem* rootItem, FmPath* path) {
int rowCount = rootItem->rowCount();
for(int i = 0; i < rowCount; ++i) {
PlacesModelItem* item = static_cast<PlacesModelItem*>(rootItem->child(i, 0));
if(fm_path_equal(item->path(), path))
return item;
}
return NULL;
}
PlacesModelVolumeItem* PlacesModel::itemFromVolume(GVolume* volume) {
int rowCount = devicesRoot->rowCount();
for(int i = 0; i < rowCount; ++i) {
PlacesModelItem* item = static_cast<PlacesModelItem*>(devicesRoot->child(i, 0));
if(item->type() == PlacesModelItem::Volume) {
PlacesModelVolumeItem* volumeItem = static_cast<PlacesModelVolumeItem*>(item);
if(volumeItem->volume() == volume)
return volumeItem;
}
}
return NULL;
}
PlacesModelMountItem* PlacesModel::itemFromMount(GMount* mount) {
int rowCount = devicesRoot->rowCount();
for(int i = 0; i < rowCount; ++i) {
PlacesModelItem* item = static_cast<PlacesModelItem*>(devicesRoot->child(i, 0));
if(item->type() == PlacesModelItem::Mount) {
PlacesModelMountItem* mountItem = static_cast<PlacesModelMountItem*>(item);
if(mountItem->mount() == mount)
return mountItem;
}
}
return NULL;
}
PlacesModelBookmarkItem* PlacesModel::itemFromBookmark(FmBookmarkItem* bkitem) {
int rowCount = bookmarksRoot->rowCount();
for(int i = 0; i < rowCount; ++i) {
PlacesModelBookmarkItem* item = static_cast<PlacesModelBookmarkItem*>(bookmarksRoot->child(i, 0));
if(item->bookmark() == bkitem)
return item;
}
return NULL;
}
void PlacesModel::onMountAdded(GVolumeMonitor* monitor, GMount* mount, PlacesModel* pThis) {
// according to gio API doc, a shadowed mount should not be visible to the user
#if GLIB_CHECK_VERSION(2, 20, 0)
if(g_mount_is_shadowed(mount)) {
if(pThis->shadowedMounts_.indexOf(mount) == -1)
pThis->shadowedMounts_.push_back(G_MOUNT(g_object_ref(mount)));
return;
}
#endif
GVolume* vol = g_mount_get_volume(mount);
if(vol) { // mount-added is also emitted when a volume is newly mounted.
PlacesModelVolumeItem* item = pThis->itemFromVolume(vol);
if(item && !item->path()) {
// update the mounted volume and show a button for eject.
GFile* gf = g_mount_get_root(mount);
FmPath* path = fm_path_new_for_gfile(gf);
g_object_unref(gf);
item->setPath(path);
if(path)
fm_path_unref(path);
// update the mount indicator (eject button)
QStandardItem* ejectBtn = item->parent()->child(item->row(), 1);
Q_ASSERT(ejectBtn);
ejectBtn->setIcon(pThis->ejectIcon_);
}
g_object_unref(vol);
}
else { // network mounts and others
PlacesModelMountItem* item = pThis->itemFromMount(mount);
/* for some unknown reasons, sometimes we get repeated mount-added
* signals and added a device more than one. So, make a sanity check here. */
if(!item) {
item = new PlacesModelMountItem(mount);
QStandardItem* eject_btn = new QStandardItem(pThis->ejectIcon_, QString());
pThis->devicesRoot->appendRow(QList<QStandardItem*>() << item << eject_btn);
}
}
}
void PlacesModel::onMountChanged(GVolumeMonitor* monitor, GMount* mount, PlacesModel* pThis) {
gboolean shadowed = FALSE;
// according to gio API doc, a shadowed mount should not be visible to the user
#if GLIB_CHECK_VERSION(2, 20, 0)
shadowed = g_mount_is_shadowed(mount);
// qDebug() << "changed:" << mount << shadowed;
#endif
PlacesModelMountItem* item = pThis->itemFromMount(mount);
if(item) {
if(shadowed) { // if a visible item becomes shadowed, remove it from the model
pThis->shadowedMounts_.push_back(G_MOUNT(g_object_ref(mount))); // remember the shadowed mount
pThis->devicesRoot->removeRow(item->row());
}
else { // otherwise, update its status
item->update();
}
}
else {
#if GLIB_CHECK_VERSION(2, 20, 0)
if(!shadowed) { // if a mount is unshadowed
int i = pThis->shadowedMounts_.indexOf(mount);
if(i != -1) { // a previously shadowed mount is unshadowed
pThis->shadowedMounts_.removeAt(i);
onMountAdded(monitor, mount, pThis); // add it to our model again
}
}
#endif
}
}
void PlacesModel::onMountRemoved(GVolumeMonitor* monitor, GMount* mount, PlacesModel* pThis) {
GVolume* vol = g_mount_get_volume(mount);
// qDebug() << "mount removed" << mount << "volume umounted: " << vol;
if(vol) {
// a volume is being unmounted
// NOTE: Due to some problems of gvfs, sometimes the volume does not receive
// "change" signal so it does not update the eject button. Let's workaround
// this by calling onVolumeChanged() handler manually. (This is needed for mtp://)
onVolumeChanged(monitor, vol, pThis);
g_object_unref(vol);
}
else { // network mounts and others
PlacesModelMountItem* item = pThis->itemFromMount(mount);
if(item) {
pThis->devicesRoot->removeRow(item->row());
}
}
#if GLIB_CHECK_VERSION(2, 20, 0)
// NOTE: g_mount_is_shadowed() sometimes returns FALSE here even if the mount is shadowed.
// I don't know whether this is a bug in gvfs or not.
// So let's check if its in our list instead.
if(pThis->shadowedMounts_.removeOne(mount)) {
// if this is a shadowed mount
// qDebug() << "remove shadow mount";
g_object_unref(mount);
}
#endif
}
void PlacesModel::onVolumeAdded(GVolumeMonitor* monitor, GVolume* volume, PlacesModel* pThis) {
// for some unknown reasons, sometimes we get repeated volume-added
// signals and added a device more than one. So, make a sanity check here.
PlacesModelVolumeItem* volumeItem = pThis->itemFromVolume(volume);
if(!volumeItem) {
volumeItem = new PlacesModelVolumeItem(volume);
QStandardItem* ejectBtn = new QStandardItem();
if(volumeItem->isMounted())
ejectBtn->setIcon(pThis->ejectIcon_);
pThis->devicesRoot->appendRow(QList<QStandardItem*>() << volumeItem << ejectBtn);
}
}
void PlacesModel::onVolumeChanged(GVolumeMonitor* monitor, GVolume* volume, PlacesModel* pThis) {
PlacesModelVolumeItem* item = pThis->itemFromVolume(volume);
if(item) {
item->update();
if(!item->isMounted()) { // the volume is unmounted, remove the eject button if needed
// remove the eject button for the volume (at column 1 of the same row)
QStandardItem* ejectBtn = item->parent()->child(item->row(), 1);
Q_ASSERT(ejectBtn);
ejectBtn->setIcon(QIcon());
}
}
}
void PlacesModel::onVolumeRemoved(GVolumeMonitor* monitor, GVolume* volume, PlacesModel* pThis) {
PlacesModelVolumeItem* item = pThis->itemFromVolume(volume);
if(item) {
pThis->devicesRoot->removeRow(item->row());
}
}
void PlacesModel::onBookmarksChanged(FmBookmarks* bookmarks, PlacesModel* pThis) {
// remove all items
pThis->bookmarksRoot->removeRows(0, pThis->bookmarksRoot->rowCount());
pThis->loadBookmarks();
}
void PlacesModel::updateIcons() {
// the icon theme is changed and we need to update the icons
PlacesModelItem* item;
int row;
int n = placesRoot->rowCount();
for(row = 0; row < n; ++row) {
item = static_cast<PlacesModelItem*>(placesRoot->child(row));
item->updateIcon();
}
n = devicesRoot->rowCount();
for(row = 0; row < n; ++row) {
item = static_cast<PlacesModelItem*>(devicesRoot->child(row));
item->updateIcon();
}
}
Qt::ItemFlags PlacesModel::flags(const QModelIndex& index) const {
if(index.column() == 1) // make 2nd column of every row selectable.
return Qt::ItemIsSelectable | Qt::ItemIsEnabled;
if(!index.parent().isValid()) { // root items
if(index.row() == 2) // bookmarks root
return Qt::ItemIsEnabled | Qt::ItemIsDropEnabled;
else
return Qt::ItemIsEnabled;
}
return QStandardItemModel::flags(index);
}
bool PlacesModel::dropMimeData(const QMimeData* data, Qt::DropAction action, int row, int column, const QModelIndex& parent) {
QStandardItem* item = itemFromIndex(parent);
if(data->hasFormat("application/x-bookmark-row")) { // the data being dopped is a bookmark row
// decode it and do bookmark reordering
QByteArray buf = data->data("application/x-bookmark-row");
QDataStream stream(&buf, QIODevice::ReadOnly);
int oldPos = -1;
char* pathStr = NULL;
stream >> oldPos >> pathStr;
// find the source bookmark item being dragged
GList* allBookmarks = fm_bookmarks_get_all(bookmarks);
FmBookmarkItem* draggedItem = static_cast<FmBookmarkItem*>(g_list_nth_data(allBookmarks, oldPos));
// If we cannot find the dragged bookmark item at position <oldRow>, or we find an item,
// but the path of the item is not the same as what we expected, than it's the wrong item.
// This means that the bookmarks are changed during our dnd processing, which is an extremely rare case.
if(!draggedItem || !fm_path_equal_str(draggedItem->path, pathStr, -1)) {
delete []pathStr;
return false;
}
delete []pathStr;
int newPos = -1;
if(row == -1 && column == -1) { // drop on an item
// we only allow dropping on an bookmark item
if(item && item->parent() == bookmarksRoot)
newPos = parent.row();
}
else { // drop on a position between items
if(item == bookmarksRoot) // we only allow dropping on a bookmark item
newPos = row;
}
if(newPos != -1 && newPos != oldPos) // reorder the bookmark item
fm_bookmarks_reorder(bookmarks, draggedItem, newPos);
}
else if(data->hasUrls()) { // files uris are dropped
if(row == -1 && column == -1) { // drop uris on an item
if(item && item->parent()) { // need to be a child item
PlacesModelItem* placesItem = static_cast<PlacesModelItem*>(item);
if(placesItem->path()) {
qDebug() << "dropped dest:" << placesItem->text();
// TODO: copy or move the dragged files to the dir pointed by the item.
qDebug() << "drop on" << item->text();
}
}
}
else { // drop uris on a position between items
if(item == bookmarksRoot) { // we only allow dropping on blank row of bookmarks section
FmPathList* paths = pathListFromQUrls(data->urls());
for(GList* l = fm_path_list_peek_head_link(paths); l; l = l->next) {
FmPath* path = FM_PATH(l->data);
GFile* gf = fm_path_to_gfile(path);
// FIXME: this is a blocking call
if(g_file_query_file_type(gf, G_FILE_QUERY_INFO_NOFOLLOW_SYMLINKS,
NULL) == G_FILE_TYPE_DIRECTORY) {
char* disp_name = fm_path_display_basename(path);
fm_bookmarks_insert(bookmarks, path, disp_name, row);
g_free(disp_name);
}
g_object_unref(gf);
return true;
}
}
}
}
return false;
}
// we only support dragging bookmark items and use our own
// custom pseudo-mime-type: application/x-bookmark-row
QMimeData* PlacesModel::mimeData(const QModelIndexList& indexes) const {
if(!indexes.isEmpty()) {
// we only allow dragging one bookmark item at a time, so handle the first index only.
QModelIndex index = indexes.first();
QStandardItem* item = itemFromIndex(index);
// ensure that it's really a bookmark item
if(item && item->parent() == bookmarksRoot) {
PlacesModelBookmarkItem* bookmarkItem = static_cast<PlacesModelBookmarkItem*>(item);
QMimeData* mime = new QMimeData();
QByteArray data;
QDataStream stream(&data, QIODevice::WriteOnly);
// There is no safe and cross-process way to store a reference of a row.
// Let's store the pos, name, and path of the bookmark item instead.
char* pathStr = fm_path_to_str(bookmarkItem->path());
stream << index.row() << pathStr;
g_free(pathStr);
mime->setData("application/x-bookmark-row", data);
return mime;
}
}
return NULL;
}
QStringList PlacesModel::mimeTypes() const {
return QStringList() << "application/x-bookmark-row" << "text/uri-list";
}
Qt::DropActions PlacesModel::supportedDropActions() const {
return QStandardItemModel::supportedDropActions();
}
} // namespace Fm

@ -0,0 +1,133 @@
/*
* Copyright (C) 2013 - 2015 Hong Jen Yee (PCMan) <pcman.tw@gmail.com>
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*
*/
#ifndef FM_PLACESMODEL_H
#define FM_PLACESMODEL_H
#include "libfmqtglobals.h"
#include <QStandardItemModel>
#include <QStandardItem>
#include <QList>
#include <QAction>
#include <libfm/fm.h>
namespace Fm {
class PlacesModelItem;
class PlacesModelVolumeItem;
class PlacesModelMountItem;
class PlacesModelBookmarkItem;
class LIBFM_QT_API PlacesModel : public QStandardItemModel {
Q_OBJECT
friend class PlacesView;
public:
// QAction used for popup menus
class ItemAction : public QAction {
public:
ItemAction(const QModelIndex& index, QString text, QObject* parent = 0):
QAction(text, parent),
index_(index) {
}
QPersistentModelIndex& index() {
return index_;
}
private:
QPersistentModelIndex index_;
};
public:
explicit PlacesModel(QObject* parent = 0);
virtual ~PlacesModel();
bool showTrash() {
return trashItem_ != NULL;
}
void setShowTrash(bool show);
bool showApplications() {
return showApplications_;
}
void setShowApplications(bool show);
bool showDesktop() {
return showDesktop_;
}
void setShowDesktop(bool show);
public Q_SLOTS:
void updateIcons();
void updateTrash();
protected:
PlacesModelItem* itemFromPath(FmPath* path);
PlacesModelItem* itemFromPath(QStandardItem* rootItem, FmPath* path);
PlacesModelVolumeItem* itemFromVolume(GVolume* volume);
PlacesModelMountItem* itemFromMount(GMount* mount);
PlacesModelBookmarkItem* itemFromBookmark(FmBookmarkItem* bkitem);
virtual Qt::ItemFlags flags(const QModelIndex& index) const;
virtual QStringList mimeTypes() const;
virtual QMimeData* mimeData(const QModelIndexList& indexes) const;
virtual bool dropMimeData(const QMimeData* data, Qt::DropAction action, int row, int column, const QModelIndex& parent);
Qt::DropActions supportedDropActions() const;
void createTrashItem();
private:
void loadBookmarks();
static void onVolumeAdded(GVolumeMonitor* monitor, GVolume* volume, PlacesModel* pThis);
static void onVolumeRemoved(GVolumeMonitor* monitor, GVolume* volume, PlacesModel* pThis);
static void onVolumeChanged(GVolumeMonitor* monitor, GVolume* volume, PlacesModel* pThis);
static void onMountAdded(GVolumeMonitor* monitor, GMount* mount, PlacesModel* pThis);
static void onMountRemoved(GVolumeMonitor* monitor, GMount* mount, PlacesModel* pThis);
static void onMountChanged(GVolumeMonitor* monitor, GMount* mount, PlacesModel* pThis);
static void onBookmarksChanged(FmBookmarks* bookmarks, PlacesModel* pThis);
static void onTrashChanged(GFileMonitor *monitor, GFile *gf, GFile *other, GFileMonitorEvent evt, PlacesModel* pThis);
private:
FmBookmarks* bookmarks;
GVolumeMonitor* volumeMonitor;
QList<FmJob*> jobs;
bool showApplications_;
bool showDesktop_;
QStandardItem* placesRoot;
QStandardItem* devicesRoot;
QStandardItem* bookmarksRoot;
PlacesModelItem* trashItem_;
GFileMonitor* trashMonitor_;
PlacesModelItem* desktopItem;
PlacesModelItem* homeItem;
PlacesModelItem* computerItem;
PlacesModelItem* networkItem;
PlacesModelItem* applicationsItem;
QIcon ejectIcon_;
QList<GMount*> shadowedMounts_;
};
}
#endif // FM_PLACESMODEL_H

@ -0,0 +1,190 @@
/*
* Copyright (C) 2013 - 2015 Hong Jen Yee (PCMan) <pcman.tw@gmail.com>
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*
*/
#include "placesmodelitem.h"
#include "icontheme.h"
#include <gio/gio.h>
namespace Fm {
PlacesModelItem::PlacesModelItem():
QStandardItem(),
path_(NULL),
icon_(NULL),
fileInfo_(NULL) {
}
PlacesModelItem::PlacesModelItem(const char* iconName, QString title, FmPath* path):
QStandardItem(title),
path_(path ? fm_path_ref(path) : NULL),
icon_(fm_icon_from_name(iconName)),
fileInfo_(NULL) {
if(icon_)
QStandardItem::setIcon(IconTheme::icon(icon_));
setEditable(false);
}
PlacesModelItem::PlacesModelItem(FmIcon* icon, QString title, FmPath* path):
QStandardItem(title),
path_(path ? fm_path_ref(path) : NULL),
icon_(icon ? fm_icon_ref(icon) : NULL),
fileInfo_(NULL) {
if(icon_)
QStandardItem::setIcon(IconTheme::icon(icon));
setEditable(false);
}
PlacesModelItem::PlacesModelItem(QIcon icon, QString title, FmPath* path):
QStandardItem(icon, title),
icon_(NULL),
path_(path ? fm_path_ref(path) : NULL),
fileInfo_(NULL) {
setEditable(false);
}
PlacesModelItem::~PlacesModelItem() {
if(path_)
fm_path_unref(path_);
if(fileInfo_)
g_object_unref(fileInfo_);
if(icon_)
fm_icon_unref(icon_);
}
void PlacesModelItem::setPath(FmPath* path) {
if(path_)
fm_path_unref(path_);
path_ = path ? fm_path_ref(path) : NULL;
}
void PlacesModelItem::setIcon(FmIcon* icon) {
if(icon_)
fm_icon_unref(icon_);
if(icon) {
icon_ = fm_icon_ref(icon);
QStandardItem::setIcon(IconTheme::icon(icon_));
}
else {
icon_ = NULL;
QStandardItem::setIcon(QIcon());
}
}
void PlacesModelItem::setIcon(GIcon* gicon) {
FmIcon* icon = gicon ? fm_icon_from_gicon(gicon) : NULL;
setIcon(icon);
fm_icon_unref(icon);
}
void PlacesModelItem::updateIcon() {
if(icon_)
QStandardItem::setIcon(IconTheme::icon(icon_));
}
QVariant PlacesModelItem::data(int role) const {
// we use a QPixmap from FmIcon cache rather than QIcon object for decoration role.
return QStandardItem::data(role);
}
void PlacesModelItem::setFileInfo(FmFileInfo* fileInfo) {
// FIXME: how can we correctly update icon?
if(fileInfo_)
fm_file_info_unref(fileInfo_);
if(fileInfo) {
fileInfo_ = fm_file_info_ref(fileInfo);
}
else
fileInfo_ = NULL;
}
PlacesModelBookmarkItem::PlacesModelBookmarkItem(FmBookmarkItem* bm_item):
PlacesModelItem(QIcon::fromTheme("folder"), QString::fromUtf8(bm_item->name), bm_item->path),
bookmarkItem_(fm_bookmark_item_ref(bm_item)) {
setEditable(true);
}
PlacesModelVolumeItem::PlacesModelVolumeItem(GVolume* volume):
PlacesModelItem(),
volume_(reinterpret_cast<GVolume*>(g_object_ref(volume))) {
update();
setEditable(false);
}
void PlacesModelVolumeItem::update() {
// set title
char* volumeName = g_volume_get_name(volume_);
setText(QString::fromUtf8(volumeName));
g_free(volumeName);
// set icon
GIcon* gicon = g_volume_get_icon(volume_);
setIcon(gicon);
g_object_unref(gicon);
// set dir path
GMount* mount = g_volume_get_mount(volume_);
if(mount) {
GFile* mount_root = g_mount_get_root(mount);
FmPath* mount_path = fm_path_new_for_gfile(mount_root);
setPath(mount_path);
fm_path_unref(mount_path);
g_object_unref(mount_root);
g_object_unref(mount);
}
else {
setPath(NULL);
}
}
bool PlacesModelVolumeItem::isMounted() {
GMount* mount = g_volume_get_mount(volume_);
if(mount)
g_object_unref(mount);
return mount != NULL ? true : false;
}
PlacesModelMountItem::PlacesModelMountItem(GMount* mount):
PlacesModelItem(),
mount_(reinterpret_cast<GMount*>(mount)) {
update();
setEditable(false);
}
void PlacesModelMountItem::update() {
// set title
setText(QString::fromUtf8(g_mount_get_name(mount_)));
// set path
GFile* mount_root = g_mount_get_root(mount_);
FmPath* mount_path = fm_path_new_for_gfile(mount_root);
setPath(mount_path);
fm_path_unref(mount_path);
g_object_unref(mount_root);
// set icon
GIcon* gicon = g_mount_get_icon(mount_);
setIcon(gicon);
g_object_unref(gicon);
}
}

@ -0,0 +1,130 @@
/*
* Copyright (C) 2013 - 2015 Hong Jen Yee (PCMan) <pcman.tw@gmail.com>
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*
*/
#ifndef FM_PLACESMODELITEM_H
#define FM_PLACESMODELITEM_H
#include "libfmqtglobals.h"
#include <QStandardItemModel>
#include <QStandardItem>
#include <QList>
#include <QAction>
#include <libfm/fm.h>
namespace Fm {
// model item
class LIBFM_QT_API PlacesModelItem : public QStandardItem {
public:
enum Type {
Places = QStandardItem::UserType + 1,
Volume,
Mount,
Bookmark
};
public:
PlacesModelItem();
PlacesModelItem(QIcon icon, QString title, FmPath* path = NULL);
PlacesModelItem(const char* iconName, QString title, FmPath* path = NULL);
PlacesModelItem(FmIcon* icon, QString title, FmPath* path = NULL);
~PlacesModelItem();
FmFileInfo* fileInfo() {
return fileInfo_;
}
void setFileInfo(FmFileInfo* fileInfo);
FmPath* path() {
return path_;
}
void setPath(FmPath* path);
FmIcon* icon() {
return icon_;
}
void setIcon(FmIcon* icon);
void setIcon(GIcon* gicon);
void updateIcon();
QVariant data(int role = Qt::UserRole + 1) const;
virtual int type() const {
return Places;
}
private:
FmPath* path_;
FmFileInfo* fileInfo_;
FmIcon* icon_;
};
class LIBFM_QT_API PlacesModelVolumeItem : public PlacesModelItem {
public:
PlacesModelVolumeItem(GVolume* volume);
bool isMounted();
bool canEject() {
return g_volume_can_eject(volume_);
}
virtual int type() const {
return Volume;
}
GVolume* volume() {
return volume_;
}
void update();
private:
GVolume* volume_;
};
class LIBFM_QT_API PlacesModelMountItem : public PlacesModelItem {
public:
PlacesModelMountItem(GMount* mount);
virtual int type() const {
return Mount;
}
GMount* mount() const {
return mount_;
}
void update();
private:
GMount* mount_;
};
class LIBFM_QT_API PlacesModelBookmarkItem : public PlacesModelItem {
public:
virtual int type() const {
return Bookmark;
}
PlacesModelBookmarkItem(FmBookmarkItem* bm_item);
virtual ~PlacesModelBookmarkItem() {
if(bookmarkItem_)
fm_bookmark_item_unref(bookmarkItem_);
}
FmBookmarkItem* bookmark() const {
return bookmarkItem_;
}
private:
FmBookmarkItem* bookmarkItem_;
};
}
#endif // FM_PLACESMODELITEM_H

@ -0,0 +1,425 @@
/*
* Copyright (C) 2012 - 2015 Hong Jen Yee (PCMan) <pcman.tw@gmail.com>
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*
*/
#include "placesview.h"
#include "placesmodel.h"
#include "placesmodelitem.h"
#include "mountoperation.h"
#include "fileoperation.h"
#include <QMenu>
#include <QContextMenuEvent>
#include <QHeaderView>
#include <QDebug>
#include <QGuiApplication>
namespace Fm {
PlacesView::PlacesView(QWidget* parent):
QTreeView(parent),
currentPath_(NULL) {
setRootIsDecorated(false);
setHeaderHidden(true);
setIndentation(12);
connect(this, &QTreeView::clicked, this, &PlacesView::onClicked);
connect(this, &QTreeView::pressed, this, &PlacesView::onPressed);
setIconSize(QSize(24, 24));
// FIXME: we may share this model amont all views
model_ = new PlacesModel(this);
setModel(model_);
QHeaderView* headerView = header();
headerView->setSectionResizeMode(0, QHeaderView::Stretch);
headerView->setSectionResizeMode(1, QHeaderView::Fixed);
headerView->setStretchLastSection(false);
expandAll();
// FIXME: is there any better way to make the first column span the whole row?
setFirstColumnSpanned(0, QModelIndex(), true); // places root
setFirstColumnSpanned(1, QModelIndex(), true); // devices root
setFirstColumnSpanned(2, QModelIndex(), true); // bookmarks root
// the 2nd column is for the eject buttons
setSelectionBehavior(QAbstractItemView::SelectRows); // FIXME: why this does not work?
setAllColumnsShowFocus(false);
setAcceptDrops(true);
setDragEnabled(true);
// update the umount button's column width based on icon size
onIconSizeChanged(iconSize());
#if QT_VERSION >= QT_VERSION_CHECK(5, 5, 0) // this signal requires Qt >= 5.5
connect(this, &QAbstractItemView::iconSizeChanged, this, &PlacesView::onIconSizeChanged);
#endif
}
PlacesView::~PlacesView() {
if(currentPath_)
fm_path_unref(currentPath_);
// qDebug("delete PlacesView");
}
void PlacesView::activateRow(int type, const QModelIndex& index) {
if(!index.parent().isValid()) // ignore root items
return;
PlacesModelItem* item = static_cast<PlacesModelItem*>(model_->itemFromIndex(index));
if(item) {
FmPath* path = item->path();
if(!path) {
// check if mounting volumes is needed
if(item->type() == PlacesModelItem::Volume) {
PlacesModelVolumeItem* volumeItem = static_cast<PlacesModelVolumeItem*>(item);
if(!volumeItem->isMounted()) {
// Mount the volume
GVolume* volume = volumeItem->volume();
MountOperation* op = new MountOperation(true, this);
op->mount(volume);
// connect(op, SIGNAL(finished(GError*)), SLOT(onMountOperationFinished(GError*)));
// blocking here until the mount operation is finished?
// FIXME: update status of the volume after mount is finished!!
if(!op->wait())
return;
path = item->path();
}
}
}
if(path) {
Q_EMIT chdirRequested(type, path);
}
}
}
// mouse button pressed
void PlacesView::onPressed(const QModelIndex& index) {
// if middle button is pressed
if(QGuiApplication::mouseButtons() & Qt::MiddleButton) {
// the real item is at column 0
activateRow(1, 0 == index.column() ? index : index.sibling(index.row(), 0));
}
}
void PlacesView::onIconSizeChanged(const QSize& size) {
setColumnWidth(1, size.width() + 5);
}
void PlacesView::onEjectButtonClicked(PlacesModelItem* item) {
// The eject button is clicked for a device item (volume or mount)
if(item->type() == PlacesModelItem::Volume) {
PlacesModelVolumeItem* volumeItem = static_cast<PlacesModelVolumeItem*>(item);
MountOperation* op = new MountOperation(true, this);
if(volumeItem->canEject()) // do eject if applicable
op->eject(volumeItem->volume());
else // otherwise, do unmount instead
op->unmount(volumeItem->volume());
}
else if(item->type() == PlacesModelItem::Mount) {
PlacesModelMountItem* mountItem = static_cast<PlacesModelMountItem*>(item);
MountOperation* op = new MountOperation(true, this);
op->unmount(mountItem->mount());
}
qDebug("PlacesView::onEjectButtonClicked");
}
void PlacesView::onClicked(const QModelIndex& index) {
if(!index.parent().isValid()) // ignore root items
return;
if(index.column() == 0) {
activateRow(0, index);
}
else if(index.column() == 1) { // column 1 contains eject buttons of the mounted devices
if(index.parent() == model_->devicesRoot->index()) { // this is a mounted device
// the eject button is clicked
QModelIndex itemIndex = index.sibling(index.row(), 0); // the real item is at column 0
PlacesModelItem* item = static_cast<PlacesModelItem*>(model_->itemFromIndex(itemIndex));
if(item) {
// eject the volume or the mount
onEjectButtonClicked(item);
}
}
else
activateRow(0, index.sibling(index.row(), 0));
}
}
void PlacesView::setCurrentPath(FmPath* path) {
if(currentPath_)
fm_path_unref(currentPath_);
if(path) {
currentPath_ = fm_path_ref(path);
// TODO: search for item with the path in model_ and select it.
PlacesModelItem* item = model_->itemFromPath(currentPath_);
if(item) {
selectionModel()->select(item->index(), QItemSelectionModel::SelectCurrent|QItemSelectionModel::Rows);
}
else
clearSelection();
}
else {
currentPath_ = NULL;
clearSelection();
}
}
void PlacesView::dragMoveEvent(QDragMoveEvent* event) {
QTreeView::dragMoveEvent(event);
/*
QModelIndex index = indexAt(event->pos());
if(event->isAccepted() && index.isValid() && index.parent() == model_->bookmarksRoot->index()) {
if(dropIndicatorPosition() != OnItem) {
event->setDropAction(Qt::LinkAction);
event->accept();
}
}
*/
}
void PlacesView::dropEvent(QDropEvent* event) {
QTreeView::dropEvent(event);
}
void PlacesView::onEmptyTrash() {
FmPathList* files = fm_path_list_new();
fm_path_list_push_tail(files, fm_path_get_trash());
Fm::FileOperation::deleteFiles(files);
fm_path_list_unref(files);
}
void PlacesView::onMoveBookmarkUp()
{
PlacesModel::ItemAction* action = static_cast<PlacesModel::ItemAction*>(sender());
if(!action->index().isValid())
return;
PlacesModelBookmarkItem* item = static_cast<PlacesModelBookmarkItem*>(model_->itemFromIndex(action->index()));
int row = item->row();
if(row > 0) {
FmBookmarkItem* bookmarkItem = item->bookmark();
FmBookmarks* bookmarks = fm_bookmarks_dup();
fm_bookmarks_reorder(bookmarks, bookmarkItem, row - 1);
g_object_unref(bookmarks);
}
}
void PlacesView::onMoveBookmarkDown()
{
PlacesModel::ItemAction* action = static_cast<PlacesModel::ItemAction*>(sender());
if(!action->index().isValid())
return;
PlacesModelBookmarkItem* item = static_cast<PlacesModelBookmarkItem*>(model_->itemFromIndex(action->index()));
int row = item->row();
if(row < model_->rowCount()) {
FmBookmarkItem* bookmarkItem = item->bookmark();
FmBookmarks* bookmarks = fm_bookmarks_dup();
fm_bookmarks_reorder(bookmarks, bookmarkItem, row + 1);
g_object_unref(bookmarks);
}
}
void PlacesView::onDeleteBookmark() {
PlacesModel::ItemAction* action = static_cast<PlacesModel::ItemAction*>(sender());
if(!action->index().isValid())
return;
PlacesModelBookmarkItem* item = static_cast<PlacesModelBookmarkItem*>(model_->itemFromIndex(action->index()));
FmBookmarkItem* bookmarkItem = item->bookmark();
FmBookmarks* bookmarks = fm_bookmarks_dup();
fm_bookmarks_remove(bookmarks, bookmarkItem);
g_object_unref(bookmarks);
}
// virtual
void PlacesView::commitData(QWidget * editor) {
QTreeView::commitData(editor);
PlacesModelBookmarkItem* item = static_cast<PlacesModelBookmarkItem*>(model_->itemFromIndex(currentIndex()));
FmBookmarkItem* bookmarkItem = item->bookmark();
FmBookmarks* bookmarks = fm_bookmarks_dup();
// rename bookmark
fm_bookmarks_rename(bookmarks, bookmarkItem, item->text().toUtf8().constData());
g_object_unref(bookmarks);
}
void PlacesView::onOpenNewTab()
{
PlacesModel::ItemAction* action = static_cast<PlacesModel::ItemAction*>(sender());
if(!action->index().isValid())
return;
PlacesModelItem* item = static_cast<PlacesModelItem*>(model_->itemFromIndex(action->index()));
if(item)
Q_EMIT chdirRequested(1, item->path());
}
void PlacesView::onOpenNewWindow()
{
PlacesModel::ItemAction* action = static_cast<PlacesModel::ItemAction*>(sender());
if(!action->index().isValid())
return;
PlacesModelItem* item = static_cast<PlacesModelItem*>(model_->itemFromIndex(action->index()));
if(item)
Q_EMIT chdirRequested(2, item->path());
}
void PlacesView::onRenameBookmark() {
PlacesModel::ItemAction* action = static_cast<PlacesModel::ItemAction*>(sender());
if(!action->index().isValid())
return;
PlacesModelBookmarkItem* item = static_cast<PlacesModelBookmarkItem*>(model_->itemFromIndex(action->index()));
setFocus();
setCurrentIndex(item->index());
edit(item->index());
}
void PlacesView::onMountVolume() {
PlacesModel::ItemAction* action = static_cast<PlacesModel::ItemAction*>(sender());
if(!action->index().isValid())
return;
PlacesModelVolumeItem* item = static_cast<PlacesModelVolumeItem*>(model_->itemFromIndex(action->index()));
MountOperation* op = new MountOperation(true, this);
op->mount(item->volume());
op->wait();
}
void PlacesView::onUnmountVolume() {
PlacesModel::ItemAction* action = static_cast<PlacesModel::ItemAction*>(sender());
if(!action->index().isValid())
return;
PlacesModelVolumeItem* item = static_cast<PlacesModelVolumeItem*>(model_->itemFromIndex(action->index()));
MountOperation* op = new MountOperation(true, this);
op->unmount(item->volume());
op->wait();
}
void PlacesView::onUnmountMount() {
PlacesModel::ItemAction* action = static_cast<PlacesModel::ItemAction*>(sender());
if(!action->index().isValid())
return;
PlacesModelMountItem* item = static_cast<PlacesModelMountItem*>(model_->itemFromIndex(action->index()));
GMount* mount = item->mount();
MountOperation* op = new MountOperation(true, this);
op->unmount(mount);
op->wait();
}
void PlacesView::onEjectVolume() {
PlacesModel::ItemAction* action = static_cast<PlacesModel::ItemAction*>(sender());
if(!action->index().isValid())
return;
PlacesModelVolumeItem* item = static_cast<PlacesModelVolumeItem*>(model_->itemFromIndex(action->index()));
MountOperation* op = new MountOperation(true, this);
op->eject(item->volume());
op->wait();
}
void PlacesView::contextMenuEvent(QContextMenuEvent* event) {
QModelIndex index = indexAt(event->pos());
if(index.isValid() && index.parent().isValid()) {
if(index.column() != 0) // the real item is at column 0
index = index.sibling(index.row(), 0);
// Do not take the ownership of the menu since
// it will be deleted with deleteLater() upon hidden.
// This is possibly related to #145 - https://github.com/lxde/pcmanfm-qt/issues/145
QMenu* menu = new QMenu();
QAction* action;
PlacesModelItem* item = static_cast<PlacesModelItem*>(model_->itemFromIndex(index));
if(item->type() != PlacesModelItem::Mount
&& (item->type() != PlacesModelItem::Volume
|| static_cast<PlacesModelVolumeItem*>(item)->isMounted())) {
action = new PlacesModel::ItemAction(item->index(), tr("Open in New Tab"), menu);
connect(action, &QAction::triggered, this, &PlacesView::onOpenNewTab);
menu->addAction(action);
action = new PlacesModel::ItemAction(item->index(), tr("Open in New Window"), menu);
connect(action, &QAction::triggered, this, &PlacesView::onOpenNewWindow);
menu->addAction(action);
}
switch(item->type()) {
case PlacesModelItem::Places: {
FmPath* path = item->path();
if(path && fm_path_equal(fm_path_get_trash(), path)) {
action = new PlacesModel::ItemAction(item->index(), tr("Empty Trash"), menu);
connect(action, &QAction::triggered, this, &PlacesView::onEmptyTrash);
menu->addAction(action);
}
break;
}
case PlacesModelItem::Bookmark: {
// create context menu for bookmark item
if(item->index().row() > 0) {
action = new PlacesModel::ItemAction(item->index(), tr("Move Bookmark Up"), menu);
connect(action, &QAction::triggered, this, &PlacesView::onMoveBookmarkUp);
menu->addAction(action);
}
if(item->index().row() < model_->rowCount()) {
action = new PlacesModel::ItemAction(item->index(), tr("Move Bookmark Down"), menu);
connect(action, &QAction::triggered, this, &PlacesView::onMoveBookmarkDown);
menu->addAction(action);
}
action = new PlacesModel::ItemAction(item->index(), tr("Rename Bookmark"), menu);
connect(action, &QAction::triggered, this, &PlacesView::onRenameBookmark);
menu->addAction(action);
action = new PlacesModel::ItemAction(item->index(), tr("Remove Bookmark"), menu);
connect(action, &QAction::triggered, this, &PlacesView::onDeleteBookmark);
menu->addAction(action);
break;
}
case PlacesModelItem::Volume: {
PlacesModelVolumeItem* volumeItem = static_cast<PlacesModelVolumeItem*>(item);
if(volumeItem->isMounted()) {
action = new PlacesModel::ItemAction(item->index(), tr("Unmount"), menu);
connect(action, &QAction::triggered, this, &PlacesView::onUnmountVolume);
}
else {
action = new PlacesModel::ItemAction(item->index(), tr("Mount"), menu);
connect(action, &QAction::triggered, this, &PlacesView::onMountVolume);
}
menu->addAction(action);
if(volumeItem->canEject()) {
action = new PlacesModel::ItemAction(item->index(), tr("Eject"), menu);
connect(action, &QAction::triggered, this, &PlacesView::onEjectVolume);
menu->addAction(action);
}
break;
}
case PlacesModelItem::Mount: {
action = new PlacesModel::ItemAction(item->index(), tr("Unmount"), menu);
connect(action, &QAction::triggered, this, &PlacesView::onUnmountMount);
menu->addAction(action);
break;
}
}
if(menu->actions().size()) {
menu->popup(mapToGlobal(event->pos()));
connect(menu, &QMenu::aboutToHide, menu, &QMenu::deleteLater);
} else {
menu->deleteLater();
}
}
}
} // namespace Fm

Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More

Loading…
Cancel
Save